Tcl Source Code

Changes On Branch dkf-command-type
Login

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Changes In Branch dkf-command-type Excluding Merge-Ins

This is equivalent to a diff from 49e104fa48 to c4a98255c6

2018-09-27
11:08
Implementation of TIP 426: Determining the "Type" of Commands check-in: 4dbf61778e user: dkf tags: core-8-branch
11:06
Restricted the information made available to safe interpreters a bit. Closed-Leaf check-in: c4a98255c6 user: dkf tags: dkf-command-type
08:24
merge core-8-branch check-in: 9a5a54a549 user: dkf tags: dkf-command-type
2017-11-13
08:59
merge tcl-9-cleanup (and also a minor bug-fix from core-8-branch). check-in: b03c4194f0 user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk
2017-11-09
15:47
Rebase branch to trunk. check-in: f714eca8f2 user: dgp tags: dgp-refactor
14:44
merge trunk check-in: d27981d722 user: dgp tags: no-wideint
14:40
merge trunk Closed-Leaf check-in: 844ae11ba0 user: dgp tags: tcl-9-cleanup
13:46
merge trunk check-in: a10fc87c05 user: dgp tags: dgp-properbytearray
12:52
merge trunk check-in: 54f289e311 user: jan.nijtmans tags: novem
12:51
merge core-8-branch check-in: 49e104fa48 user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk
12:50
merge core-8-6-branch check-in: ef4cc04bc1 user: jan.nijtmans tags: core-8-branch
2017-11-08
09:38
merge core-8-branch check-in: 3885b08997 user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk

Changes to .fossil-settings/binary-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
compat/zlib/win32/zdll.lib
compat/zlib/win32/zlib1.dll
compat/zlib/win64/zdll.lib
compat/zlib/win64/zlib1.dll
compat/zlib/win64/libz.dll.a
compat/zlib/zlib.3.pdf

*.bmp
*.gif
*.png






>



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
compat/zlib/win32/zdll.lib
compat/zlib/win32/zlib1.dll
compat/zlib/win64/zdll.lib
compat/zlib/win64/zlib1.dll
compat/zlib/win64/libz.dll.a
compat/zlib/zlib.3.pdf
tools/empty.zip
*.bmp
*.gif
*.png

Changes to .fossil-settings/crlf-glob.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14


15
16
17
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc


win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in







>
>



8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
win/rules-ext.vc
win/targets.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in

Changes to .fossil-settings/crnl-glob.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14


15
16
17
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc


win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in







>
>



8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
win/rules-ext.vc
win/targets.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in

Changes to .fossil-settings/ignore-glob.

40
41
42
43
44
45
46

47
48
unix/dltest.marker
unix/tcl.pc
unix/tclIndex
unix/pkgs/*
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/pkgs/*

win/tcl.hpj
win/nmhlp-out.txt







>


40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
unix/dltest.marker
unix/tcl.pc
unix/tclIndex
unix/pkgs/*
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/pkgs/*
win/coffbase.txt
win/tcl.hpj
win/nmhlp-out.txt

Added .github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE.md.







>
>
>
1
2
3
Important Note
==========
Please do not file issues with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.

Added .github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md.







>
>
>
1
2
3
Important Note
==========
Please do not file pull requests with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues (including patches) are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.

Changes to .project.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tcl9</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>
</projectDescription>


|








1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tcl8</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>
</projectDescription>

Changes to README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
README:  Tcl
    This is the Tcl 9.0a0 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.

Contents
--------
    1. Introduction
    2. Documentation

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
README:  Tcl
    This is the Tcl 8.7a2 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.

Contents
--------
    1. Introduction
    2. Documentation

Changes to changes.

8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244

2013-05-06 (platform support) Cygwin64 (nijtmans)

2013-05-15 (enhancement) Improved [list {*}...] compile (fellows)

2013-05-16 (platform support) mingw-4.0 (nijtmans)

2013-05-19 (platform support) FreeBSD updates (gahr)

2013-05-20 (bug fix)[3613567] access error temp file creation (keene)

2013-05-20 (bug fix)[3613569] temp file open fail can crash [load] (keene)

2013-05-22 (bug fix)[3613609] [lsort -nocase] failed on non-ASCII (fellows)








|







8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244

2013-05-06 (platform support) Cygwin64 (nijtmans)

2013-05-15 (enhancement) Improved [list {*}...] compile (fellows)

2013-05-16 (platform support) mingw-4.0 (nijtmans)

2013-05-19 (platform support) FreeBSD updates (cerutti)

2013-05-20 (bug fix)[3613567] access error temp file creation (keene)

2013-05-20 (bug fix)[3613569] temp file open fail can crash [load] (keene)

2013-05-22 (bug fix)[3613609] [lsort -nocase] failed on non-ASCII (fellows)

8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
2016-05-13 (bug)[3154ea] Mem corruption in assembler exceptions (tkob,kenny)

2016-05-13 (bug) registry package support any Unicode env (nijtmans)
=> registry 1.3.2

2016-05-21 (bug)[f7d4e] [namespace delete] performance (fellows)

2016-06-02 (TIP 447) execution time verbosity option (gahr)
=> tcltest 2.4.0

2016-06-16 (bug)[16828b] crash due to [vwait] trace undo fail (dah,porter)

2016-06-16 (enhancement)[4b61af] good [info frame] from more cases (beric)

2016-06-21 (bug)[c383eb] crash in [glob -path a] (oehlmann,porter)







|







8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
2016-05-13 (bug)[3154ea] Mem corruption in assembler exceptions (tkob,kenny)

2016-05-13 (bug) registry package support any Unicode env (nijtmans)
=> registry 1.3.2

2016-05-21 (bug)[f7d4e] [namespace delete] performance (fellows)

2016-06-02 (TIP 447) execution time verbosity option (cerutti)
=> tcltest 2.4.0

2016-06-16 (bug)[16828b] crash due to [vwait] trace undo fail (dah,porter)

2016-06-16 (enhancement)[4b61af] good [info frame] from more cases (beric)

2016-06-21 (bug)[c383eb] crash in [glob -path a] (oehlmann,porter)
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798







































8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805

2017-07-06 (bug)[adb198] Plug memleak in TclJoinPath (sebres,porter)

2017-07-17 (bug)[fb2208] Repeatable tclIndex generation (wiedemann,nijtmans)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details








































2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)

2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844

2017-07-06 (bug)[adb198] Plug memleak in TclJoinPath (sebres,porter)

2017-07-17 (bug)[fb2208] Repeatable tclIndex generation (wiedemann,nijtmans)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

2017-08-10 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)

2017-08-10 Fix gcc build failures due to #pragma placement (cassoff,fellows)

2017-08-29 (bug)[b50fb2] exec redir append stdout and stderr to file (coulter)

2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
=> http 2.8.12

2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)

2017-10-19 (bug)[1a5655] [info * methods] includes mixins (fellows)

2017-10-23 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2017c (jima)

2017-10-24 (bug)[fc1409] segfault in method cloning, oo-15.15 (coulter,fellows)

2017-11-03 (bug)[6f2f83] More robust [load] for ReactOS (werner)

2017-11-08 (bug)[3298012] Stop crash when hash tables overflow 32 bits (porter)

2017-11-14 (bug)[5d6de6] Close failing case of [package prefer stable] (kupries)

2017-11-17 (bug)[fab924] Fix misleading [load] message on Windows (oehlmann)

2017-12-05 (bug)[4f6a1e] Crash when ensemble map and list are same (sebres)

2017-12-06 (bug)[ce3a21] file normalize failure when tail is empty (porter)

2017-12-08 (new)[TIP 477] nmake build system reform (nadkarni)

2017-12-19 (bug)[586e71] EvalObjv exception handling at level #0 (sebres,porter)

--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)

2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)

8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843






2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
=> TclOO 1.2.0

2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)

2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
=> http 2.8.12

2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)

--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details












<




>
>
>
>
>
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877

8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886

2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
=> TclOO 1.2.0

2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)

2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)


2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)

--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

2018-03-12 (TIP 490) add oo support for msgcat => msgcat 1.7.0 (oehlmann)

2018-03-12 (TIP 499) custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
=> msgcat 1.7.0

Deleted compat/float.h.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
/*
 * float.h --
 *
 *	This is a dummy header file to #include in Tcl when there
 *	is no float.h in /usr/include.  Right now this file is empty:
 *	Tcl contains #ifdefs to deal with the lack of definitions;
 *	all it needs is for the #include statement to work.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




























Changes to compat/zlib/contrib/minizip/minizip.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
         Modifications of Unzip for Zip64
         Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Even Rouault

         Modifications for Zip64 support on both zip and unzip
         Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Mathias Svensson ( http://result42.com )
*/


#if (!defined(_WIN32)) && (!defined(WIN32)) && (!defined(__APPLE__))
        #ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
                #define __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
        #endif
        #ifndef __USE_LARGEFILE64
                #define __USE_LARGEFILE64
        #endif







<







8
9
10
11
12
13
14

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
         Modifications of Unzip for Zip64
         Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Even Rouault

         Modifications for Zip64 support on both zip and unzip
         Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Mathias Svensson ( http://result42.com )
*/


#if (!defined(_WIN32)) && (!defined(WIN32)) && (!defined(__APPLE__))
        #ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
                #define __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
        #endif
        #ifndef __USE_LARGEFILE64
                #define __USE_LARGEFILE64
        #endif
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko(stream, offset, origin)
#else
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen64(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello64(stream)
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko64(stream, offset, origin)
#endif



#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>








|
<







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko(stream, offset, origin)
#else
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen64(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello64(stream)
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko64(stream, offset, origin)
#endif

#include "tinydir.h"

#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>

168
169
170
171
172
173
174

175
176
177
178
179
180
181
    printf("MiniZip 1.1, demo of zLib + MiniZip64 package, written by Gilles Vollant\n");
    printf("more info on MiniZip at http://www.winimage.com/zLibDll/minizip.html\n\n");
}

void do_help()
{
    printf("Usage : minizip [-o] [-a] [-0 to -9] [-p password] [-j] file.zip [files_to_add]\n\n" \

           "  -o  Overwrite existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -a  Append to existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -0  Store only\n" \
           "  -1  Compress faster\n" \
           "  -9  Compress better\n\n" \
           "  -j  exclude path. store only the file name.\n\n");
}







>







166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
    printf("MiniZip 1.1, demo of zLib + MiniZip64 package, written by Gilles Vollant\n");
    printf("more info on MiniZip at http://www.winimage.com/zLibDll/minizip.html\n\n");
}

void do_help()
{
    printf("Usage : minizip [-o] [-a] [-0 to -9] [-p password] [-j] file.zip [files_to_add]\n\n" \
           "  -r  Scan directories recursively\n" \
           "  -o  Overwrite existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -a  Append to existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -0  Store only\n" \
           "  -1  Compress faster\n" \
           "  -9  Compress better\n\n" \
           "  -j  exclude path. store only the file name.\n\n");
}
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245












































































































































246
247
248
249
250

251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
     largeFile = 1;

                fclose(pFile);
  }

 return largeFile;
}













































































































































int main(argc,argv)
    int argc;
    char *argv[];
{
    int i;

    int opt_overwrite=0;
    int opt_compress_level=Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
    int opt_exclude_path=0;
    int zipfilenamearg = 0;
    char filename_try[MAXFILENAME+16];
    int zipok;
    int err=0;
    int size_buf=0;








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





>
|







237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
     largeFile = 1;

                fclose(pFile);
  }

 return largeFile;
}

void addFileToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
    FILE * fin;
    int size_read;
    const char *savefilenameinzip;
    zip_fileinfo zi;
    unsigned long crcFile=0;
    int zip64 = 0;
    int err=0;
    int size_buf=WRITEBUFFERSIZE;
    unsigned char buf[WRITEBUFFERSIZE];
    zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
    zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
    zi.dosDate = 0;
    zi.internal_fa = 0;
    zi.external_fa = 0;
    filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);

/*
    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
                     opt_compress_level);
*/
    if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
        err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);

    zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);

   /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
   /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
     savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
     while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
     {
         savefilenameinzip++;
     }

     /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
     if( opt_exclude_path )
     {
         const char *tmpptr;
         const char *lastslash = 0;
         for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
         {
             if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
             {
                 lastslash = tmpptr;
             }
         }
         if( lastslash != NULL )
         {
             savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
         }
     }

     /**/
    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
                     opt_compress_level,0,
                     /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
                     -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
                     password,crcFile, zip64);

    if (err != ZIP_OK)
        printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
    else
    {
        fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
        if (fin==NULL)
        {
            err=ZIP_ERRNO;
            printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
        }
    }

    if (err == ZIP_OK)
        do
        {
            err = ZIP_OK;
            size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
            if (size_read < size_buf)
                if (feof(fin)==0)
            {
                printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
                err = ZIP_ERRNO;
            }

            if (size_read>0)
            {
                err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
                if (err<0)
                {
                    printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
                                     filenameinzip);
                }

            }
        } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));

    if (fin)
        fclose(fin);

    if (err<0)
        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
    else
    {
        err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
        if (err!=ZIP_OK)
            printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
                        filenameinzip);
    }
}


void addPathToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
    tinydir_dir dir;
    int i;
    char *newname[512];

    tinydir_open_sorted(&dir, filenameinzip);

    for (i = 0; i < dir.n_files; i++)
    {
        tinydir_file file;
        tinydir_readfile_n(&dir, &file, i);
        if(strcmp(file.name,".")==0) continue;
        if(strcmp(file.name,"..")==0) continue;
        sprintf(newname,"%s/%s",dir.path,file.name);
        if (file.is_dir)
        {
            addPathToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
        } else {
            addFileToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
        }
    }

    tinydir_close(&dir);
}


int main(argc,argv)
    int argc;
    char *argv[];
{
    int i;
    int opt_recursive=0;
    int opt_overwrite=1;
    int opt_compress_level=Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
    int opt_exclude_path=0;
    int zipfilenamearg = 0;
    char filename_try[MAXFILENAME+16];
    int zipok;
    int err=0;
    int size_buf=0;
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288

289
290
291
292
293
294
295
                        opt_overwrite = 1;
                    if ((c=='a') || (c=='A'))
                        opt_overwrite = 2;
                    if ((c>='0') && (c<='9'))
                        opt_compress_level = c-'0';
                    if ((c=='j') || (c=='J'))
                        opt_exclude_path = 1;


                    if (((c=='p') || (c=='P')) && (i+1<argc))
                    {
                        password=argv[i+1];
                        i++;
                    }
                }
            }







|
>







421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
                        opt_overwrite = 1;
                    if ((c=='a') || (c=='A'))
                        opt_overwrite = 2;
                    if ((c>='0') && (c<='9'))
                        opt_compress_level = c-'0';
                    if ((c=='j') || (c=='J'))
                        opt_exclude_path = 1;
                    if ((c=='r') || (c=='R'))
                        opt_recursive = 1;
                    if (((c=='p') || (c=='P')) && (i+1<argc))
                    {
                        password=argv[i+1];
                        i++;
                    }
                }
            }
388
389
390
391
392
393
394

395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512

        for (i=zipfilenamearg+1;(i<argc) && (err==ZIP_OK);i++)
        {
            if (!((((*(argv[i]))=='-') || ((*(argv[i]))=='/')) &&
                  ((argv[i][1]=='o') || (argv[i][1]=='O') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='a') || (argv[i][1]=='A') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='p') || (argv[i][1]=='P') ||

                   ((argv[i][1]>='0') || (argv[i][1]<='9'))) &&
                  (strlen(argv[i]) == 2)))
            {
                FILE * fin;
                int size_read;
                const char* filenameinzip = argv[i];
                const char *savefilenameinzip;
                zip_fileinfo zi;
                unsigned long crcFile=0;
                int zip64 = 0;

                zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
                zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
                zi.dosDate = 0;
                zi.internal_fa = 0;
                zi.external_fa = 0;
                filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);

/*
                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
                                 opt_compress_level);
*/
                if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
                    err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);

                zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);

                                                         /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
               /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
                 savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
                 while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
                 {
                     savefilenameinzip++;
                 }

                 /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
                 if( opt_exclude_path )
                 {
                     const char *tmpptr;
                     const char *lastslash = 0;
                     for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
                     {
                         if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
                         {
                             lastslash = tmpptr;
                         }
                     }
                     if( lastslash != NULL )
                     {
                         savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
                     }
                 }

                 /**/
                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
                                 opt_compress_level,0,
                                 /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
                                 -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
                                 password,crcFile, zip64);

                if (err != ZIP_OK)
                    printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
                else
                {
                    fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
                    if (fin==NULL)
                    {
                        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
                        printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
                    }
                }

                if (err == ZIP_OK)
                    do
                    {
                        err = ZIP_OK;
                        size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
                        if (size_read < size_buf)
                            if (feof(fin)==0)
                        {
                            printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
                            err = ZIP_ERRNO;
                        }

                        if (size_read>0)
                        {
                            err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
                            if (err<0)
                            {
                                printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
                                                 filenameinzip);
                            }

                        }
                    } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));

                if (fin)
                    fclose(fin);

                if (err<0)
                    err=ZIP_ERRNO;
                else
                {
                    err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
                    if (err!=ZIP_OK)
                        printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
                                    filenameinzip);
                }
            }
        }
        errclose = zipClose(zf,NULL);
        if (errclose != ZIP_OK)
            printf("error in closing %s\n",filename_try);
    }







>



<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539







540











541











































542








543



































544
545
546
547
548
549
550

        for (i=zipfilenamearg+1;(i<argc) && (err==ZIP_OK);i++)
        {
            if (!((((*(argv[i]))=='-') || ((*(argv[i]))=='/')) &&
                  ((argv[i][1]=='o') || (argv[i][1]=='O') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='a') || (argv[i][1]=='A') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='p') || (argv[i][1]=='P') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='r') || (argv[i][1]=='R') ||
                   ((argv[i][1]>='0') || (argv[i][1]<='9'))) &&
                  (strlen(argv[i]) == 2)))
            {







                if(opt_recursive) {











                    addPathToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);











































                } else {








                    addFileToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);



































                }
            }
        }
        errclose = zipClose(zf,NULL);
        if (errclose != ZIP_OK)
            printf("error in closing %s\n",filename_try);
    }

Added compat/zlib/contrib/minizip/tinydir.h.

































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
/*
Copyright (c) 2013-2017, tinydir authors:
- Cong Xu
- Lautis Sun
- Baudouin Feildel
- Andargor <[email protected]>
All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
   list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
   and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef TINYDIR_H
#define TINYDIR_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

#if ((defined _UNICODE) && !(defined UNICODE))
#define UNICODE
#endif

#if ((defined UNICODE) && !(defined _UNICODE))
#define _UNICODE
#endif

#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# include <tchar.h>
# pragma warning(push)
# pragma warning (disable : 4996)
#else
# include <dirent.h>
# include <libgen.h>
# include <sys/stat.h>
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef __MINGW32__
# include <tchar.h>
#endif


/* types */

/* Windows UNICODE wide character support */
#if defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
# define _tinydir_char_t TCHAR
# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) _TEXT(s)
# define _tinydir_strlen _tcslen
# define _tinydir_strcpy _tcscpy
# define _tinydir_strcat _tcscat
# define _tinydir_strcmp _tcscmp
# define _tinydir_strrchr _tcsrchr
# define _tinydir_strncmp _tcsncmp
#else
# define _tinydir_char_t char
# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) s
# define _tinydir_strlen strlen
# define _tinydir_strcpy strcpy
# define _tinydir_strcat strcat
# define _tinydir_strcmp strcmp
# define _tinydir_strrchr strrchr
# define _tinydir_strncmp strncmp
#endif

#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
# include <windows.h>
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX MAX_PATH
#elif defined  __linux__
# include <limits.h>
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
#elif defined(__unix__) || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
# include <sys/param.h>
# if defined(BSD)
#  include <limits.h>
#  define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
# endif
#endif

#ifndef _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX
#define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX 4096
#endif

#ifdef _MSC_VER
/* extra chars for the "\\*" mask */
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 2
#else
# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 0
#endif

#define _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX 256

#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
#define _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX 3
#endif

#ifdef _MSC_VER
# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline
#elif !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L
# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline__
#else
# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static inline
#endif

/* readdir_r usage; define TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R to use it (if supported) */
#ifdef TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R

/* readdir_r is a POSIX-only function, and may not be available under various
 * environments/settings, e.g. MinGW. Use readdir fallback */
#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 1 || _XOPEN_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE ||\
	_POSIX_SOURCE
# define _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R
#endif
#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
# define _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#if _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || \
	(_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700)
# define _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#if defined _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF && defined _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD &&\
	defined _PC_NAME_MAX
# define _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
#endif
#if defined __MINGW32__ || !defined _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R ||\
	!(defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF || defined NAME_MAX)
# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
#endif

/* Use readdir by default */
#else
# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
#endif

/* MINGW32 has two versions of dirent, ASCII and UNICODE*/
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#if (defined __MINGW32__) && (defined _UNICODE)
#define _TINYDIR_DIR _WDIR
#define _tinydir_dirent _wdirent
#define _tinydir_opendir _wopendir
#define _tinydir_readdir _wreaddir
#define _tinydir_closedir _wclosedir
#else
#define _TINYDIR_DIR DIR
#define _tinydir_dirent dirent
#define _tinydir_opendir opendir
#define _tinydir_readdir readdir
#define _tinydir_closedir closedir
#endif
#endif

/* Allow user to use a custom allocator by defining _TINYDIR_MALLOC and _TINYDIR_FREE. */
#if    defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) &&  defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
#elif !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) && !defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
#else
#error "Either define both alloc and free or none of them!"
#endif

#if !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC)
	#define _TINYDIR_MALLOC(_size) malloc(_size)
	#define _TINYDIR_FREE(_ptr)    free(_ptr)
#endif /* !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) */

typedef struct tinydir_file
{
	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t name[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t *extension;
	int is_dir;
	int is_reg;

#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef __MINGW32__
	struct _stat _s;
#else
	struct stat _s;
#endif
#endif
} tinydir_file;

typedef struct tinydir_dir
{
	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	int has_next;
	size_t n_files;

	tinydir_file *_files;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	HANDLE _h;
	WIN32_FIND_DATA _f;
#else
	_TINYDIR_DIR *_d;
	struct _tinydir_dirent *_e;
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	struct _tinydir_dirent *_ep;
#endif
#endif
} tinydir_dir;


/* declarations */

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir);

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i);

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file);
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
_TINYDIR_FUNC
size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp);
#endif
#endif


/* definitions*/

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
{
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	int error;
	int size;	/* using int size */
#endif
#else
	_tinydir_char_t path_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
#endif
	_tinydir_char_t *pathp;

	if (dir == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
	{
		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
		return -1;
	}

	/* initialise dir */
	dir->_files = NULL;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
#else
	dir->_d = NULL;
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	dir->_ep = NULL;
#endif
#endif
	tinydir_close(dir);

	_tinydir_strcpy(dir->path, path);
	/* Remove trailing slashes */
	pathp = &dir->path[_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) - 1];
	while (pathp != dir->path && (*pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('\\') || *pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('/')))
	{
		*pathp = TINYDIR_STRING('\0');
		pathp++;
	}
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	_tinydir_strcpy(path_buf, dir->path);
	_tinydir_strcat(path_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("\\*"));
#if (defined WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY != WINAPI_FAMILY_DESKTOP_APP)
	dir->_h = FindFirstFileEx(path_buf, FindExInfoStandard, &dir->_f, FindExSearchNameMatch, NULL, 0);
#else
	dir->_h = FindFirstFile(path_buf, &dir->_f);
#endif
	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
#else
	dir->_d = _tinydir_opendir(path);
	if (dir->_d == NULL)
	{
#endif
		goto bail;
	}

	/* read first file */
	dir->has_next = 1;
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
#else
	/* allocate dirent buffer for readdir_r */
	size = _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(dir->_d); /* conversion to int */
	if (size == -1) return -1;
	dir->_ep = (struct _tinydir_dirent*)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(size);
	if (dir->_ep == NULL) return -1;

	error = readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e);
	if (error != 0) return -1;
#endif
	if (dir->_e == NULL)
	{
		dir->has_next = 0;
	}
#endif

	return 0;

bail:
	tinydir_close(dir);
	return -1;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
{
	/* Count the number of files first, to pre-allocate the files array */
	size_t n_files = 0;
	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}
	while (dir->has_next)
	{
		n_files++;
		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
		{
			goto bail;
		}
	}
	tinydir_close(dir);

	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}

	dir->n_files = 0;
	dir->_files = (tinydir_file *)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(sizeof *dir->_files * n_files);
	if (dir->_files == NULL)
	{
		goto bail;
	}
	while (dir->has_next)
	{
		tinydir_file *p_file;
		dir->n_files++;

		p_file = &dir->_files[dir->n_files - 1];
		if (tinydir_readfile(dir, p_file) == -1)
		{
			goto bail;
		}

		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
		{
			goto bail;
		}

		/* Just in case the number of files has changed between the first and
		second reads, terminate without writing into unallocated memory */
		if (dir->n_files == n_files)
		{
			break;
		}
	}

	qsort(dir->_files, dir->n_files, sizeof(tinydir_file), _tinydir_file_cmp);

	return 0;

bail:
	tinydir_close(dir);
	return -1;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir)
{
	if (dir == NULL)
	{
		return;
	}

	memset(dir->path, 0, sizeof(dir->path));
	dir->has_next = 0;
	dir->n_files = 0;
	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_files);
	dir->_files = NULL;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	if (dir->_h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
	{
		FindClose(dir->_h);
	}
	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
#else
	if (dir->_d)
	{
		_tinydir_closedir(dir->_d);
	}
	dir->_d = NULL;
	dir->_e = NULL;
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_ep);
	dir->_ep = NULL;
#endif
#endif
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir)
{
	if (dir == NULL)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (!dir->has_next)
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
		return -1;
	}

#ifdef _MSC_VER
	if (FindNextFile(dir->_h, &dir->_f) == 0)
#else
#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
#else
	if (dir->_ep == NULL)
	{
		return -1;
	}
	if (readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e) != 0)
	{
		return -1;
	}
#endif
	if (dir->_e == NULL)
#endif
	{
		dir->has_next = 0;
#ifdef _MSC_VER
		if (GetLastError() != ERROR_SUCCESS &&
			GetLastError() != ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES)
		{
			tinydir_close(dir);
			errno = EIO;
			return -1;
		}
#endif
	}

	return 0;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file)
{
	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
#ifdef _MSC_VER
	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
#else
	if (dir->_e == NULL)
#endif
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
		return -1;
	}
	if (_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) +
		_tinydir_strlen(
#ifdef _MSC_VER
			dir->_f.cFileName
#else
			dir->_e->d_name
#endif
		) + 1 + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >=
		_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
	{
		/* the path for the file will be too long */
		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
		return -1;
	}
	if (_tinydir_strlen(
#ifdef _MSC_VER
			dir->_f.cFileName
#else
			dir->_e->d_name
#endif
		) >= _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX)
	{
		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
		return -1;
	}

	_tinydir_strcpy(file->path, dir->path);
	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, TINYDIR_STRING("/"));
	_tinydir_strcpy(file->name,
#ifdef _MSC_VER
		dir->_f.cFileName
#else
		dir->_e->d_name
#endif
	);
	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, file->name);
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifdef __MINGW32__
	if (_tstat(
#else
	if (stat(
#endif
		file->path, &file->_s) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}
#endif
	_tinydir_get_ext(file);

	file->is_dir =
#ifdef _MSC_VER
		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
#else
		S_ISDIR(file->_s.st_mode);
#endif
	file->is_reg =
#ifdef _MSC_VER
		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL) ||
		(
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE) &&
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) &&
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ENCRYPTED) &&
#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM) &&
#endif
#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA) &&
#endif
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OFFLINE) &&
			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY));
#else
		S_ISREG(file->_s.st_mode);
#endif

	return 0;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i)
{
	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (i >= dir->n_files)
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
		return -1;
	}

	memcpy(file, &dir->_files[i], sizeof(tinydir_file));
	_tinydir_get_ext(file);

	return 0;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i)
{
	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	if (dir == NULL)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (i >= dir->n_files || !dir->_files[i].is_dir)
	{
		errno = ENOENT;
		return -1;
	}

	_tinydir_strcpy(path, dir->_files[i].path);
	tinydir_close(dir);
	if (tinydir_open_sorted(dir, path) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}

	return 0;
}

/* Open a single file given its path */
_TINYDIR_FUNC
int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
{
	tinydir_dir dir;
	int result = 0;
	int found = 0;
	_tinydir_char_t dir_name_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t file_name_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t *dir_name;
	_tinydir_char_t *base_name;
#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
	_tinydir_char_t drive_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
	_tinydir_char_t ext_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
#endif

	if (file == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
	{
		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
		return -1;
	}

	/* Get the parent path */
#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
#if ((defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400))
		_tsplitpath_s(
			path,
			drive_buf, _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX,
			dir_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
			file_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
			ext_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
#else
		_tsplitpath(
			path,
			drive_buf,
			dir_name_buf,
			file_name_buf,
			ext_buf);
#endif

/* _splitpath_s not work fine with only filename and widechar support */
#ifdef _UNICODE
		if (drive_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
			drive_buf[0] = '\0';
		if (dir_name_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
			dir_name_buf[0] = '\0';
#endif

	if (errno)
	{
		errno = EINVAL;
		return -1;
	}
	/* Emulate the behavior of dirname by returning "." for dir name if it's
	empty */
	if (drive_buf[0] == '\0' && dir_name_buf[0] == '\0')
	{
		_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("."));
	}
	/* Concatenate the drive letter and dir name to form full dir name */
	_tinydir_strcat(drive_buf, dir_name_buf);
	dir_name = drive_buf;
	/* Concatenate the file name and extension to form base name */
	_tinydir_strcat(file_name_buf, ext_buf);
	base_name = file_name_buf;
#else
	_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, path);
	dir_name = dirname(dir_name_buf);
	_tinydir_strcpy(file_name_buf, path);
	base_name =basename(file_name_buf);
#endif

	/* Open the parent directory */
	if (tinydir_open(&dir, dir_name) == -1)
	{
		return -1;
	}

	/* Read through the parent directory and look for the file */
	while (dir.has_next)
	{
		if (tinydir_readfile(&dir, file) == -1)
		{
			result = -1;
			goto bail;
		}
		if (_tinydir_strcmp(file->name, base_name) == 0)
		{
			/* File found */
			found = 1;
			break;
		}
		tinydir_next(&dir);
	}
	if (!found)
	{
		result = -1;
		errno = ENOENT;
	}

bail:
	tinydir_close(&dir);
	return result;
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file)
{
	_tinydir_char_t *period = _tinydir_strrchr(file->name, TINYDIR_STRING('.'));
	if (period == NULL)
	{
		file->extension = &(file->name[_tinydir_strlen(file->name)]);
	}
	else
	{
		file->extension = period + 1;
	}
}

_TINYDIR_FUNC
int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
{
	const tinydir_file *fa = (const tinydir_file *)a;
	const tinydir_file *fb = (const tinydir_file *)b;
	if (fa->is_dir != fb->is_dir)
	{
		return -(fa->is_dir - fb->is_dir);
	}
	return _tinydir_strncmp(fa->name, fb->name, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
}

#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
/*
The following authored by Ben Hutchings <[email protected]>
from https://womble.decadent.org.uk/readdir_r-advisory.html
*/
/* Calculate the required buffer size (in bytes) for directory      *
* entries read from the given directory handle.  Return -1 if this  *
* this cannot be done.                                              *
*                                                                   *
* This code does not trust values of NAME_MAX that are less than    *
* 255, since some systems (including at least HP-UX) incorrectly    *
* define it to be a smaller value.                                  */
_TINYDIR_FUNC
size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp)
{
	long name_max;
	size_t name_end;
	/* parameter may be unused */
	(void)dirp;

#if defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
	name_max = fpathconf(dirfd(dirp), _PC_NAME_MAX);
	if (name_max == -1)
#if defined(NAME_MAX)
		name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
#else
		return (size_t)(-1);
#endif
#elif defined(NAME_MAX)
 	name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
#else
#error "buffer size for readdir_r cannot be determined"
#endif
	name_end = (size_t)offsetof(struct _tinydir_dirent, d_name) + name_max + 1;
	return (name_end > sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent) ?
		name_end : sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent));
}
#endif
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

# if defined (_MSC_VER)
# pragma warning(pop)
# endif

#endif

Changes to doc/CrtObjCmd.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateObjCommand 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Command
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, proc, clientData, deleteProc\fR)
.sp










|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateObjCommand 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj Tcl_RegisterCommandTypeName, Tcl_GetCommandTypeName \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Command
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, proc, clientData, deleteProc\fR)
.sp
38
39
40
41
42
43
44








45
46
47
48
49
50
51
\fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR(\fIinterp, token\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_GetCommandFullName\fR(\fIinterp, token, objPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Command
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)








.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to create a new command or that contains a command.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of command.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
\fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR(\fIinterp, token\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_GetCommandFullName\fR(\fIinterp, token, objPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Command
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp
.VS "info cmdtype feature"
void
\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR(\fIproc, typeName\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR(\fItoken\fR)
.VE "info cmdtype feature"
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to create a new command or that contains a command.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of command.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
61
62
63
64
65
66
67



68
69
70
71
72
73
74
Token for command, returned by previous call to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
The command must not have been deleted.
.AP Tcl_CmdInfo *infoPtr in/out
Pointer to structure containing various information about a
Tcl command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
Value containing the name of a Tcl command.



.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR defines a new command in \fIinterp\fR
and associates it with procedure \fIproc\fR
such that whenever \fIname\fR is
invoked as a Tcl command (e.g., via a call to \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR)







>
>
>







69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
Token for command, returned by previous call to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
The command must not have been deleted.
.AP Tcl_CmdInfo *infoPtr in/out
Pointer to structure containing various information about a
Tcl command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
Value containing the name of a Tcl command.
.AP "const char" *typeName in
Indicates the name of the type of command implementation associated
with a particular \fIproc\fR, or NULL to break the association.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR defines a new command in \fIinterp\fR
and associates it with procedure \fIproc\fR
such that whenever \fIname\fR is
invoked as a Tcl command (e.g., via a call to \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR)
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
















299
300
301
302
The name, including all namespace prefixes,
is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR returns a token for the command
specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
Returns NULL if the command is not found.
















.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
bind, command, create, delete, namespace, value







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
The name, including all namespace prefixes,
is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR returns a token for the command
specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
Returns NULL if the command is not found.
.PP
.VS "info cmdtype feature"
\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR is used to associate a name (the
\fItypeName\fR argument) with a particular implementation function so that it
can then be looked up with \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR, which in turn is
called with a command token that information is wanted for and which returns
the name of the type that was registered for the implementation function used
for that command. (The lookup functionality is surfaced virtually directly in Tcl via
\fBinfo cmdtype\fR.) If there is no function registered for a particular
function, the result will be the string literal
.QW \fBnative\fR .
The registration of a name can be undone by registering a mapping to NULL
instead. The result from \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR will be exactly that
string which was registered, and not a copy; use of a compile-time constant
string is \fIstrongly recommended\fR.
.VE "info cmdtype feature"
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
bind, command, create, delete, namespace, value

Changes to doc/Encoding.3.

256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are
Windows-only convenience
functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
based on the TCHAR type which is by convention
a Unicode character on Windows NT.
These functions are essentially wrappers around
\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR and
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR that convert to and from the
Unicode encoding.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
was used to create the encoding.  The string returned by
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is only guaranteed to persist until the
\fIencoding\fR is deleted.  The caller must not modify this string.
.PP







<
<
<
<







256
257
258
259
260
261
262




263
264
265
266
267
268
269
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are
Windows-only convenience
functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
based on the TCHAR type which is by convention
a Unicode character on Windows NT.




.PP
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
was used to create the encoding.  The string returned by
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is only guaranteed to persist until the
\fIencoding\fR is deleted.  The caller must not modify this string.
.PP

Changes to doc/Eval.3.

172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182

183
184
185
186
187
188
189
\fBTCL_EVAL_DIRECT\fR flag is useful in situations where the
contents of a value are going to change immediately, so the
bytecodes will not be reused in a future execution.  In this case,
it is faster to execute the script directly.
.TP 23
\fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR
.
If this flag is set, the script is processed at global level.  This
means that it is evaluated in the global namespace and its variable
context consists of global variables only (it ignores any Tcl
procedures that are active).


.SH "MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS"
.PP
During the processing of a Tcl command it is legal to make nested
calls to evaluate other commands (this is how procedures and
some control structures are implemented).
If a code other than \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned







|
<
|
|
>







172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179

180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
\fBTCL_EVAL_DIRECT\fR flag is useful in situations where the
contents of a value are going to change immediately, so the
bytecodes will not be reused in a future execution.  In this case,
it is faster to execute the script directly.
.TP 23
\fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR
.
If this flag is set, the script is evaluated in the global namespace instead of

the current namespace and its variable context consists of global variables
only (it ignores any Tcl procedures that are active).
.\" TODO: document TCL_EVAL_INVOKE and TCL_EVAL_NOERR.

.SH "MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS"
.PP
During the processing of a Tcl command it is legal to make nested
calls to evaluate other commands (this is how procedures and
some control structures are implemented).
If a code other than \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned

Changes to doc/GetInt.3.

60
61
62
63
64
65
66



67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
.QW \fB0d\fR
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in decimal form; otherwise,
if the first such characters are
.QW \fB0o\fR
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise,
if the first such characters are
.QW \fB0b\fR



then \fIsrc\fR
is expected to be in binary form;  otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
expected to be in decimal form.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
number, which is:  white space;  a sign; a sequence of digits;  a
decimal point
.QW \fB.\fR ;
a sequence of digits;  the letter
.QW \fBe\fR ;







>
>
>

|
|







60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
.QW \fB0d\fR
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in decimal form; otherwise,
if the first such characters are
.QW \fB0o\fR
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise,
if the first such characters are
.QW \fB0b\fR
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in binary form;  otherwise,
if the first such character is
.QW \fB0\fR
then \fIsrc\fR
is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise, \fIsrc\fR
is expected to be in decimal form.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
number, which is:  white space;  a sign; a sequence of digits;  a
decimal point
.QW \fB.\fR ;
a sequence of digits;  the letter
.QW \fBe\fR ;

Changes to doc/IntObj.3.

93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
with which values might be exchanged.  The C integral types for which Tcl
provides value exchange routines are \fBint\fR, \fBlong int\fR,
\fBTcl_WideInt\fR, and \fBmp_int\fR.  The \fBint\fR and \fBlong int\fR types
are provided by the C language standard.  The \fBTcl_WideInt\fR type is a
typedef defined to be whatever signed integral type covers at least the
64-bit integer range (-9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807).  Depending
on the platform and the C compiler, the actual type might be
\fBlong int\fR, \fBlong long int\fR, \fB__int64\fR, or something else.
The \fBmp_int\fR type is a multiple-precision integer type defined
by the LibTomMath multiple-precision integer library.
.PP
The \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR,
and \fBTcl_NewBignumObj\fR routines each create and return a new
Tcl value initialized to the integral value of the argument.  The
returned Tcl value is unshared.







|







93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
with which values might be exchanged.  The C integral types for which Tcl
provides value exchange routines are \fBint\fR, \fBlong int\fR,
\fBTcl_WideInt\fR, and \fBmp_int\fR.  The \fBint\fR and \fBlong int\fR types
are provided by the C language standard.  The \fBTcl_WideInt\fR type is a
typedef defined to be whatever signed integral type covers at least the
64-bit integer range (-9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807).  Depending
on the platform and the C compiler, the actual type might be
\fBlong long int\fR, \fB__int64\fR, or something else.
The \fBmp_int\fR type is a multiple-precision integer type defined
by the LibTomMath multiple-precision integer library.
.PP
The \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR,
and \fBTcl_NewBignumObj\fR routines each create and return a new
Tcl value initialized to the integral value of the argument.  The
returned Tcl value is unshared.

Changes to doc/Interp.3.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35













36
37
38
39
40
41
42
structure.  Callers of \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR should use this pointer
as an opaque token, suitable for nothing other than passing back to
other routines in the Tcl interface.  Accessing fields directly through
the pointer as described below is no longer supported.  The supported
public routines \fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR,
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR, \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
.PP













The \fIresult\fR and \fIfreeProc\fR fields are used to return
results or error messages from commands.
This information is returned by command procedures back to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
and by \fBTcl_Eval\fR back to its callers.
The \fIresult\fR field points to the string that represents the
result or error message, and the \fIfreeProc\fR field tells how
to dispose of the storage for the string when it is not needed anymore.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
structure.  Callers of \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR should use this pointer
as an opaque token, suitable for nothing other than passing back to
other routines in the Tcl interface.  Accessing fields directly through
the pointer as described below is no longer supported.  The supported
public routines \fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR,
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR, \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
.PP
For legacy programs and extensions no longer being maintained, compiles
against the Tcl 8.6 header files are only possible with the compiler
directives
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
and/or
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_ERRORLINE
.CE
depending on which fields of the \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct are accessed.
These directives may be embedded in code or supplied via compiler options.
.PP
The \fIresult\fR and \fIfreeProc\fR fields are used to return
results or error messages from commands.
This information is returned by command procedures back to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
and by \fBTcl_Eval\fR back to its callers.
The \fIresult\fR field points to the string that represents the
result or error message, and the \fIfreeProc\fR field tells how
to dispose of the storage for the string when it is not needed anymore.
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
As part of processing each command, \fBTcl_Eval\fR initializes
\fIinterp->result\fR
and \fIinterp->freeProc\fR just before calling the command procedure for
the command.  The \fIfreeProc\fR field will be initialized to zero,
and \fIinterp->result\fR will point to an empty string.  Commands that
do not return any value can simply leave the fields alone.
Furthermore, the empty string pointed to by \fIresult\fR is actually
part of an array of \fBTCL_RESULT_SIZE\fR characters (approximately 200).
If a command wishes to return a short string, it can simply copy
it to the area pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.  Or, it can use
the sprintf procedure to generate a short result string at the location
pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.
.PP
It is a general convention in Tcl-based applications that the result
of an interpreter is normally in the initialized state described







|







97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
As part of processing each command, \fBTcl_Eval\fR initializes
\fIinterp->result\fR
and \fIinterp->freeProc\fR just before calling the command procedure for
the command.  The \fIfreeProc\fR field will be initialized to zero,
and \fIinterp->result\fR will point to an empty string.  Commands that
do not return any value can simply leave the fields alone.
Furthermore, the empty string pointed to by \fIresult\fR is actually
part of an array of approximately 200 characters.
If a command wishes to return a short string, it can simply copy
it to the area pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.  Or, it can use
the sprintf procedure to generate a short result string at the location
pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.
.PP
It is a general convention in Tcl-based applications that the result
of an interpreter is normally in the initialized state described

Changes to doc/Method.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

38
39




40
41
42
43
44
45
46
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Method 3 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Library Functions"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tclOO.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Method
\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, isPublic,
              methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Method
\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, isPublic,
                      methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ClassSetConstructor\fR(\fIinterp, class, method\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ClassSetDestructor\fR(\fIinterp, class, method\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Class
\fBTcl_MethodDeclarerClass\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Object
\fBTcl_MethodDeclarerObject\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_MethodName\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.sp

int
\fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR(\fImethod\fR)




.sp
int
\fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR(\fImethod, methodTypePtr, clientDataPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext\fR(\fIinterp, context, objc, objv, skip\fR)
.sp











|





|
|


|
|














>


>
>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Method 3 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Library Functions"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsPrivate, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tclOO.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Method
\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
              clientData\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Method
\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
                      clientData\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ClassSetConstructor\fR(\fIinterp, class, method\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ClassSetDestructor\fR(\fIinterp, class, method\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Class
\fBTcl_MethodDeclarerClass\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Object
\fBTcl_MethodDeclarerObject\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_MethodName\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.sp
.VS TIP500
int
\fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.VE TIP500
.sp
int
\fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR(\fImethod\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR(\fImethod, methodTypePtr, clientDataPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext\fR(\fIinterp, context, objc, objv, skip\fR)
.sp
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70



71

72

73
74
75
76
77
78
79
.AP Tcl_Object object in
The object to create the method in.
.AP Tcl_Class class in
The class to create the method in.
.AP Tcl_Obj *nameObj in
The name of the method to create. Should not be NULL unless creating
constructors or destructors.
.AP int isPublic in
A flag saying what the visibility of the method is. The only supported public



values of this flag are 0 for a non-exported method, and 1 for an exported

method.

.AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
compare against.
.AP ClientData clientData in
A piece of data that is passed to the implementation of the method without
interpretation.
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out







|
|
>
>
>
|
>
|
>







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
.AP Tcl_Object object in
The object to create the method in.
.AP Tcl_Class class in
The class to create the method in.
.AP Tcl_Obj *nameObj in
The name of the method to create. Should not be NULL unless creating
constructors or destructors.
.AP int flags in
A flag saying (currently) what the visibility of the method is. The supported
public values of this flag are \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PUBLIC\fR (which is fixed at 1
for backward compatibility) for an exported method,
\fBTCL_OO_METHOD_UNEXPORTED\fR (which is fixed at 0 for backward
compatibility) for a non-exported method,
.VS TIP500
and \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE\fR for a private method.
.VE TIP500
.AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
compare against.
.AP ClientData clientData in
A piece of data that is passed to the implementation of the method without
interpretation.
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109




110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120




121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
that class.
.PP
Given a method, the entity that declared it can be found using
\fBTcl_MethodDeclarerClass\fR which returns the class that the method is
attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to any class) and
\fBTcl_MethodDeclarerObject\fR which returns the object that the method is
attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to an object). The name of
the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR and whether the method
is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR. The type of the method




can also be introspected upon to a limited degree; the function
\fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR returns whether a method is of a particular type,
assigning the per-method \fIclientData\fR to the variable pointed to by
\fIclientDataPtr\fR if (that is non-NULL) if the type is matched.
.SS "METHOD CREATION"
.PP
Methods are created by \fBTcl_NewMethod\fR and \fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR,
which
create a method attached to a class or an object respectively. In both cases,
the \fInameObj\fR argument gives the name of the method to create, the
\fIisPublic\fR argument states whether the method should be exported




initially, the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
the method (see the \fBMETHOD TYPES\fR section below) and the \fIclientData\fR
argument gives some implementation-specific data that is passed on to the
implementation of the method when it is called.
.PP
When the \fInameObj\fR argument to \fBTcl_NewMethod\fR is NULL, an
unnamed method is created, which is used for constructors and destructors.
Constructors should be installed into their class using the







|
|
>
>
>
>










|
>
>
>
>
|







111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
that class.
.PP
Given a method, the entity that declared it can be found using
\fBTcl_MethodDeclarerClass\fR which returns the class that the method is
attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to any class) and
\fBTcl_MethodDeclarerObject\fR which returns the object that the method is
attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to an object). The name of
the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR, whether the method
is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR,
.VS TIP500
and whether the method is private is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR.
.VE TIP500
The type of the method
can also be introspected upon to a limited degree; the function
\fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR returns whether a method is of a particular type,
assigning the per-method \fIclientData\fR to the variable pointed to by
\fIclientDataPtr\fR if (that is non-NULL) if the type is matched.
.SS "METHOD CREATION"
.PP
Methods are created by \fBTcl_NewMethod\fR and \fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR,
which
create a method attached to a class or an object respectively. In both cases,
the \fInameObj\fR argument gives the name of the method to create, the
\fIflags\fR argument states whether the method should be exported
initially
.VS TIP500
or be marked as a private method,
.VE TIP500
the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
the method (see the \fBMETHOD TYPES\fR section below) and the \fIclientData\fR
argument gives some implementation-specific data that is passed on to the
implementation of the method when it is called.
.PP
When the \fInameObj\fR argument to \fBTcl_NewMethod\fR is NULL, an
unnamed method is created, which is used for constructors and destructors.
Constructors should be installed into their class using the

Changes to doc/NRE.3.

1
2

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.

.\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH NRE 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS


>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.
.\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH NRE 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46

47
48
49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87

88



89

90
91

92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111

112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135


136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147

148
149
150
151
152
153
154

155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206

207
208
209
210
211
212
213
.sp
void
\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR(\fIinterp, postProcPtr, data0, data1, data2, data3\fR)
.fi
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *interp in
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to create or evaluate a command.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of a new command to create.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR

is invoked as a command in the unoptimized way.

.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in
Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR
is invoked and requested to conserve the C stack.

.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value that will be passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR,
\fIdeleteProc\fR and \fIobjProc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter.
This procedure allows for command-specific cleanup. If \fIdeleteProc\fR
is \fBNULL\fR, then no procedure is called before the command is deleted.
.AP int objc in
Count of parameters provided to the implementation of a command.
.AP Tcl_Obj **objv in
Pointer to an array of Tcl values. Each value holds the value of a
single word in the command to execute.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
Pointer to a Tcl_Obj whose value is a script or expression to execute.
.AP int flags in

ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
\fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR is the only flag that is currently supported.
.\" TODO: This is a lie. But kbk didn't grasp TCL_EVAL_INVOKE and
.\"       TCL_EVAL_NOERR well enough to document them.
.AP Tcl_Command cmd in
Token for a command that is to be used instead of the currently
executing command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *resultPtr out
Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of expression
evaluation is written.
.AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in
Pointer to a function that will be invoked when the command currently
executing in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR completes.
.AP ClientData data0 in
.AP ClientData data1 in
.AP ClientData data2 in
.AP ClientData data3 in
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This series of C functions provides an interface whereby commands that

are implemented in C can be evaluated, and invoke Tcl commands scripts



and scripts, without consuming space on the C stack. The non-recursive

evaluation is done by installing a \fItrampoline\fR, a small piece of
code that invokes a command or script, and then executes a series of

callbacks when the command or script returns.
.PP
The \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR function creates a Tcl command in the
interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR that is prepared to handle
nonrecursive evaluation with a trampoline. The \fIcmdName\fR argument
gives the name of the new command. If \fIcmdName\fR contains any
namespace qualifiers, then the new command is added to the specified
namespace; otherwise, it is added to the global namespace. \fIproc\fR
gives the procedure that will be called when the interpreter wishes to
evaluate the command in an unoptimized manner, and \fInreProc\fR is
the procedure that will be called when the interpreter wishes to
evaluate the command using a trampoline. \fIdeleteProc\fR is a
function that will be called before the command is deleted from the
interpreter. When any of the three functions is invoked, it is passed
the \fIclientData\fR parameter.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR deletes any existing command
\fIname\fR already associated with the interpreter
(however see below for an exception where the existing command
is not deleted).

It returns a token that may be used to refer
to the command in subsequent calls to \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR.
If \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR is called for an interpreter that is in
the process of being deleted, then it does not create a new command,
does not delete any existing command of the same name, and returns NULL.
.PP
The \fIproc\fR and \fInreProc\fR function are expected to conform to
all the rules set forth for the \fIproc\fR argument to
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3) (\fIq.v.\fR).
.PP
When a command that is written to cope with evaluation via trampoline
is invoked without a trampoline on the stack, it will usually respond
to the invocation by creating a trampoline and calling the
trampoline-enabled implementation of the same command. This call is done by
means of \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR. In the call to
\fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR, the \fIinterp\fR, \fIclientData\fR,
\fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR parameters should be the same ones that were
passed to \fIproc\fR. The \fInreProc\fR parameter should designate the
trampoline-enabled implementation of the command.
.PP
\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR arranges for the script contained in \fIobjPtr\fR
to be evaluated in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR after
the current command (which must be trampoline-enabled) returns. It is
the method by which a command may invoke a script without consuming


space on the C stack. Similarly, \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR arranges to
invoke a single Tcl command whose words have already been separated
and substituted. The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR parameters give the
words of the command to be evaluated when execution reaches the
trampoline.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR allows for trampoline evaluation of a command whose
resolution is already known.  The \fIcmd\fR parameter gives a
\fBTcl_Command\fR token (returned from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR or
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR) identifying the command to be invoked in
the trampoline; this command must match the word in \fIobjv[0]\fR.
The remaining arguments are as for \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR.

.PP
\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR and \fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR
all accept a \fIflags\fR parameter, which is an OR-ed-together set of
bits to control evaluation. At the present time, the only supported flag
available to callers is \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR.
.\" TODO: Again, this is a lie. Do we want to explain TCL_EVAL_INVOKE
.\"       and TCL_EVAL_NOERR?

If the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag is set, the script or command is
evaluated in the global namespace. If it is not set, it is evaluated
in the current namespace.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRExprObj\fR arranges for the expression contained in \fIobjPtr\fR
to be evaluated in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR after
the current command (which must be trampoline-enabled) returns. It is
the method by which a command may evaluate a Tcl expression without consuming
space on the C stack.  The argument \fIresultPtr\fR is a pointer to an
unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of expression evaluation is to be written.
If expression evaluation returns any code other than TCL_OK, the
\fIresultPtr\fR value is left untouched.
.PP
All of the routines return \fBTCL_OK\fR if command or expression invocation
has been scheduled successfully. If for any reason the scheduling cannot
be completed (for example, if the interpreter is unable to find
the requested command), they return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR with an
appropriate message left in the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR arranges to have a C function called when the
current trampoline-enabled command in the Tcl interpreter designated
by \fIinterp\fR returns.  The \fIpostProcPtr\fR argument is a pointer
to the callback function, which must have arguments and return value
consistent with the \fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR data type:
.PP
.CS
typedef int
\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR(
        \fBClientData\fR \fIdata\fR[],
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIresult\fR);
.CE
.PP
When the trampoline invokes the callback function, the \fIdata\fR
parameter will point to an array containing the four one-word
quantities that were passed to \fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR in the
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR parameters. The Tcl interpreter will
be designated by the \fIinterp\fR parameter, and the \fIresult\fR
parameter will contain the result (\fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
\fBTCL_RETURN\fR, \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR) that was
returned by the command evaluation. The callback function is expected,
in turn, either to return a \fIresult\fR to control further evaluation.
.PP
Multiple \fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR invocations may request multiple
callbacks, which may be to the same or different callback
functions. If multiple callbacks are requested, they are executed in
last-in, first-out order, that is, the most recently requested
callback is executed first.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
The usual pattern for Tcl commands that invoke other Tcl commands
is something like:

.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,







|

|

|
>
|
>

<
<
>

|
|

|
|
<

|

<
|

|

>
|
<
<
<

|
|

|
|

|
<









|
>
|
>
>
>
|
>
|
<
>
|

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
<
>
|
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
>
>
|
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
|
>

|
<
<
|
<
<
>
|
<
<

|
<
<
|
|
<
<
<

|
|
<
|
|

|
<
<
<
|









<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<


|
<
>







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50


51
52
53
54
55
56
57

58
59
60

61
62
63
64
65
66



67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74

75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92

93
94
95







96





97
98



99
100
101


102
















103
104
105
106
107
108




109





110
111
112
113


114


115
116


117
118


119
120



121
122
123

124
125
126
127



128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137



138



139



140



141
142
143

144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
.sp
void
\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR(\fIinterp, postProcPtr, data0, data1, data2, data3\fR)
.fi
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *interp in
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
The relevant Interpreter.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of the command to create.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
Called in order to evaluate a command.  Is often just a small wrapper that uses
\fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR to call \fInreProc\fR using a new trampoline.  Behaves
in the same way as the \fIproc\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3)
(\fIq.v.\fR).
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in


Called instead of \fIproc\fR when a trampoline is already in use.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR, \fIdeleteProc\fR
and \fIobjProc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
Called before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter, allowing for
command-specific cleanup. May be NULL.

.AP int objc in
Number of items in \fIobjv\fR.
.AP Tcl_Obj **objv in

Words in the command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
A script or expression to evaluate.
.AP int flags in
As described for \fITcl_EvalObjv\fR.
.PP



.AP Tcl_Command cmd in
Token to use instead of one derived from the first word of \fIobjv\fR in order
to evaluate a command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *resultPtr out
Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of the evaluation is stored if
the return code is TCL_OK.
.AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in
A function to push.

.AP ClientData data0 in
.AP ClientData data1 in
.AP ClientData data2 in
.AP ClientData data3 in
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These functions provide an interface to the function stack that an interpreter
iterates through to evaluate commands.  The routine behind a command is
implemented by an initial function and any additional functions that the
routine pushes onto the stack as it progresses.  The interpreter itself pushes
functions onto the stack to react to the end of a routine and to exercise other
forms of control such as switching between in-progress stacks and the
evaluation of other scripts at additional levels without adding frames to the C
stack.  To execute a routine, the initial function for the routine is called
and then a small bit of code called a \fItrampoline\fR iteratively takes

functions off the stack and calls them, using the value of the last call as the
value of the routine.
.PP







\fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR calls \fInreProc\fR using a new trampoline.





.PP
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR, an alternative to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR,



resolves \fIcmdName\fR, which may contain namespace qualifiers, relative to the
current namespace, creates a command by that name, and returns a token for the
command which may be used in subsequent calls to \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR.


Except for a few cases noted below any existing command by the same name is
















first deleted.  If \fIinterp\fR is in the process of being deleted
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR does not create any command, does not delete any
command, and returns NULL.
.PP
\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR pushes a function that is like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR but
consumes no space on the C stack.




.PP





\fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR pushes a function that is like \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR but
consumes no space on the C stack.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR is like \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR, but uses \fIcmd\fR, a token


previously returned by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR or


\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR, instead of resolving the first word of \fIobjv\fR.
.  The name of this command must be the same as \fIobjv[0]\fR.


.PP
\fBTcl_NRExprObj\fR pushes a function that evaluates \fIobjPtr\fR as an


expression in the same manner as \fBTcl_ExprObj\fR but without consuming space
on the C stack.



.PP
All of the functions return \fBTCL_OK\fR if the evaluation of the script,
command, or expression has been scheduled successfully.  Otherwise (for example

if the command name cannot be resolved), they return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and store
a message as the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR pushes \fIpostProcPtr\fR.  The signature for



\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR is:
.PP
.CS
typedef int
\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR(
        \fBClientData\fR \fIdata\fR[],
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIresult\fR);
.CE
.PP



\fIdata\fR is a pointer to an array containing \fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR.



\fIresult\fR is the value returned by the previous function implementing part



the routine.



.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
The following command uses \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, which consumes space on the C

stack, to evalute a script:
.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237

238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272

    return result;
}
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(interp, "theCommand",
        \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR, clientData, TheCmdDeleteProc);
.CE
.PP
To enable a command like this one for trampoline-based evaluation,
it must be split into three pieces:
.IP \(bu
A non-trampoline implementation, \fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR,
which will simply create a trampoline
and invoke the trampoline-based implementation.
.IP \(bu

A trampoline-enabled implementation, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR.  This
function will perform the initialization, request that the trampoline
call the postprocessing routine after command evaluation, and finally,
request that the trampoline call the inner command.
.IP \(bu
A postprocessing routine, \fITheCmdPostProc\fR. This function will
perform the postprocessing formerly done after the return from the
inner command in \fITheCmdObjProc\fR.
.PP
The non-trampoline implementation is simple and stylized, containing
a single statement:
.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR(interp, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR,
            clientData, objc, objv);
}
.CE
.PP
The trampoline-enabled implementation requests postprocessing,
and returns to the trampoline requesting command evaluation.
.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])







|
|
<
|
|
|
<
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
<
<


|










<
<
<







162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170

171
172
173

174
175







176



177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189



190
191
192
193
194
195
196

    return result;
}
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(interp, "theCommand",
        \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR, clientData, TheCmdDeleteProc);
.CE
.PP
To avoid consuming space on the C stack, \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR is renamed to
\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR and the postprocessing step is split into a separate

function, \fITheCmdPostProc\fR, which is pushed onto the function stack.
\fITcl_EvalObjEx\fR is replaced with \fITcl_NREvalObj\fR, which uses a
trampoline instead of consuming space on the C stack.  A new version of

\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR is just a a wrapper that uses \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR to
call \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR:







.PP



.CS
int
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR(interp, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR,
            clientData, objc, objv);
}
.CE
.PP



.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328

    /* \fIdata0 .. data3\fR are up to four one-word items to
     * pass to the postprocessing procedure */

    return \fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR(interp, objPtr, 0);
}
.CE
.PP
The postprocessing procedure does whatever the original command did
upon return from the inner evaluation.
.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
{
    /* \fIdata[0] .. data[3]\fR are the four words of data
     * passed to \fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR */

    \fI... postprocessing ...\fR

    return result;
}
.CE
.PP
If \fItheCommand\fR is a command that results in multiple commands or
scripts being evaluated, its postprocessing routine may schedule
additional postprocessing and then request another command evaluation
by means of \fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR or one of the other evaluation
routines. Looping and sequencing constructs may be implemented in this way.
.PP
Finally, to install a trampoline-enabled command in the interpreter,
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR is used in place of
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.  It accepts two command procedures instead
of one. The first is for use when no trampoline is yet on the stack,
and the second is for use when there is already a trampoline in place.
.PP
.CS
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR(interp, "theCommand",
        \fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR, clientData,
        TheCmdDeleteProc);
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_EvalObjEx(3), Tcl_GetCommandFromObj(3), Tcl_ExprObj(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
stackless, nonrecursive, execute, command, global, value, result, script
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny








<
<
<
















|
<
<
<
|

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





|
>
204
205
206
207
208
209
210



211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227



228
229











230
231
232
233
234
235
236
    /* \fIdata0 .. data3\fR are up to four one-word items to
     * pass to the postprocessing procedure */

    return \fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR(interp, objPtr, 0);
}
.CE
.PP



.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
{
    /* \fIdata[0] .. data[3]\fR are the four words of data
     * passed to \fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR */

    \fI... postprocessing ...\fR

    return result;
}
.CE
.PP
Any function comprising a routine can push other functions, making it possible



implement looping and sequencing constructs using the function stack.
.PP











.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_EvalObjEx(3), Tcl_GetCommandFromObj(3), Tcl_ExprObj(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
stackless, nonrecursive, execute, command, global, value, result, script
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.

Changes to doc/Object.3.

253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
\fBincr x\fR
.CE
.PP
The \fBincr\fR command first gets an integer from \fIx\fR's value
by calling \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR.
This procedure checks whether the value is already an integer value.
Since it is not, it converts the value
by setting the value's \fIinternalRep.longValue\fR member
to the integer \fB123\fR
and setting the value's \fItypePtr\fR
to point to the integer Tcl_ObjType structure.
Both representations are now valid.
\fBincr\fR increments the value's integer internal representation
then invalidates its string representation
(by calling \fBTcl_InvalidateStringRep\fR)







|







253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
\fBincr x\fR
.CE
.PP
The \fBincr\fR command first gets an integer from \fIx\fR's value
by calling \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR.
This procedure checks whether the value is already an integer value.
Since it is not, it converts the value
by setting the value's internal representation
to the integer \fB123\fR
and setting the value's \fItypePtr\fR
to point to the integer Tcl_ObjType structure.
Both representations are now valid.
\fBincr\fR increments the value's integer internal representation
then invalidates its string representation
(by calling \fBTcl_InvalidateStringRep\fR)

Changes to doc/Panic.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23



24
25
26
27
28
29
30
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Panic 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
void
\fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
.sp



.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc
.AP "const char*" format in
A printf-style format string.
.AP "" arg in
Arguments matching the format string.
.AP va_list argList in









|













>
>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Panic 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
void
\fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
.sp
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc
.AP "const char*" format in
A printf-style format string.
.AP "" arg in
Arguments matching the format string.
.AP va_list argList in
49
50
51
52
53
54
55








56
57
58
59
60
61
62
In a freshly loaded Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR prints the formatted
error message to the standard error file of the process, and then
calls \fBabort\fR to terminate the process.  \fBTcl_Panic\fR does not
return. On Windows, when a debugger is running, the formatted error
message is sent to the debugger in stead. If the windows executable
does not have a stderr channel (e.g. \fBwish.exe\fR), then a
system dialog box is used to display the panic message.








.PP
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR may be used to modify the behavior of
\fBTcl_Panic\fR.  The \fIpanicProc\fR argument should match the
type \fBTcl_PanicProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_PanicProc\fR(







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
In a freshly loaded Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR prints the formatted
error message to the standard error file of the process, and then
calls \fBabort\fR to terminate the process.  \fBTcl_Panic\fR does not
return. On Windows, when a debugger is running, the formatted error
message is sent to the debugger in stead. If the windows executable
does not have a stderr channel (e.g. \fBwish.exe\fR), then a
system dialog box is used to display the panic message.
.PP
If your application doesn't use \fBTcl_Main\fR or \fBTk_Main\fR
and you want to implicitly use the stderr channel of your
application's C runtime (in stead of the stderr channel of the
C runtime used by Tcl), you can call \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR
with \fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR as its argument. On platforms which
only have one C runtime (almost all platforms except Windows)
\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR is equivalent to NULL.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR may be used to modify the behavior of
\fBTcl_Panic\fR.  The \fIpanicProc\fR argument should match the
type \fBTcl_PanicProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_PanicProc\fR(

Changes to doc/SaveResult.3.

1
2
3

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12


13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50


51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70


71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102

103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

119
120
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)

'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SaveResult 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- save and restore an interpreter's state


.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_InterpState
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR(\fIinterp, status\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR(\fIinterp, state\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR(\fIstate\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR(\fIsavedPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter for which state should be saved.
.AP int status in
Return code value to save as part of interpreter state.
.AP Tcl_InterpState state in
Saved state token to be restored or discarded.
.AP Tcl_SavedResult *savedPtr in
Pointer to location where interpreter result should be saved or restored.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines allows a C procedure to take a snapshot of the current
state of an interpreter so that it can be restored after a call
to \fBTcl_Eval\fR or some other routine that modifies the interpreter
state.  There are two triplets of routines meant to work together.
.PP
The first triplet stores the snapshot of interpreter state in
an opaque token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.  That token
value may then be passed back to one of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR


or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, depending on whether the interp
state is to be restored.  So long as one of the latter two routines
is called, Tcl will take care of memory management.
.PP
The second triplet stores the snapshot of only the interpreter
result (not its complete state) in memory allocated by the caller.
These routines are passed a pointer to \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR
that is used to store enough information to restore the interpreter result.
\fBTcl_SavedResult\fR can be allocated on the stack of the calling
procedure.  These routines do not save the state of any error
information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB\-errorcode\fR or
\fB\-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
.PP
Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,
any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines.
The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR,
and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake
of existing programs that may already be using them.


.PP
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of
interpreter state that make up the full result of script evaluation.
This include the interpreter result, the return code (passed in
as the \fIstatus\fR argument, and any return options, including
\fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR when an error is in progress.
This snapshot is returned as an opaque token of type \fBTcl_InterpState\fR.
The call to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR does not itself change the
state of the interpreter.  Unlike \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, it does
not reset the interpreter.

.PP
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR accepts a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token
previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR and restores the
state of the interp to the state held in that snapshot.  The return
value of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR is the status value originally
passed to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when the snapshot token was
created.
.PP
\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR is called to release a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR
token previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when that
snapshot is not to be restored to an interp.
.PP
The \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
must eventually be passed to either \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR to avoid a memory leak.  Once
the \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token is passed to one of them, the
token is no longer valid and should not be used anymore.
.PP
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the string and value results
of \fIinterp\fR into the location specified by \fIstatePtr\fR.
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR clears the result for \fIinterp\fR and
leaves the result in its normal empty initialized state.

.PP
\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR moves the string and value results from
\fIstatePtr\fR back into \fIinterp\fR.  Any result or error that was
already in the interpreter will be cleared.  The \fIstatePtr\fR is left
in an uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the saved interpreter state
stored at \fBstatePtr\fR.  The state structure is left in an
uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
Once \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR is called to save the interpreter
result, either \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR or
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to properly clean up the
memory associated with the saved state.

.SH KEYWORDS
result, state, interp



>








|
>
>




















|

|

|

|



<
|
|
<

<
|
<
>
>
|
|
<

|
<
|
<
|
<
<
<

<
|
<
<
<
<
<
>
>

|
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
|
>

|
|
<
|


|
<
|


<
<
|
<
>


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47

48

49

50
51
52
53

54
55

56

57



58

59





60
61
62
63





64
65

66
67

















68
69

70
71
72
73
74

75
76
77
78

79
80
81


82

83
84
85
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Nathan Coulter.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SaveResult 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState,
Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- Save and restore the
state of an an interpreter.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_InterpState
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR(\fIinterp, status\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR(\fIinterp, state\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR(\fIstate\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR(\fIinterp, savedPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR(\fIsavedPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
The interpreter for the operation.
.AP int status in
The return code for the state.
.AP Tcl_InterpState state in
A token for saved state.
.AP Tcl_SavedResult *savedPtr in
A pointer to storage for saved state.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP

These routines save the state of an interpreter before a call to a routine such
as \fBTcl_Eval\fR, and restore the state afterwards.

.PP

\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR saves the parts of \fIinterp\fR that comprise the

result of a script, including the resulting value, the return code passed as
\fIstatus\fR, and any options such as \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR.
It returns a token for the saved state.  The interpreter result is not reset
and no interpreter state is changed.

.PP
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR restores the state indicated by \fIstate\fR and

returns the \fIstatus\fR originally passed in the corresponding call to

\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.



.PP

If a saved state is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR must be called





to release it.  A token used to discard or restore state must not be used
again.
.PP
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR are





deprecated.  Instead use \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, which are more

capable.
.PP

















\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the result of \fIinterp\fR to the location
\fIstatePtr\fR points to and returns the interpreter result to its initial

state.  It does not save options such as \fB\-errorcode\fR or
\fB\-errorinfo\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR clears any existing result or error in \fIinterp\fR and
moves the result from \fIstatePtr\fR back to \fIinterp\fR.  \fIstatePtr\fR is

then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the state stored at \fBstatePtr\fR, which is

then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP


If a saved result is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to

release it.
.SH KEYWORDS
result, state, interp

Changes to doc/SetResult.3.

193
194
195
196
197
198
199













200
201
202
203
204
205
206
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR performs part of the work
of \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR.
It frees up the memory associated with \fIinterp\fR's result.
It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
is about to replace one result value with another.













.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
.PP
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIresult\fR argument.
If \fBTcl_SetResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR are called
at a time when \fIinterp\fR holds a string result,
they do whatever is necessary to dispose of the old string result







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR performs part of the work
of \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR.
It frees up the memory associated with \fIinterp\fR's result.
It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
is about to replace one result value with another.
.SS "DIRECT ACCESS TO INTERP->RESULT"
.PP
It used to be legal for programs to
directly read and write \fIinterp->result\fR
to manipulate the interpreter result.  The Tcl headers no longer
permit this access by default, and C code still doing this must
be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
As a migration aid, access can be restored with the compiler directive
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
but this is meant only to offer life support to otherwise dead code.
.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
.PP
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIresult\fR argument.
If \fBTcl_SetResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR are called
at a time when \fIinterp\fR holds a string result,
they do whatever is necessary to dispose of the old string result

Changes to doc/StringObj.3.

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
.sp
Tcl_UniChar *
\fBTcl_GetUnicodeFromObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, lengthPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_UniChar *
\fBTcl_GetUnicode\fR(\fIobjPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_UniChar
\fBTcl_GetUniChar\fR(\fIobjPtr, index\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetCharLength\fR(\fIobjPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_GetRange\fR(\fIobjPtr, first, last\fR)







|







33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
.sp
Tcl_UniChar *
\fBTcl_GetUnicodeFromObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, lengthPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_UniChar *
\fBTcl_GetUnicode\fR(\fIobjPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetUniChar\fR(\fIobjPtr, index\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetCharLength\fR(\fIobjPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_GetRange\fR(\fIobjPtr, first, last\fR)
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207

208
209
210
211
212
213
214
\fIlengthPtr\fR if it is non-NULL.  The storage referenced by the returned
byte pointer is owned by the value manager and should not be modified by
the caller.  The procedure \fBTcl_GetUnicode\fR is used in the common case
where the caller does not need the length of the unicode string
representation.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetUniChar\fR returns the \fIindex\fR'th character in the
value's Unicode representation.

.PP
\fBTcl_GetRange\fR returns a newly created value comprised of the
characters between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR (inclusive) in the
value's Unicode representation.  If the value's Unicode
representation is invalid, the Unicode representation is regenerated
from the value's string representation.
.PP







|
>







200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
\fIlengthPtr\fR if it is non-NULL.  The storage referenced by the returned
byte pointer is owned by the value manager and should not be modified by
the caller.  The procedure \fBTcl_GetUnicode\fR is used in the common case
where the caller does not need the length of the unicode string
representation.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetUniChar\fR returns the \fIindex\fR'th character in the
value's Unicode representation. If the index is out of range or
it references a low surrogate preceded by a high surrogate, it returns -1;
.PP
\fBTcl_GetRange\fR returns a newly created value comprised of the
characters between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR (inclusive) in the
value's Unicode representation.  If the value's Unicode
representation is invalid, the Unicode representation is regenerated
from the value's string representation.
.PP

Changes to doc/ToUpper.3.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_UniCharToUpper, Tcl_UniCharToLower, Tcl_UniCharToTitle, Tcl_UtfToUpper, Tcl_UtfToLower, Tcl_UtfToTitle \- routines for manipulating the case of Unicode characters and UTF-8 strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_UniChar
\fBTcl_UniCharToUpper\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
Tcl_UniChar
\fBTcl_UniCharToLower\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
Tcl_UniChar
\fBTcl_UniCharToTitle\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToUpper\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToLower\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToTitle\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS char *str in/out
.AP int ch in
The Tcl_UniChar to be converted.
.AP char *str in/out
Pointer to UTF-8 string to be converted in place.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The first three routines convert the case of individual Unicode characters:







|


|


|













|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_UniCharToUpper, Tcl_UniCharToLower, Tcl_UniCharToTitle, Tcl_UtfToUpper, Tcl_UtfToLower, Tcl_UtfToTitle \- routines for manipulating the case of Unicode characters and UTF-8 strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharToUpper\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharToLower\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharToTitle\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToUpper\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToLower\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToTitle\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS char *str in/out
.AP int ch in
The Unicode character to be converted.
.AP char *str in/out
Pointer to UTF-8 string to be converted in place.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The first three routines convert the case of individual Unicode characters:

Changes to doc/UniCharIsAlpha.3.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
\fBTcl_UniCharIsUpper\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharIsWordChar\fR(\fIch\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS int ch
.AP int ch in
The Tcl_UniChar to be examined.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
All of the routines described examine Tcl_UniChars and return a
boolean value. A non-zero return value means that the character does
belong to the character class associated with the called routine. The
rest of this document just describes the character classes associated
with the various routines.
.PP
Note: A Tcl_UniChar is a Unicode character represented as an unsigned,
fixed-size quantity.

.SH "CHARACTER CLASSES"
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharIsAlnum\fR tests if the character is an alphanumeric Unicode character.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharIsAlpha\fR tests if the character is an alphabetic Unicode character.
.PP







|




|




<
<
<







44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60



61
62
63
64
65
66
67
\fBTcl_UniCharIsUpper\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharIsWordChar\fR(\fIch\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS int ch
.AP int ch in
The Unicode character to be examined.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
All of the routines described examine Unicode characters and return a
boolean value. A non-zero return value means that the character does
belong to the character class associated with the called routine. The
rest of this document just describes the character classes associated
with the various routines.




.SH "CHARACTER CLASSES"
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharIsAlnum\fR tests if the character is an alphanumeric Unicode character.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharIsAlpha\fR tests if the character is an alphabetic Unicode character.
.PP

Changes to doc/Utf.3.

59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR(\fIsrc\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_UtfPrev\fR(\fIsrc, start\fR)
.sp
Tcl_UniChar
\fBTcl_UniCharAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
.AP char *buf out
Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored.  At most
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int ch in
The Tcl_UniChar to be converted or examined.
.AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *src in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *cs in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *ct in







|













|







59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR(\fIsrc\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_UtfPrev\fR(\fIsrc, start\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
.AP char *buf out
Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored.  At most
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int ch in
The Unicode character to be converted or examined.
.AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *src in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *cs in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *ct in
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135



136
137
138
139
140
141
142



143
144
145
146
147
148
149
.AP int nocase in
Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
case-insensitive (1).
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Tcl_UniChars.  A
Tcl_UniChar is a Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
quantity.  A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as
a varying-length sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes.  A multibyte UTF-8
sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
.PP
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that it takes to
represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
in starting at \fIbuf\fR.  The return value is the number of bytes stored
in \fIbuf\fR.



.PP
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR.  The return value is the
number of bytes read from \fIsrc\fR.  The caller must ensure that the
source buffer is long enough such that this routine does not run off the
end and dereference non-existent or random memory; if the source buffer
is known to be null-terminated, this will not happen.  If the input is



not in proper UTF-8 format, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will store the first
byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x0000 and
0x00ff and return 1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR converts the given Unicode string
to UTF-8, storing the result in a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
You must specify \fIuniLength\fR, the length of the given Unicode string.







|
|







|

|
>
>
>







>
>
>







117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
.AP int nocase in
Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
case-insensitive (1).
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Unicode characters.  An
Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
quantity.  A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as
a varying-length sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes.  A multibyte UTF-8
sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
.PP
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that it takes to
represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the character \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
in starting at \fIbuf\fR.  The return value is the number of bytes stored
in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is an upper surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
the return value will be 0 and nothing will be stored. If you still
want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even though knowing it's an illegal
code-point on its own), just call \fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again using ch = -1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR.  The return value is the
number of bytes read from \fIsrc\fR.  The caller must ensure that the
source buffer is long enough such that this routine does not run off the
end and dereference non-existent or random memory; if the source buffer
is known to be null-terminated, this will not happen.  If the input is
a byte in the range 0x80 - 0x9F, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR assumes the
cp1252 encoding, stores the corresponding Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR
and returns 1. If the input is otherwise
not in proper UTF-8 format, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will store the first
byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x0000 and
0x00ff and return 1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR converts the given Unicode string
to UTF-8, storing the result in a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
You must specify \fIuniLength\fR, the length of the given Unicode string.
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
characters.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR returns 1 if the source UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR
of \fIlength\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR, or 0 otherwise.  This function does not guarantee
that the UTF-8 string is properly formed.  This routine is used by
procedures that are operating on a byte at a time and need to know if a
full Tcl_UniChar has been seen.
.PP
\fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR corresponds to \fBstrlen\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
\fIsrc\fR.  The length of the source string is \fIlength\fR bytes.  If the
length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindLast\fR corresponds to \fBstrrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
Given \fIsrc\fR, a pointer to some location in a UTF-8 string,
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR returns a pointer to the next UTF-8 character in the
string.  The caller must not ask for the next character after the last
character in the string if the string is not terminated by a null







|







|




|







202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
characters.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR returns 1 if the source UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR
of \fIlength\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR, or 0 otherwise.  This function does not guarantee
that the UTF-8 string is properly formed.  This routine is used by
procedures that are operating on a byte at a time and need to know if a
full Unicode character has been seen.
.PP
\fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR corresponds to \fBstrlen\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
\fIsrc\fR.  The length of the source string is \fIlength\fR bytes.  If the
length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfFindLast\fR corresponds to \fBstrrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
considered part of the UTF-8 string.
.PP
Given \fIsrc\fR, a pointer to some location in a UTF-8 string,
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR returns a pointer to the next UTF-8 character in the
string.  The caller must not ask for the next character after the last
character in the string if the string is not terminated by a null

Added doc/abstract.n.



























































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH abstract n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
oo::abstract \- a class that does not allow direct instances of itself
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBoo::abstract\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
.nf
\fBoo::object\fR
   \(-> \fBoo::class\fR
       \(-> \fBoo::abstract\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Abstract classes are classes that can contain definitions, but which cannot be
directly manufactured; they are intended to only ever be inherited from and
instantiated indirectly. The characteristic methods of \fBoo::class\fR
(\fBcreate\fR and \fBnew\fR) are not exported by an instance of
\fBoo::abstract\fR.
.PP
Note that \fBoo::abstract\fR is not itself an instance of \fBoo::abstract\fR.
.SS CONSTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
\fBoo::class\fR class.
.SS DESTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
will destroy all its subclasses).
.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class defines no new exported methods.
.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
The \fBoo::abstract\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR,
\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR, and \fBnew\fR are unexported.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example defines a simple class hierarchy and creates a new instance of
it. It then invokes a method of the object before destroying the hierarchy and
showing that the destruction is transitive.
.PP
.CS
\fBoo::abstract\fR create fruit {
    method eat {} {
        puts "yummy!"
    }
}
oo::class create banana {
    superclass fruit
    method peel {} {
        puts "skin now off"
    }
}
set b [banana \fBnew\fR]
$b peel              \fI\(-> prints 'skin now off'\fR
$b eat               \fI\(-> prints 'yummy!'\fR
set f [fruit new]    \fI\(-> error 'unknown method "new"...'\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
oo::define(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
abstract class, class, metaclass, object
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/append.n.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22





23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Append all of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to the current value
of variable \fIvarName\fR.  If \fIvarName\fR does not exist,
it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments.





The result of this command is the new value stored in variable
\fIvarName\fR.
This command provides an efficient way to build up long
variables incrementally.
For example,
.QW "\fBappend a $b\fR"
is much more efficient than







>
>
>
>
>







16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Append all of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to the current value
of variable \fIvarName\fR.  If \fIvarName\fR does not exist,
it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments.
.VS TIP508
If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
a default value set, the concatenation of the default value and all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments will be stored in the array element.
.VE TIP508
The result of this command is the new value stored in variable
\fIvarName\fR.
This command provides an efficient way to build up long
variables incrementally.
For example,
.QW "\fBappend a $b\fR"
is much more efficient than
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

49
puts $var
# Prints 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
concat(n), lappend(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff

'\" End:







|
|
>
|
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
puts $var
# Prints 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
concat(n), lappend(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, variable
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/array.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
array \- Manipulate array variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBarray \fIoption arrayName\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH array n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
array \- Manipulate array variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBarray \fIoption arrayName\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
31
32
33
34
35
36
37















































38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49









50
51
52
53
54
55
56
\fISearchId\fR indicates which search on \fIarrayName\fR to
check, and must have been the return value from a previous
invocation of \fBarray startsearch\fR.
This option is particularly useful if an array has an element
with an empty name, since the return value from
\fBarray nextelement\fR will not indicate whether the search
has been completed.















































.TP
\fBarray donesearch \fIarrayName searchId\fR
This command terminates an array search and destroys all the
state associated with that search.  \fISearchId\fR indicates
which search on \fIarrayName\fR to destroy, and must have
been the return value from a previous invocation of
\fBarray startsearch\fR.  Returns an empty string.
.TP
\fBarray exists \fIarrayName\fR
Returns 1 if \fIarrayName\fR is an array variable, 0 if there
is no variable by that name or if it is a scalar variable.
.TP









\fBarray get \fIarrayName\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
Returns a list containing pairs of elements.  The first
element in each pair is the name of an element in \fIarrayName\fR
and the second element of each pair is the value of the
array element.  The order of the pairs is undefined.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, then all of the elements of the
array are included in the result.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
\fISearchId\fR indicates which search on \fIarrayName\fR to
check, and must have been the return value from a previous
invocation of \fBarray startsearch\fR.
This option is particularly useful if an array has an element
with an empty name, since the return value from
\fBarray nextelement\fR will not indicate whether the search
has been completed.
.TP
\fBarray default \fIsubcommand arrayName args...\fR
.VS TIP508
Manages the default value of the array. Arrays initially have no default
value, but this command allows you to set one; the default value will be
returned when reading from an element of the array \farrayName\fR if the read
would otherwise result in an error. Note that this may cause the \fBappend\fR,
\fBdict\fR, \fBincr\fR and \fBlappend\fR commands to change their behavior in
relation to non-existing array elements.
.RS
.PP
The \fIsubcommand\fR argument controls what exact operation will be performed
on the default value of \fIarrayName\fR. Supported \fIsubcommand\fRs are:
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default exists \fIarrayName\fR
.VS TIP508
This returns a boolean value indicating whether a default value has been set
for the array \fIarrayName\fR. Returns a false value if \fIarrayName\fR does
not exist. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is
not an array.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default get \fIarrayName\fR
.VS TIP508
This returns the current default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR.  Raises
an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not an array, or
if \fIarrayName\fR is an array without a default value.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default set \fIarrayName value\fR
.VS TIP508
This sets the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR to \fIvalue\fR.
Returns the empty string. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing
variable that is not an array, or if \fIarrayName\fR is an illegal name for an
array. If \fIarrayName\fR does not currently exist, it is created as an empty
array as well as having its default value set.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBarray default unset \fIarrayName\fR
.VS TIP508
This removes the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR and returns the
empty string. Does nothing if \fIarrayName\fR does not have a default
value. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not
an array.
.VE TIP508
.RE
.TP
\fBarray donesearch \fIarrayName searchId\fR
This command terminates an array search and destroys all the
state associated with that search.  \fISearchId\fR indicates
which search on \fIarrayName\fR to destroy, and must have
been the return value from a previous invocation of
\fBarray startsearch\fR.  Returns an empty string.
.TP
\fBarray exists \fIarrayName\fR
Returns 1 if \fIarrayName\fR is an array variable, 0 if there
is no variable by that name or if it is a scalar variable.
.TP
\fBarray for {\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fB} \fIarrayName body\fP
The first argument is a two element list of variable names for the
key and value of each entry in the array.  The second argument is the
array name to iterate over.  The third argument is the body to execute
for each key and value returned.
The ordering of the returned keys is undefined.
If an array element is deleted or a new array element is inserted during
the \fIarray for\fP process, the command will terminate with an error.
.TP
\fBarray get \fIarrayName\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
Returns a list containing pairs of elements.  The first
element in each pair is the name of an element in \fIarrayName\fR
and the second element of each pair is the value of the
array element.  The order of the pairs is undefined.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, then all of the elements of the
array are included in the result.
181
182
183
184
185
186
187




    number of buckets with 10 or more entries: 0
    average search distance for entry: 1.2
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), string(n), variable(n), trace(n), foreach(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
array, element names, search











>
>
>
>
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
    number of buckets with 10 or more entries: 0
    average search distance for entry: 1.2
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), string(n), variable(n), trace(n), foreach(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
array, element names, search
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Added doc/callback.n.

















































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH callback n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
callback, mymethod \- generate callbacks to methods
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBcallback\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
\fBmymethod\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBcallback\fR command,
'\" Based on notes in the tcllib docs, we know the provenance of mymethod
also called \fBmymethod\fR for compatibility with the ooutil and snit packages
of Tcllib,
and which should only be used from within the context of a call to a method
(i.e. inside a method, constructor or destructor body) is used to generate a
script fragment that will invoke the method, \fImethodName\fR, on the current
object (as reported by \fBself\fR) when executed. Any additional arguments
provided will be provided as leading arguments to the callback. The resulting
script fragment shall be a proper list.
.PP
Note that it is up to the caller to ensure that the current object is able to
handle the call of \fImethodName\fR; this command does not check that.
\fImethodName\fR may refer to any exported or unexported method, but may not
refer to a private method as those can only be invoked directly from within
methods. If there is no such method present at the point when the callback is
invoked, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handler will be called.
.SH EXAMPLE
This is a simple echo server class. The \fBcallback\fR command is used in two
places, to arrange for the incoming socket connections to be handled by the
\fIAccept\fR method, and to arrange for the incoming bytes on those
connections to be handled by the \fIReceive\fR method.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create EchoServer {
    variable server clients
    constructor {port} {
        set server [socket -server [\fBcallback\fR Accept] $port]
        set clients {}
    }
    destructor {
        chan close $server
        foreach client [dict keys $clients] {
            chan close $client
        }
    }

    method Accept {channel clientAddress clientPort} {
        dict set clients $channel [dict create \e
                address $clientAddress port $clientPort]
        chan event $channel readable [\fBcallback\fR Receive $channel]
    }
    method Receive {channel} {
        if {[chan gets $channel line] >= 0} {
            my echo $channel $line
        } else {
            chan close $channel
            dict unset clients $channel
        }
    }

    method echo {channel line} {
        dict with clients $channel {
            chan puts $channel \e
                    [format {[%s:%d] %s} $address $port $line]
        }
    }
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
chan(n), fileevent(n), my(n), self(n), socket(n), trace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
callback, object
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Added doc/classvariable.n.





























































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015 Andreas Kupries
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH classvariable n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
classvariable \- create link from local variable to variable in class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBclassvariable\fR \fIvariableName\fR ?\fI...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBclassvariable\fR command is available within methods. It takes a series
of one or more variable names and makes them available in the method's scope;
those variable names must not be qualified and must not refer to array
elements. The originating scope for the variables is the namespace of the
class that the method was defined by. In other words, the referenced variables
are shared between all instances of that class.
.PP
Note: This command is equivalent to the command \fBtypevariable\fR provided by
the snit package in tcllib for approximately the same purpose. If used in a
method defined directly on a class instance (e.g., through the
\fBoo::objdefine\fR \fBmethod\fR definition) this is very much like just
using:
.PP
.CS
namespace upvar [namespace current] $var $var
.CE
.PP
for each variable listed to \fBclassvariable\fR.
.SH EXAMPLE
This class counts how many instances of it have been made.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create Counted {
    initialise {
        variable count 0
    }

    variable number
    constructor {} {
        \fBclassvariable\fR count
        set number [incr count]
    }

    method report {} {
        \fBclassvariable\fR count
        puts "This is instance $number of $count"
    }
}

set a [Counted new]
set b [Counted new]
$a report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
set c [Counted new]
$b report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
$c report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
global(n), namespace(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, class variable, variable
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/clock.n.

448
449
450
451
452
453
454













455
456
457
458
459
460
461
If a format string lacks a \fB%z\fR or \fB%Z\fR format group,
it is possible for the time to be ambiguous because it appears twice
in the same day, once without and once with Daylight Saving Time.
If this situation occurs, the first occurrence of the time is chosen.
(For this reason, it is wise to have the input string contain the
time zone when converting local times.  This caveat does not apply to
UTC times.)













.SH "FORMAT GROUPS"
.PP
The following format groups are recognized by the \fBclock scan\fR and
\fBclock format\fR commands.
.TP
\fB%a\fR
On output, receives an abbreviation (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBMon\fR) for the day







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
If a format string lacks a \fB%z\fR or \fB%Z\fR format group,
it is possible for the time to be ambiguous because it appears twice
in the same day, once without and once with Daylight Saving Time.
If this situation occurs, the first occurrence of the time is chosen.
(For this reason, it is wise to have the input string contain the
time zone when converting local times.  This caveat does not apply to
UTC times.)
.PP
If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
a field is out of range, enough of that field's unit will be added to
or subtracted from the time to bring it in range. Thus, if attempting to
scan or format day 0 of the month, one day will be subtracted from day
1 of the month, yielding the last day of the previous month.
.PP
If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
a Daylight Saving Time change skips over that time, or an ambiguous
time because a Daylight Saving Time change skips back so that the clock
observes the given time twice, and no time zone specifier (\fB%z\fR
or \fB%Z\fR) is present in the format, the time is interpreted as
if the clock had not changed.
.SH "FORMAT GROUPS"
.PP
The following format groups are recognized by the \fBclock scan\fR and
\fBclock format\fR commands.
.TP
\fB%a\fR
On output, receives an abbreviation (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBMon\fR) for the day

Changes to doc/define.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH define n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007-2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH define n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
34
35
36
37
38
39
40





















41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
\fIarg\fR arguments; when the second is present, it is exactly as if all the
arguments from \fIsubcommand\fR onwards are made into a list and that list is
used as the \fIdefScript\fR argument.
.SS "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::define\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR form:





















.TP
\fBconstructor\fI argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates the constructor for a class. The formal arguments to
the constructor (defined using the same format as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR
command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the constructor will be
\fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the constructor is evaluated, the current
namespace of the constructor will be a namespace that is unique to the object
being constructed. Within the constructor, the \fBnext\fR command should be
used to call the superclasses' constructors. If \fIbodyScript\fR is the empty
string, the constructor will be deleted.
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from a class. The methods
must have previously existed in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified).
.TP
\fBdestructor\fI bodyScript\fR







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












|







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
\fIarg\fR arguments; when the second is present, it is exactly as if all the
arguments from \fIsubcommand\fR onwards are made into a list and that list is
used as the \fIdefScript\fR argument.
.SS "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::define\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR form:
.TP
\fBclassmethod\fI name\fR ?\fIargList bodyScrip\fR?
.VS TIP478
This creates a class method, or (if \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR are
omitted) promotes an existing method on the class object to be a class
method. The \fIname\fR, \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR arguments are as in
the \fBmethod\fR definition, below.
.RS
.PP
Class methods can be called on either the class itself or on the instances of
that class. When they are called, the current object (see the \fBself\R and
\fBmy\fR commands) is the class on which they are called or the class of the
instance on which they are called, depending on whether they are called on the
class or an instance of the class, respectively. If called on a subclass or
instance of the subclass, the current object is the subclass.
.PP
In a private definition context, the methods as invoked on classes are
\fInot\fR private, but the methods as invoked on instances of classes are
private.
.RE
.VE TIP478
.TP
\fBconstructor\fI argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates the constructor for a class. The formal arguments to
the constructor (defined using the same format as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR
command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the constructor will be
\fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the constructor is evaluated, the current
namespace of the constructor will be a namespace that is unique to the object
being constructed. Within the constructor, the \fBnext\fR command should be
used to call the superclasses' constructors. If \fIbodyScript\fR is the empty
string, the constructor will be deleted.
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from a class. The methods
must have previously existed in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified).
.TP
\fBdestructor\fI bodyScript\fR
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85

86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
















108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119







120
121
122

123
124
125
126
127
128
129


















130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
(i.e. usable outside an instance through the instance object's command) by the
class being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
by a superclass; subclass exports override superclass visibility, and may in
turn be overridden by instances.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.VS

This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
named since they may be defined by subclasses.
.VS
By default, this slot works by appending.
.VE
.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This creates or updates a forwarded method called \fIname\fR. The method is
defined be forwarded to the command called \fIcmdName\fR, with additional
arguments, \fIarg\fR etc., added before those arguments specified by the
caller of the method. The \fIcmdName\fR will always be resolved using the
rules of the invoking objects' namespaces, i.e., when \fIcmdName\fR is not
fully-qualified, the command will be searched for in each object's namespace,
using the instances' namespace's path, or by looking in the global namespace.
The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and
non-exported otherwise.
















.TP
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates a method that is implemented as a procedure-like
script. The name of the method is \fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the
method (defined using the same format as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will
be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When
the body of the method is evaluated, the current namespace of the method will
be a namespace that is unique to the current object. The method will be
exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and non-exported
otherwise; this behavior can be overridden via \fBexport\fR and
\fBunexport\fR.







.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.VS

This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
names a single class that is to be mixed in.
.VS
By default, this slot works by replacement.


















.VE
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in a class to \fItoName\fR. The
method must have previously existed in the class, and \fItoName\fR must not
previously refer to a method in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class







<
>

<





<

<












>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>












>
>
>
>
>
>
>


<
>

<



<

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







99
100
101
102
103
104
105

106
107

108
109
110
111
112

113

114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162

163
164

165
166
167

168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
(i.e. usable outside an instance through the instance object's command) by the
class being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
by a superclass; subclass exports override superclass visibility, and may in
turn be overridden by instances.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?

.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)

sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
named since they may be defined by subclasses.

By default, this slot works by appending.

.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This creates or updates a forwarded method called \fIname\fR. The method is
defined be forwarded to the command called \fIcmdName\fR, with additional
arguments, \fIarg\fR etc., added before those arguments specified by the
caller of the method. The \fIcmdName\fR will always be resolved using the
rules of the invoking objects' namespaces, i.e., when \fIcmdName\fR is not
fully-qualified, the command will be searched for in each object's namespace,
using the instances' namespace's path, or by looking in the global namespace.
The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and
non-exported otherwise.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBinitialise\fI script\fR
.TP
\fBinitialize\fI script\fR
.VS TIP478
This evaluates \fIscript\fR in a context which supports local variables and
where the current namespace is the instance namespace of the class object
itself. This is useful for setting up, e.g., class-scoped variables.
.VE TIP478
.TP
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates a method that is implemented as a procedure-like
script. The name of the method is \fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the
method (defined using the same format as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will
be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When
the body of the method is evaluated, the current namespace of the method will
be a namespace that is unique to the current object. The method will be
exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and non-exported
otherwise; this behavior can be overridden via \fBexport\fR and
\fBunexport\fR.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?

.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)

sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
names a single class that is to be mixed in.

By default, this slot works by replacement.
.TP
\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
.TP
\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
.
.VS TIP500
This evaluates the \fIscript\fR (or the list of command and arguments given by
\fIcmd\fR and \fIarg\fRs) in a context where the definitions made on the
current class will be private definitions.
.RS
.PP
The following class definition commands are affected by \fBprivate\fR:
\fBforward\fR, \fBmethod\fR, \fBself\fR, and \fBvariable\fR. Nesting
\fBprivate\fR inside \fBprivate\fR has no cumulative effect; the innermost
definition context is just a private definition context. All other definition
commands have no difference in behavior when used in a private definition
context.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in a class to \fItoName\fR. The
method must have previously existed in the class, and \fItoName\fR must not
previously refer to a method in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
155
156
157
158
159
160
161





162
163
164
165

166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188

189
190
191
192
193

194
195
196
197
198











199

200
201
202
203
204
205
206
.QW "\fBoo::objdefine \fIcls subcommand ...\fR" .
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP470
If no arguments at all are used, this gives the name of the class currently
being configured.
.VE TIP470





.RE
.TP
\fBsuperclass\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.VS

This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
allows the alteration of the superclasses of the class being defined.
Each \fIclassName\fR argument names one class that is to be a superclass of
the defined class. Note that objects must not be changed from being classes to
being non-classes or vice-versa, that an empty parent class is equivalent to
\fBoo::object\fR, and that the parent classes of \fBoo::object\fR and
\fBoo::class\fR may not be modified.
.VS
By default, this slot works by replacement.
.VE
.TP
\fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be not exported
(i.e. not usable outside the instance through the instance object's command,
but instead just through the \fBmy\fR command visible in each object's
context) by the class being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be
actually defined by a superclass; subclass unexports override superclass
visibility, and may be overridden by instance unexports.
.TP
\fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?
.VS

This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
variables to be automatically made
available in the methods, constructor and destructor declared by the class
being defined. Each variable name must not have any namespace
separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be

actually present in the instance object on which the method is executed. Note
that the variable lists declared by a superclass or subclass are completely
disjoint, as are variable lists declared by instances; the list of variable
names is just for methods (and constructors and destructors) declared by this
class. By default, this slot works by appending.











.VE

.SS "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::objdefine\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR
form:
.TP
\fBclass\fI className\fR







>
>
>
>
>



<
>

<






<

<











<
>





>
|




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>







212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226

227
228

229
230
231
232
233
234

235

236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246

247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
.QW "\fBoo::objdefine \fIcls subcommand ...\fR" .
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP470
If no arguments at all are used, this gives the name of the class currently
being configured.
.VE TIP470
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), the definitions on the class object will also be made in a private
definition context.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBsuperclass\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?

.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)

allows the alteration of the superclasses of the class being defined.
Each \fIclassName\fR argument names one class that is to be a superclass of
the defined class. Note that objects must not be changed from being classes to
being non-classes or vice-versa, that an empty parent class is equivalent to
\fBoo::object\fR, and that the parent classes of \fBoo::object\fR and
\fBoo::class\fR may not be modified.

By default, this slot works by replacement.

.TP
\fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be not exported
(i.e. not usable outside the instance through the instance object's command,
but instead just through the \fBmy\fR command visible in each object's
context) by the class being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be
actually defined by a superclass; subclass unexports override superclass
visibility, and may be overridden by instance unexports.
.TP
\fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?

.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
variables to be automatically made
available in the methods, constructor and destructor declared by the class
being defined. Each variable name must not have any namespace
separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be
actually present in the namespace of the instance object on which the method
is executed. Note
that the variable lists declared by a superclass or subclass are completely
disjoint, as are variable lists declared by instances; the list of variable
names is just for methods (and constructors and destructors) declared by this
class. By default, this slot works by appending.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this slot manipulates the list of private variable bindings for this
class. In a private variable binding, the name of the variable within the
instance object is different to the name given in the definition; the name
used in the definition is the name that you use to access the variable within
the methods of this class, and the name of the variable in the instance
namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from other classes
extremely unlikely.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.SS "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::objdefine\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR
form:
.TP
\fBclass\fI className\fR
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226

227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246







247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256







257
258
259

260
261
262
263
264
265
266
















267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292

293
294
295
296

297
298
299
300


























301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310








311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321

322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337

338
339
340







341

342


















343
344

345
346
347










348
349
350
351
352
353
354







355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
(i.e. usable outside the object through the object's command) by the object
being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined by a
class or superclass; object exports override class visibility.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.VS

This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether a
method call to the object may be called and what the method's results are.
Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may be exposed or
not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be named. Note
that the actual list of filters also depends on the filters set upon any
classes that the object is an instance of.
.VS
By default, this slot works by appending.
.VE
.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This creates or updates a forwarded object method called \fIname\fR. The
method is defined be forwarded to the command called \fIcmdName\fR, with
additional arguments, \fIarg\fR etc., added before those arguments specified
by the caller of the method. Forwarded methods should be deleted using the
\fBmethod\fR subcommand. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with
a lower-case letter, and non-exported otherwise.







.TP
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates, updates or deletes an object method. The name of the method is
\fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the method (defined using the same format
as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the
method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the method is evaluated, the
current namespace of the method will be a namespace that is unique to the
object. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case
letter, and non-exported otherwise.







.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.VS

This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
.VE
sets or updates a per-object list of additional classes that are to be
mixed into the object. Each argument, \fIclassName\fR, names a single class
that is to be mixed in.
.VS
By default, this slot works by replacement.
















.VE
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in an object to \fItoName\fR.
The method must have previously existed in the object, and \fItoName\fR must
not previously refer to a method in that object. Does not affect the classes
that the object is an instance of. Does not change the export status of the
method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
.TP
\fBself \fR
.
.VS TIP470
This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
.VE TIP470
.TP
\fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be not exported
(i.e. not usable outside the object through the object's command, but instead
just through the \fBmy\fR command visible in the object's context) by the
object being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
by a class; instance unexports override class visibility.
.TP
\fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?
.VS

This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
variables to be automatically made available in the methods declared by the
object being defined.  Each variable name must not have any namespace
separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be

actually present in the object on which the method is executed. Note that the
variable lists declared by the classes and mixins of which the object is an
instance are completely disjoint; the list of variable names is just for
methods declared by this object. By default, this slot works by appending.


























.SH "SLOTTED DEFINITIONS"
Some of the configurable definitions of a class or object are \fIslotted
definitions\fR. This means that the configuration is implemented by a slot
object, that is an instance of the class \fBoo::Slot\fR, which manages a list
of values (class names, variable names, etc.) that comprises the contents of
the slot. The class defines three operations (as methods) that may be done on
the slot:
.VE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-append\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?








.VS
This appends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
.VE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-clear\fR
.VS
This sets the slot definition to the empty list.
.VE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-set\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.VS

This replaces the slot definition with the given \fImember\fR elements.
.PP
A consequence of this is that any use of a slot's default operation where the
first member argument begins with a hyphen will be an error. One of the above
operations should be used explicitly in those circumstances.
.SS "SLOT IMPLEMENTATION"
Internally, slot objects also define a method \fB\-\-default\-operation\fR
which is forwarded to the default operation of the slot (thus, for the class
.QW \fBvariable\fR
slot, this is forwarded to
.QW "\fBmy \-append\fR" ),
and these methods which provide the implementation interface:
.VE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBGet\fR
.VS

Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot. This method must
always be called from a stack frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or
\fBoo::objdefine\fR.







.VE

.TP


















\fIslot\fR \fBSet \fIelementList\fR
.VS

Sets the contents of the slot to the list \fIelementList\fR and returns the
empty string. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by
a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR.










.PP
The implementation of these methods is slot-dependent (and responsible for
accessing the correct part of the class or object definition). Slots also have
an unknown method handler to tie all these pieces together, and they hide
their \fBdestroy\fR method so that it is not invoked inadvertently. It is
\fIrecommended\fR that any user changes to the slot mechanism be restricted to
defining new operations whose names start with a hyphen.







.VE
.SH EXAMPLES
This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
\fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
illustrating four of the subcommands of them.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c







<
>

<






<

<









>
>
>
>
>
>
>










>
>
>
>
>
>
>


<
>

<



<

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|










<













<
>




>
|



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|

<


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
|

|
|
|
|


<
>












<


<
>
|
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

<
>


|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







291
292
293
294
295
296
297

298
299

300
301
302
303
304
305

306

307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341

342
343

344
345
346

347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374

375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387

388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430

431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450

451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463

464
465

466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498

499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
(i.e. usable outside the object through the object's command) by the object
being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined by a
class or superclass; object exports override class visibility.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?

.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)

sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether a
method call to the object may be called and what the method's results are.
Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may be exposed or
not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be named. Note
that the actual list of filters also depends on the filters set upon any
classes that the object is an instance of.

By default, this slot works by appending.

.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This creates or updates a forwarded object method called \fIname\fR. The
method is defined be forwarded to the command called \fIcmdName\fR, with
additional arguments, \fIarg\fR etc., added before those arguments specified
by the caller of the method. Forwarded methods should be deleted using the
\fBmethod\fR subcommand. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with
a lower-case letter, and non-exported otherwise.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates, updates or deletes an object method. The name of the method is
\fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the method (defined using the same format
as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the
method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the method is evaluated, the
current namespace of the method will be a namespace that is unique to the
object. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case
letter, and non-exported otherwise.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?

.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)

sets or updates a per-object list of additional classes that are to be
mixed into the object. Each argument, \fIclassName\fR, names a single class
that is to be mixed in.

By default, this slot works by replacement.
.TP
\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
.TP
\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
.VS TIP500
This evaluates the \fIscript\fR (or the list of command and arguments given by
\fIcmd\fR and \fIarg\fRs) in a context where the definitions made on the
current object will be private definitions.
.RS
.PP
The following class definition commands are affected by \fBprivate\fR:
\fBforward\fR, \fBmethod\fR, and \fBvariable\fR. Nesting \fBprivate\fR inside
\fBprivate\fR has no cumulative effect; the innermost definition context is
just a private definition context. All other definition commands have no
difference in behavior when used in a private definition context.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in an object to \fItoName\fR.
The method must have previously existed in the object, and \fItoName\fR must
not previously refer to a method in that object. Does not affect the classes
that the object is an instance of. Does not change the export status of the
method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
.TP
\fBself \fR

.VS TIP470
This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
.VE TIP470
.TP
\fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be not exported
(i.e. not usable outside the object through the object's command, but instead
just through the \fBmy\fR command visible in the object's context) by the
object being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
by a class; instance unexports override class visibility.
.TP
\fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?

.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
variables to be automatically made available in the methods declared by the
object being defined.  Each variable name must not have any namespace
separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be
actually present in the namespace of the object on which the method is
executed. Note that the
variable lists declared by the classes and mixins of which the object is an
instance are completely disjoint; the list of variable names is just for
methods declared by this object. By default, this slot works by appending.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below), this slot manipulates the list of private variable bindings for this
object.  In a private variable binding, the name of the variable within the
instance object is different to the name given in the definition; the name
used in the definition is the name that you use to access the variable within
the methods of this instance object, and the name of the variable in the
instance namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from
superclass methods extremely unlikely.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.SH "PRIVATE METHODS"
.VS TIP500
When a class or instance has a private method, that private method can only be
invoked from within methods of that class or instance. Other callers of the
object's methods \fIcannot\fR invoke private methods, it is as if the private
methods do not exist. However, a private method of a class \fIcan\fR be
invoked from the class's methods when those methods are being used on another
instance object; this means that a class can use them to coordinate behaviour
between several instances of itself without interfering with how other
classes (especially either subclasses or superclasses) interact. Private
methods precede all mixed in classes in the method call order (as reported by
\fBself call\fR).
.VE TIP500
.SH "SLOTTED DEFINITIONS"
Some of the configurable definitions of a class or object are \fIslotted
definitions\fR. This means that the configuration is implemented by a slot
object, that is an instance of the class \fBoo::Slot\fR, which manages a list
of values (class names, variable names, etc.) that comprises the contents of
the slot. The class defines five operations (as methods) that may be done on
the slot:

.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-append\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.
This appends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-clear\fR
.
This sets the slot definition to the empty list.
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-prepend\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.VS TIP516
This prepends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
.VE TIP516
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-remove\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
.VS TIP516
This removes the given \fImember\fR elements from the slot definition.
.VE TIP516
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fB\-set\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?

.
This replaces the slot definition with the given \fImember\fR elements.
.PP
A consequence of this is that any use of a slot's default operation where the
first member argument begins with a hyphen will be an error. One of the above
operations should be used explicitly in those circumstances.
.SS "SLOT IMPLEMENTATION"
Internally, slot objects also define a method \fB\-\-default\-operation\fR
which is forwarded to the default operation of the slot (thus, for the class
.QW \fBvariable\fR
slot, this is forwarded to
.QW "\fBmy \-append\fR" ),
and these methods which provide the implementation interface:

.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBGet\fR

.
Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot, but does not modify
the slot. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by a
call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method \fIshould not\fR
return an error unless it is called from outside a definition context or with
the wrong number of arguments.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP516
The elements of the list should be fully resolved, if that is a meaningful
concept to the slot.
.VE TIP516
.RE
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBResolve\fR \fIslotElement\fR
.VS TIP516
Returns \fIslotElement\fR with a resolution operation applied to it, but does
not modify the slot. For slots of simple strings, this is an operation that
does nothing, whereas for slots of classes, this maps a class name to its
fully-qualified class name.  This method must always be called from a stack
frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR.  This
method \fIshould not\fR return an error unless it is called from outside a
definition context or with the wrong number of arguments; unresolvable
arguments should be returned as is (as not all slot operations strictly
require that values are resolvable to work).
.RS
.PP
Implementations \fIshould not\fR enforce uniqueness and ordering constraints
in this method; that is the responsibility of the \fBSet\fR method.
.RE
.VE TIP516
.TP
\fIslot\fR \fBSet \fIelementList\fR

.
Sets the contents of the slot to the list \fIelementList\fR and returns the
empty string. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by
a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method may return an
error if it rejects the change to the slot contents (e.g., because of invalid
values) as well as if it is called from outside a definition context or with
the wrong number of arguments.
.RS
.PP
This method \fImay\fR reorder and filter the elements if this is necessary in
order to satisfy the underlying constraints of the slot. (For example, slots
of classes enforce a uniqueness constraint that places each element in the
earliest location in the slot that it can.)
.RE
.PP
The implementation of these methods is slot-dependent (and responsible for
accessing the correct part of the class or object definition). Slots also have
an unknown method handler to tie all these pieces together, and they hide
their \fBdestroy\fR method so that it is not invoked inadvertently. It is
\fIrecommended\fR that any user changes to the slot mechanism be restricted to
defining new operations whose names start with a hyphen.
.PP
.VS TIP516
Most slot operations will initially \fBResolve\fR their argument list, combine
it with the results of the \fBGet\fR method, and then \fBSet\fR the result.
Some operations omit one or both of the first two steps; omitting the third
would result in an idempotent read-only operation (but the standard mechanism
for reading from slots is via \fBinfo class\fR and \fBinfo object\fR).
.VE TIP516
.SH EXAMPLES
This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
\fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
illustrating four of the subcommands of them.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c
405
406
407
408
409
410
411














































































412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
}
\fBoo::objdefine\fR inst {
    \fBmixin -append\fR B
}
inst m1              \fI\(-> prints "red brick"\fR
inst m2              \fI\(-> prints "blue brick"\fR
.CE














































































.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::class(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, definition, method, object, slot
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
}
\fBoo::objdefine\fR inst {
    \fBmixin -append\fR B
}
inst m1              \fI\(-> prints "red brick"\fR
inst m2              \fI\(-> prints "blue brick"\fR
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP478
This example shows how to create and use class variables. It is a class that
counts how many instances of itself have been made.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create Counted
\fBoo::define\fR Counted {
    \fBinitialise\fR {
        variable count 0
    }

    \fBvariable\fR number
    \fBconstructor\fR {} {
        classvariable count
        set number [incr count]
    }

    \fBmethod\fR report {} {
        classvariable count
        puts "This is instance $number of $count"
    }
}

set a [Counted new]
set b [Counted new]
$a report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
set c [Counted new]
$b report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
$c report
        \fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
.CE
.PP
This example demonstrates how to use class methods. (Note that the constructor
for \fBoo::class\fR calls \fBoo::define\fR on the class.)
.PP
.CS
oo::class create DBTable {
    \fBclassmethod\fR find {description} {
        puts "DB: locate row from [self] matching $description"
        return [my new]
    }
    \fBclassmethod\fR insert {description} {
        puts "DB: create row in [self] matching $description"
        return [my new]
    }
    \fBmethod\fR update {description} {
        puts "DB: update row [self] with $description"
    }
    \fBmethod\fR delete {} {
        puts "DB: delete row [self]"
        my destroy; # Just delete the object, not the DB row
    }
}

oo::class create Users {
    \fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
}
oo::class create Groups {
    \fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
}

set u1 [Users insert "username=abc"]
        \fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=abc\fR
set u2 [Users insert "username=def"]
        \fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=def\fR
$u2 update "group=NULL"
        \fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj124 with group=NULL\fR
$u1 delete
        \fI\(-> DB: delete row ::oo::Obj123\fR
set g [Group find "groupname=webadmins"]
        \fI\(-> DB: locate row ::Group with groupname=webadmins\fR
$g update "emailaddress=admins"
        \fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj125 with emailaddress=admins\fR
.CE
.VE TIP478
.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::class(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, definition, method, object, slot
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/dict.n.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29





30
31
32
33
34
35
36
\fBdict append \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIstring ...\fR?
.
This appends the given string (or strings) to the value that the given
key maps to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable,
writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable.
Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. The
updated dictionary value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict create \fR?\fIkey value ...\fR?
.
Return a new dictionary that contains each of the key/value mappings
listed as arguments (keys and values alternating, with each key being
followed by its associated value.)
.TP







>
>
>
>
>







23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
\fBdict append \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIstring ...\fR?
.
This appends the given string (or strings) to the value that the given
key maps to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable,
writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable.
Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. The
updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the appending operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict create \fR?\fIkey value ...\fR?
.
Return a new dictionary that contains each of the key/value mappings
listed as arguments (keys and values alternating, with each key being
followed by its associated value.)
.TP
120
121
122
123
124
125
126





127
128
129
130
131
132
133
This adds the given increment value (an integer that defaults to 1 if
not specified) to the value that the given key maps to in the
dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing the
resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent keys
are treated as if they map to 0. It is an error to increment a value
for an existing key if that value is not an integer. The updated
dictionary value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict info \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
This returns information (intended for display to people) about the
given dictionary though the format of this data is dependent on the
implementation of the dictionary. For dictionaries that are
implemented by hash tables, it is expected that this will return the







>
>
>
>
>







125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
This adds the given increment value (an integer that defaults to 1 if
not specified) to the value that the given key maps to in the
dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing the
resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent keys
are treated as if they map to 0. It is an error to increment a value
for an existing key if that value is not an integer. The updated
dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the incrementing operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict info \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
This returns information (intended for display to people) about the
given dictionary though the format of this data is dependent on the
implementation of the dictionary. For dictionaries that are
implemented by hash tables, it is expected that this will return the
145
146
147
148
149
150
151





152
153
154
155
156
157
158
This appends the given items to the list value that the given key maps
to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing
the resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent
keys are treated as if they map to an empty list, and it is legal for
there to be no items to append to the list. It is an error for the
value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. The
updated dictionary value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict map \fR{\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fR} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR
.
This command applies a transformation to each element of a dictionary,
returning a new dictionary. It takes three arguments: the first is a
two-element list of variable names (for the key and value respectively of each
mapping in the dictionary), the second the dictionary value to iterate across,







>
>
>
>
>







155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
This appends the given items to the list value that the given key maps
to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable, writing
the resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent
keys are treated as if they map to an empty list, and it is legal for
there to be no items to append to the list. It is an error for the
value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. The
updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the list-appending operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict map \fR{\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fR} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR
.
This command applies a transformation to each element of a dictionary,
returning a new dictionary. It takes three arguments: the first is a
two-element list of variable names (for the key and value respectively of each
mapping in the dictionary), the second the dictionary value to iterate across,
202
203
204
205
206
207
208





209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223





224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238





239
240
241
242
243
244
245
\fBdict set \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIvalue\fR
.
This operation takes the name of a variable containing a dictionary
value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable
containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When
multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain
of nested dictionaries. The updated dictionary value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict size \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
Return the number of key/value mappings in the given dictionary value.
.TP
\fBdict unset \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIkey ...\fR?
.
This operation (the companion to \fBdict set\fR) takes the name of a
variable containing a dictionary value and places an updated
dictionary value in that variable that does not contain a mapping for
the given key. Where multiple keys are present, this describes a path
through nested dictionaries to the mapping to remove. At least one key
must be specified, but the last key on the key-path need not exist.
All other components on the path must exist. The updated dictionary
value is returned.





.TP
\fBdict update \fIdictionaryVariable key varName \fR?\fIkey varName ...\fR? \fIbody\fR
.
Execute the Tcl script in \fIbody\fR with the value for each \fIkey\fR
(as found by reading the dictionary value in \fIdictionaryVariable\fR)
mapped to the variable \fIvarName\fR. There may be multiple
\fIkey\fR/\fIvarName\fR pairs. If a \fIkey\fR does not have a mapping,
that corresponds to an unset \fIvarName\fR. When \fIbody\fR
terminates, any changes made to the \fIvarName\fRs is reflected back
to the dictionary within \fIdictionaryVariable\fR (unless
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR itself becomes unreadable, when all updates
are silently discarded), even if the result of \fIbody\fR is an error
or some other kind of exceptional exit. The result of \fBdict
update\fR is (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the
evaluation of \fIbody\fR.





.RS
.PP
Each \fIvarName\fR is mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict update\fR;
it is recommended that this command only be used in a local scope
(\fBproc\fRedure, lambda term for \fBapply\fR, or method). Because of
this, the variables set by \fBdict update\fR will continue to
exist after the command finishes (unless explicitly \fBunset\fR).







>
>
>
>
>















>
>
>
>
>















>
>
>
>
>







217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
\fBdict set \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIvalue\fR
.
This operation takes the name of a variable containing a dictionary
value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable
containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When
multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain
of nested dictionaries. The updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the value insert/update operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict size \fIdictionaryValue\fR
.
Return the number of key/value mappings in the given dictionary value.
.TP
\fBdict unset \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIkey ...\fR?
.
This operation (the companion to \fBdict set\fR) takes the name of a
variable containing a dictionary value and places an updated
dictionary value in that variable that does not contain a mapping for
the given key. Where multiple keys are present, this describes a path
through nested dictionaries to the mapping to remove. At least one key
must be specified, but the last key on the key-path need not exist.
All other components on the path must exist. The updated dictionary
value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the value remove operation.
.VE TIP508
.TP
\fBdict update \fIdictionaryVariable key varName \fR?\fIkey varName ...\fR? \fIbody\fR
.
Execute the Tcl script in \fIbody\fR with the value for each \fIkey\fR
(as found by reading the dictionary value in \fIdictionaryVariable\fR)
mapped to the variable \fIvarName\fR. There may be multiple
\fIkey\fR/\fIvarName\fR pairs. If a \fIkey\fR does not have a mapping,
that corresponds to an unset \fIvarName\fR. When \fIbody\fR
terminates, any changes made to the \fIvarName\fRs is reflected back
to the dictionary within \fIdictionaryVariable\fR (unless
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR itself becomes unreadable, when all updates
are silently discarded), even if the result of \fIbody\fR is an error
or some other kind of exceptional exit. The result of \fBdict
update\fR is (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the
evaluation of \fIbody\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the update operation.
.VE TIP508
.RS
.PP
Each \fIvarName\fR is mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict update\fR;
it is recommended that this command only be used in a local scope
(\fBproc\fRedure, lambda term for \fBapply\fR, or method). Because of
this, the variables set by \fBdict update\fR will continue to
exist after the command finishes (unless explicitly \fBunset\fR).
266
267
268
269
270
271
272





273
274
275
276
277
278
279
for the execution of \fIbody\fR. As with \fBdict update\fR, making
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR unreadable will make the updates to the
dictionary be discarded, and this also happens if the contents of
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR are adjusted so that the chain of
dictionaries no longer exists. The result of \fBdict with\fR is
(unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the evaluation of
\fIbody\fR.





.RS
.PP
The variables are mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict with\fR;
it is recommended that this command only be used in a local scope
(\fBproc\fRedure, lambda term for \fBapply\fR, or method). Because of
this, the variables set by \fBdict with\fR will continue to
exist after the command finishes (unless explicitly \fBunset\fR).







>
>
>
>
>







296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
for the execution of \fIbody\fR. As with \fBdict update\fR, making
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR unreadable will make the updates to the
dictionary be discarded, and this also happens if the contents of
\fIdictionaryVariable\fR are adjusted so that the chain of
dictionaries no longer exists. The result of \fBdict with\fR is
(unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the evaluation of
\fIbody\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the updating operation.
.VE TIP508
.RS
.PP
The variables are mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict with\fR;
it is recommended that this command only be used in a local scope
(\fBproc\fRedure, lambda term for \fBapply\fR, or method). Because of
this, the variables set by \fBdict with\fR will continue to
exist after the command finishes (unless explicitly \fBunset\fR).

Changes to doc/exec.n.

212
213
214
215
216
217
218













219
220
221
222
223
224
225
.QW \fB@\0\fIfileId\fR
notation, does not work.  When reading from a socket, a 16-bit DOS
application will hang and a 32-bit application will return immediately with
end-of-file.  When either type of application writes to a socket, the
information is instead sent to the console, if one is present, or is
discarded.
.RS













.PP
The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities.
Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an
immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard
error will be discarded.
.PP
Either forward or backward slashes are accepted as path separators for







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
.QW \fB@\0\fIfileId\fR
notation, does not work.  When reading from a socket, a 16-bit DOS
application will hang and a 32-bit application will return immediately with
end-of-file.  When either type of application writes to a socket, the
information is instead sent to the console, if one is present, or is
discarded.
.RS
.PP
Note that the current escape resp. quoting of arguments for windows works only
with executables using CommandLineToArgv, CRT-library or similar, as well as
with the windows batch files (excepting the newline, see below).
Although it is the common escape algorithm, but, in fact, the way how the
executable parses the command-line (resp. splits it into single arguments)
is decisive.
.PP
Unfortunately, there is currently no way to supply newline character within
an argument to the batch files (\fB.cmd\fR or \fB.bat\fR) or to the command
processor (\fBcmd.exe /c\fR), because this causes truncation of command-line
(also the argument chain) on the first newline character.
But it works properly with an executable (using CommandLineToArgv, etc).
.PP
The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities.
Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an
immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard
error will be discarded.
.PP
Either forward or backward slashes are accepted as path separators for
405
406
407
408
409
410
411




412
413
414
415
416
417
418
.CS
\fBexec\fR cmp.bat somefile.c -o somefile
.CE
.PP
With the file \fIcmp.bat\fR looking something like:
.PP
.CS




@gcc %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9
.CE
.SS "WORKING WITH COMMAND BUILT-INS"
.PP
Sometimes you need to be careful, as different programs may have the
same name and be in the path. It can then happen that typing a command
at the DOS prompt finds \fIa different program\fR than the same







>
>
>
>







418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
.CS
\fBexec\fR cmp.bat somefile.c -o somefile
.CE
.PP
With the file \fIcmp.bat\fR looking something like:
.PP
.CS
@gcc %*
.CE
or like another variant using single parameters:
.CS
@gcc %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9
.CE
.SS "WORKING WITH COMMAND BUILT-INS"
.PP
Sometimes you need to be careful, as different programs may have the
same name and be in the path. It can then happen that typing a command
at the DOS prompt finds \fIa different program\fR than the same

Changes to doc/expr.n.

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53


54
55
56
57
58
59
60
An expression consists of a combination of operands, operators, parentheses and
commas, possibly with whitespace between any of these elements, which is
ignored.
An integer operand may be specified in decimal (the normal case, the optional
first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
(the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
(the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form.


A floating-point number may be specified in any of several
common decimal formats, and may use the decimal point \fB.\fR,
\fBe\fR or \fBE\fR for scientific notation, and
the sign characters \fB+\fR and \fB\-\fR.  The
following are all valid floating-point numbers:  2.1, 3., 6e4, 7.91e+16.
The strings \fBInf\fR
and \fBNaN\fR, in any combination of case, are also recognized as floating point







|
>
>







46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
An expression consists of a combination of operands, operators, parentheses and
commas, possibly with whitespace between any of these elements, which is
ignored.
An integer operand may be specified in decimal (the normal case, the optional
first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
(the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
(the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form.  For
compatibility with older Tcl releases, an operand that begins with \fB0\fR is
interpreted as an octal integer even if the second character is not \fBo\fR.
A floating-point number may be specified in any of several
common decimal formats, and may use the decimal point \fB.\fR,
\fBe\fR or \fBE\fR for scientific notation, and
the sign characters \fB+\fR and \fB\-\fR.  The
following are all valid floating-point numbers:  2.1, 3., 6e4, 7.91e+16.
The strings \fBInf\fR
and \fBNaN\fR, in any combination of case, are also recognized as floating point

Changes to doc/format.n.

79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92

93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
number if the first character is not a sign.
.TP 10
\fB0\fR
Specifies that the number should be padded on the left with
zeroes instead of spaces.
.TP 10
\fB#\fR
Requests an alternate output form. For \fBo\fR and \fBO\fR
conversions it guarantees that the first digit is always \fB0\fR.
For \fBx\fR or \fBX\fR conversions, \fB0x\fR or \fB0X\fR (respectively)
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For \fBb\fR conversions, \fB0b\fR
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For \fBd\fR conversions, \fB0d\fR will be added to the beginning

of the result unless it is zero.
For all floating-point conversions (\fBe\fR, \fBE\fR, \fBf\fR,
\fBg\fR, and \fBG\fR) it guarantees that the result always
has a decimal point.
For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies that
trailing zeroes should not be removed.
.SS "OPTIONAL FIELD WIDTH"
.PP







|
|
|



|
>
|







79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
number if the first character is not a sign.
.TP 10
\fB0\fR
Specifies that the number should be padded on the left with
zeroes instead of spaces.
.TP 10
\fB#\fR
Requests an alternate output form. For \fBo\fR conversions,
\fB0o\fR will be added to the beginning of the result unless
it is zero. For \fBx\fR or \fBX\fR conversions, \fB0x\fR
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For \fBb\fR conversions, \fB0b\fR
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For \fBd\fR conversions, \fB0d\fR there is no effect unless
the \fB0\fR specifier is used as well: In that case, \fB0d\fR
will be added to the beginning.
For all floating-point conversions (\fBe\fR, \fBE\fR, \fBf\fR,
\fBg\fR, and \fBG\fR) it guarantees that the result always
has a decimal point.
For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies that
trailing zeroes should not be removed.
.SS "OPTIONAL FIELD WIDTH"
.PP
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142


143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
printed; if the string is longer than this then the trailing characters will be dropped.
If the precision is specified with \fB*\fR rather than a number
then the next argument to the \fBformat\fR command determines the precision;
it must be a numeric string.
.SS "OPTIONAL SIZE MODIFIER"
.PP
The fifth part of a conversion specifier is a size modifier,
which must be \fBll\fR, \fBh\fR, or \fBl\fR.
If it is \fBll\fR it specifies that an integer value is taken
without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
If it is \fBh\fR it specifies that an integer value is
truncated to a 16-bit range before converting.  This option is rarely useful.
If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBwide()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 64-bit range).


If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR are present, the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBint()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 32-bit range, but
determined by the value of the \fBwordSize\fR element of the
\fBtcl_platform\fR array).
.SS "MANDATORY CONVERSION TYPE"
.PP
The last thing in a conversion specifier is an alphabetic character







|







>
>
|







129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
printed; if the string is longer than this then the trailing characters will be dropped.
If the precision is specified with \fB*\fR rather than a number
then the next argument to the \fBformat\fR command determines the precision;
it must be a numeric string.
.SS "OPTIONAL SIZE MODIFIER"
.PP
The fifth part of a conversion specifier is a size modifier,
which must be \fBll\fR, \fBh\fR, \fBl\fR, or \fBL\fR.
If it is \fBll\fR it specifies that an integer value is taken
without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
If it is \fBh\fR it specifies that an integer value is
truncated to a 16-bit range before converting.  This option is rarely useful.
If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBwide()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 64-bit range).
If it is \fBL\fR it specifies that an integer or double value is taken
without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR nor \fBL\fR are present, the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBint()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 32-bit range, but
determined by the value of the \fBwordSize\fR element of the
\fBtcl_platform\fR array).
.SS "MANDATORY CONVERSION TYPE"
.PP
The last thing in a conversion specifier is an alphabetic character
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
Convert integer to unsigned hexadecimal string, using digits
.QW 0123456789abcdef
for \fBx\fR and
.QW 0123456789ABCDEF
for \fBX\fR).
.TP 10
\fBb\fR
Convert integer to binary string, using digits 0 and 1.
.TP 10
\fBc\fR
Convert integer to the Unicode character it represents.
.TP 10
\fBs\fR
No conversion; just insert string.
.TP 10







|







170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
Convert integer to unsigned hexadecimal string, using digits
.QW 0123456789abcdef
for \fBx\fR and
.QW 0123456789ABCDEF
for \fBX\fR).
.TP 10
\fBb\fR
Convert integer to unsigned binary string, using digits 0 and 1.
.TP 10
\fBc\fR
Convert integer to the Unicode character it represents.
.TP 10
\fBs\fR
No conversion; just insert string.
.TP 10
196
197
198
199
200
201
202







203
204




205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
\fBg\fR or \fBG\fR
If the exponent is less than \-4 or greater than or equal to the
precision, then convert number as for \fB%e\fR or
\fB%E\fR.
Otherwise convert as for \fB%f\fR.
Trailing zeroes and a trailing decimal point are omitted.
.TP 10







\fB%\fR
No conversion: just insert \fB%\fR.




.SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SPRINTF"
.PP
The behavior of the format command is the same as the
ANSI C \fBsprintf\fR procedure except for the following
differences:
.IP [1]
Tcl guarantees that it will be working with UNICODE characters.
.IP [2]
\fB%p\fR and \fB%n\fR specifiers are not supported.
.IP [3]
For \fB%c\fR conversions the argument must be an integer value,
which will then be converted to the corresponding character value.
.IP [4]
The size modifiers are ignored when formatting floating-point values.
The \fBll\fR modifier has no \fBsprintf\fR counterpart.
The \fBb\fR specifier has no \fBsprintf\fR counterpart.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Convert the numeric value of a UNICODE character to the character
itself:
.PP
.CS







>
>
>
>
>
>
>


>
>
>
>








|





<







199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232

233
234
235
236
237
238
239
\fBg\fR or \fBG\fR
If the exponent is less than \-4 or greater than or equal to the
precision, then convert number as for \fB%e\fR or
\fB%E\fR.
Otherwise convert as for \fB%f\fR.
Trailing zeroes and a trailing decimal point are omitted.
.TP 10
\fBa\fR or \fBA\fR
Convert double to hexadecimal notation in the form
\fI0x1.yyy\fBp\(+-\fIzz\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is
determined by the precision (default: 13).
If the \fBA\fR form is used then the hex characters
are printed in uppercase.
.TP 10
\fB%\fR
No conversion: just insert \fB%\fR.
.TP 10
\fBp\fR
Shorthand form for \fB0x%zx\fR, so it outputs the integer in
hexadecimal form with \fB0x\fR prefix.
.SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SPRINTF"
.PP
The behavior of the format command is the same as the
ANSI C \fBsprintf\fR procedure except for the following
differences:
.IP [1]
Tcl guarantees that it will be working with UNICODE characters.
.IP [2]
\fB%n\fR specifier is not supported.
.IP [3]
For \fB%c\fR conversions the argument must be an integer value,
which will then be converted to the corresponding character value.
.IP [4]
The size modifiers are ignored when formatting floating-point values.

The \fBb\fR specifier has no \fBsprintf\fR counterpart.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Convert the numeric value of a UNICODE character to the character
itself:
.PP
.CS

Changes to doc/http.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23


24
25
26
27
28
29
30
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
'\" Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "http" n 2.7 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require http ?2.7?\fR
.\" See Also -useragent option documentation in body!
.sp
\fB::http::config ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::geturl \fIurl\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?


.sp
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.sp
\fB::http::wait \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::status \fItoken\fR
.sp








|






|







>
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
'\" Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "http" n 2.9 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require http ?2.8?\fR
.\" See Also -useragent option documentation in body!
.sp
\fB::http::config ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::geturl \fIurl\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::quoteString\fR \fIvalue\fR
.sp
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.sp
\fB::http::wait \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::status \fItoken\fR
.sp
40
41
42
43
44
45
46


47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
.sp
\fB::http::error \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::cleanup \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::register \fIproto port command\fR
.sp


\fB::http::unregister \fIproto\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBhttp\fR package provides the client side of the HTTP/1.1
protocol, as defined in RFC 2616.
The package implements the GET, POST, and HEAD operations
of HTTP/1.1.  It allows configuration of a proxy host to get through
firewalls.  The package is compatible with the \fBSafesock\fR security
policy, so it can be used by untrusted applets to do URL fetching from
a restricted set of hosts. This package can be extended to support
additional HTTP transport protocols, such as HTTPS, by providing
a custom \fBsocket\fR command, via \fB::http::register\fR.







>
>





|







42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
.sp
\fB::http::error \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::cleanup \fItoken\fR
.sp
\fB::http::register \fIproto port command\fR
.sp
\fB::http::registerError \fIport\fR ?\fImessage\fR?
.sp
\fB::http::unregister \fIproto\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBhttp\fR package provides the client side of the HTTP/1.1
protocol, as defined in RFC 7230 to RFC 7235, which supersede RFC 2616.
The package implements the GET, POST, and HEAD operations
of HTTP/1.1.  It allows configuration of a proxy host to get through
firewalls.  The package is compatible with the \fBSafesock\fR security
policy, so it can be used by untrusted applets to do URL fetching from
a restricted set of hosts. This package can be extended to support
additional HTTP transport protocols, such as HTTPS, by providing
a custom \fBsocket\fR command, via \fB::http::register\fR.
90
91
92
93
94
95
96













97
98
99
100
101
102
103
\fB\-accept\fR \fImimetypes\fR
.
The Accept header of the request.  The default is */*, which means that
all types of documents are accepted.  Otherwise you can supply a
comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
willing to receive.  For example,
.QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .













.TP
\fB\-proxyhost\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
The name of the proxy host, if any.  If this value is the
empty string, the URL host is contacted directly.
.TP
\fB\-proxyport\fR \fInumber\fR







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
\fB\-accept\fR \fImimetypes\fR
.
The Accept header of the request.  The default is */*, which means that
all types of documents are accepted.  Otherwise you can supply a
comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
willing to receive.  For example,
.QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .
.TP
\fB\-pipeline\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies whether HTTP/1.1 transactions on a persistent socket will be
pipelined.  See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details. The default
is 1.
.TP
\fB\-postfresh\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies whether requests that use the \fBPOST\fR method will always use a
fresh socket, overriding the \fB-keepalive\fR option of
command \fBhttp::geturl\fR.  See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details.
The default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-proxyhost\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
The name of the proxy host, if any.  If this value is the
empty string, the URL host is contacted directly.
.TP
\fB\-proxyport\fR \fInumber\fR
111
112
113
114
115
116
117












118
119
120
121

122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131










132




133
134
135
136
137
138
139
to determine if a proxy is required for a given host.  One argument, a
host name, is added to \fIcommand\fR when it is invoked.  If a proxy
is required, the callback should return a two-element list containing
the proxy server and proxy port.  Otherwise the filter should return
an empty list.  The default filter returns the values of the
\fB\-proxyhost\fR and \fB\-proxyport\fR settings if they are
non-empty.












.TP
\fB\-urlencoding\fR \fIencoding\fR
.
The \fIencoding\fR used for creating the x-url-encoded URLs with

\fB::http::formatQuery\fR.  The default is \fButf-8\fR, as specified by RFC
2718.  Prior to http 2.5 this was unspecified, and that behavior can be
returned by specifying the empty string (\fB{}\fR), although
\fIiso8859-1\fR is recommended to restore similar behavior but without the
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR throwing an error processing non-latin-1
characters.
.TP
\fB\-useragent\fR \fIstring\fR
.
The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request.  The default is










.QW "\fBTcl http client package 2.7\fR" .




.RE
.TP
\fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
.
The \fB::http::geturl\fR command is the main procedure in the package.
The \fB\-query\fR option causes a POST operation and
the \fB\-validate\fR option causes a HEAD operation;







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




>
|



|
|



|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>







128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
to determine if a proxy is required for a given host.  One argument, a
host name, is added to \fIcommand\fR when it is invoked.  If a proxy
is required, the callback should return a two-element list containing
the proxy server and proxy port.  Otherwise the filter should return
an empty list.  The default filter returns the values of the
\fB\-proxyhost\fR and \fB\-proxyport\fR settings if they are
non-empty.
.TP
\fB\-repost\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies what to do if a POST request over a persistent connection fails
because the server has half-closed the connection.  If boolean \fBtrue\fR, the
request
will be automatically retried; if boolean \fBfalse\fR it will not, and the
application
that uses \fBhttp::geturl\fR is expected to seek user confirmation before
retrying the POST.  The value \fBtrue\fR should be used only under certain
conditions. See the \fBPERSISTENT SOCKETS\fR section for details. The
default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-urlencoding\fR \fIencoding\fR
.
The \fIencoding\fR used for creating the x-url-encoded URLs with
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR and \fB::http::quoteString\fR.
The default is \fButf-8\fR, as specified by RFC
2718.  Prior to http 2.5 this was unspecified, and that behavior can be
returned by specifying the empty string (\fB{}\fR), although
\fIiso8859-1\fR is recommended to restore similar behavior but without the
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR or \fB::http::quoteString\fR
throwing an error processing non-latin-1 characters.
.TP
\fB\-useragent\fR \fIstring\fR
.
The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request.  In an unsafe
interpreter, the default value depends upon the operating system, and
the version numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR, and is (for example)
.QW "\fBMozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 10.0) http/2.8.12 Tcl/8.6.8\fR" .
A safe interpreter cannot determine its operating system, and so the default
in a safe interpreter is to use a Windows 10 value with the current version
numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR.
.TP
\fB\-zip\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
If the value is boolean \fBtrue\fR, then by default requests will send a header
.QW "\fBAccept-Encoding: gzip,deflate,compress\fR" .
If the value is boolean \fBfalse\fR, then by default this header will not be sent.
In either case the default can be overridden for an individual request by
supplying a custom \fBAccept-Encoding\fR header in the \fB-headers\fR option
of \fBhttp::geturl\fR. The default is 1.
.RE
.TP
\fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
.
The \fB::http::geturl\fR command is the main procedure in the package.
The \fB\-query\fR option causes a POST operation and
the \fB\-validate\fR option causes a HEAD operation;
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
.CS
Pragma: no-cache
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB\-keepalive\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
If true, attempt to keep the connection open for servicing
multiple requests.  Default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-method\fR \fItype\fR
.
Force the HTTP request method to \fItype\fR. \fB::http::geturl\fR will
auto-select GET, POST or HEAD based on other options, but this option
enables choices like PUT and DELETE for webdav support.







|







267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
.CS
Pragma: no-cache
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB\-keepalive\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
If boolean \fBtrue\fR, attempt to keep the connection open for servicing
multiple requests.  Default is 0.
.TP
\fB\-method\fR \fItype\fR
.
Force the HTTP request method to \fItype\fR. \fB::http::geturl\fR will
auto-select GET, POST or HEAD based on other options, but this option
enables choices like PUT and DELETE for webdav support.
329
330
331
332
333
334
335





336
337
338
339
340
341
342
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?
.
This procedure does x-url-encoding of query data.  It takes an even
number of arguments that are the keys and values of the query.  It
encodes the keys and values, and generates one string that has the
proper & and = separators.  The result is suitable for the
\fB\-query\fR value passed to \fB::http::geturl\fR.





.TP
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.
This command resets the HTTP transaction identified by \fItoken\fR, if any.
This sets the \fBstate(status)\fR value to \fIwhy\fR, which defaults to
\fBreset\fR, and then calls the registered \fB\-command\fR callback.
.TP







>
>
>
>
>







373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
\fB::http::formatQuery\fR \fIkey value\fR ?\fIkey value\fR ...?
.
This procedure does x-url-encoding of query data.  It takes an even
number of arguments that are the keys and values of the query.  It
encodes the keys and values, and generates one string that has the
proper & and = separators.  The result is suitable for the
\fB\-query\fR value passed to \fB::http::geturl\fR.
.TP
\fB::http::quoteString\fR \fIvalue\fR
.
This procedure does x-url-encoding of string.  It takes a single argument and
encodes it.
.TP
\fB::http::reset\fR \fItoken\fR ?\fIwhy\fR?
.
This command resets the HTTP transaction identified by \fItoken\fR, if any.
This sets the \fBstate(status)\fR value to \fIwhy\fR, which defaults to
\fBreset\fR, and then calls the registered \fB\-command\fR callback.
.TP
410
411
412
413
414
415
416











417
418
419
420
421
422
423
package require tls

::http::register https 443 ::tls::socket

set token [::http::geturl https://my.secure.site/]
.CE
.RE











.TP
\fB::http::unregister\fR \fIproto\fR
.
This procedure unregisters a protocol handler that was previously
registered via \fB::http::register\fR, returning a two-item list of
the default port and handler command that was previously installed
(via \fB::http::register\fR) if there was such a handler, and an error if







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
package require tls

::http::register https 443 ::tls::socket

set token [::http::geturl https://my.secure.site/]
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB::http::registerError\fR \fIport\fR ?\fImessage\fR?
.
This procedure allows a registered protocol handler to deliver an error
message for use by \fBhttp\fR.  Calling this command does not raise an
error. The command is useful when a registered protocol detects an problem
(for example, an invalid TLS certificate) that will cause an error to
propagate to \fBhttp\fR.  The command allows \fBhttp\fR to provide a
precise error message rather than a general one.  The command returns the
value provided by the last call with argument \fImessage\fR, or the empty
string if no such call has been made.
.TP
\fB::http::unregister\fR \fIproto\fR
.
This procedure unregisters a protocol handler that was previously
registered via \fB::http::register\fR, returning a two-item list of
the default port and handler command that was previously installed
(via \fB::http::register\fR) if there was such a handler, and an error if
500
501
502
503
504
505
506








507
508
509
510
511
512
513
Once the data associated with the URL is no longer needed, the state
array should be unset to free up storage.
The \fB::http::cleanup\fR procedure is provided for that purpose.
The following elements of
the array are supported:
.RS
.TP








\fBbody\fR
.
The contents of the URL.  This will be empty if the \fB\-channel\fR
option has been specified.  This value is returned by the \fB::http::data\fR command.
.TP
\fBcharset\fR
.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
Once the data associated with the URL is no longer needed, the state
array should be unset to free up storage.
The \fB::http::cleanup\fR procedure is provided for that purpose.
The following elements of
the array are supported:
.RS
.TP
\fBbinary\fR
.
This is boolean \fBtrue\fR if (after decoding any compression specified
by the
.QW "Content-Encoding"
response header) the HTTP response is binary.  It is boolean \fBfalse\fR
if the HTTP response is text.
.TP
\fBbody\fR
.
The contents of the URL.  This will be empty if the \fB\-channel\fR
option has been specified.  This value is returned by the \fB::http::data\fR command.
.TP
\fBcharset\fR
.
598
599
600
601
602
603
604




































































































605
606
607
608
609
610
611
.
A copy of the \fBContent-Type\fR meta-data value.
.TP
\fBurl\fR
.
The requested URL.
.RE




































































































.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example creates a procedure to copy a URL to a file while printing a
progress meter, and prints the meta-data associated with the URL.
.PP
.CS
proc httpcopy { url file {chunk 4096} } {







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
.
A copy of the \fBContent-Type\fR meta-data value.
.TP
\fBurl\fR
.
The requested URL.
.RE
.SH "PERSISTENT CONNECTIONS"
.PP
.SS "BASICS"
.PP
See RFC 7230 Sec 6, which supersedes RFC 2616 Sec 8.1.
.PP
A persistent connection allows multiple HTTP/1.1 transactions to be
carried over the same TCP connection.  Pipelining allows a
client to make multiple requests over a persistent connection without
waiting for each response.  The server sends responses in the same order
that the requests were received.
.PP
If a POST request fails to complete, typically user confirmation is
needed before sending the request again.  The user may wish to verify
whether the server was modified by the failed POST request, before
sending the same request again.
.PP
A HTTP request will use a persistent socket if the call to
\fBhttp::geturl\fR has the option \fB-keepalive true\fR. It will use
pipelining where permitted if the \fBhttp::config\fR option
\fB-pipeline\fR is boolean \fBtrue\fR (its default value).
.PP
The http package maintains no more than one persistent connection to each
server (i.e. each value of
.QW "domain:port" ).
If \fBhttp::geturl\fR is called to make a request over a persistent
connection while the connection is busy with another request, the new
request will be held in a queue until the connection is free.
.PP
The http package does not support HTTP/1.0 persistent connections
controlled by the \fBKeep-Alive\fR header.
.SS "SPECIAL CASES"
.PP
This subsection discusses issues related to closure of the
persistent connection by the server, automatic retry of failed requests,
the special treatment necessary for POST requests, and the options for
dealing with these cases.
.PP
In accordance with RFC 7230, \fBhttp::geturl\fR does not pipeline
requests that use the POST method.  If a POST uses a persistent
connection and is not the first request on that connection,
\fBhttp::geturl\fR waits until it has received the response for the previous
request; or (if \fBhttp::config\fR option \fB-postfresh\fR is boolean \fBtrue\fR) it
uses a new connection for each POST.
.PP
If the server is processing a number of pipelined requests, and sends a
response header
.QW "\fBConnection: close\fR"
with one of the responses (other than the last), then subsequent responses
are unfulfilled. \fBhttp::geturl\fR will send the unfulfilled requests again
over a new connection.
.PP
A difficulty arises when a HTTP client sends a request over a persistent
connection that has been idle for a while.  The HTTP server may
half-close an apparently idle connection while the client is sending a
request, but before the request arrives at the server: in this case (an
.QW "asynchronous close event" )
the request will fail.  The difficulty arises because the client cannot
be certain whether the POST modified the state of the server.  For HEAD or
GET requests, \fBhttp::geturl\fR opens another connection and retransmits
the failed request. However, if the request was a POST, RFC 7230 forbids
automatic retry by default, suggesting either user confirmation, or
confirmation by user-agent software that has semantic understanding of
the application.  The \fBhttp::config\fR option \fB-repost\fR allows for
either possibility.
.PP
Asynchronous close events can occur only in a short interval of time.  The
\fBhttp\fR package monitors each persistent connection for closure by the
server.  Upon detection, the connection is also closed at the client end,
and subsequent requests will use a fresh connection.
.PP
If the \fBhttp::geturl\fR command is called with option \fB-keepalive true\fR,
then it will both try to use an existing persistent connection
(if one is available), and it will send the server a
.QW "\fBConnection: keep-alive\fR"
request header asking to keep the connection open for future requests.
.PP
The \fBhttp::config\fR options \fB-pipeline\fR, \fB-postfresh\fR, and
\fB-repost\fR relate to persistent connections.
.PP
Option \fB-pipeline\fR, if boolean \fBtrue\fR, will pipeline GET and HEAD requests
made
over a persistent connection.  POST requests will not be pipelined - if the
POST is not the first transaction on the connection, its request will not
be sent until the previous response has finished.  GET and HEAD requests
made after a POST will not be sent until the POST response has been
delivered, and will not be sent if the POST fails.
.PP
Option \fB-postfresh\fR, if boolean \fBtrue\fR, will override the \fBhttp::geturl\fR option
\fB-keepalive\fR, and always open a fresh connection for a POST request.
.PP
Option \fB-repost\fR, if \fBtrue\fR, permits automatic retry of a POST request
that fails because it uses a persistent connection that the server has
half-closed (an
.QW "asynchronous close event" ).
Subsequent GET and HEAD requests in a failed pipeline will also be retried.
\fIThe -repost option should be used only if the application understands
that the retry is appropriate\fR - specifically, the application must know
that if the failed POST successfully modified the state of the server, a repeat POST
would have no adverse effect.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example creates a procedure to copy a URL to a file while printing a
progress meter, and prints the meta-data associated with the URL.
.PP
.CS
proc httpcopy { url file {chunk 4096} } {

Changes to doc/incr.n.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29





30
31
32
33
34
35
36
1 is added to \fIvarName\fR.
The new value is stored as a decimal string in variable \fIvarName\fR
and also returned as result.
.PP
Starting with the Tcl 8.5 release, the variable \fIvarName\fR passed
to \fBincr\fR may be unset, and in that case, it will be set to
the value \fIincrement\fR or to the default increment value of \fB1\fR.





.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Add one to the contents of the variable \fIx\fR:
.PP
.CS
\fBincr\fR x
.CE







>
>
>
>
>







23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
1 is added to \fIvarName\fR.
The new value is stored as a decimal string in variable \fIvarName\fR
and also returned as result.
.PP
Starting with the Tcl 8.5 release, the variable \fIvarName\fR passed
to \fBincr\fR may be unset, and in that case, it will be set to
the value \fIincrement\fR or to the default increment value of \fB1\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
a default value set, the sum of the default value and the \fIincrement\fR (or
1) will be stored in the array element.
.VE TIP508
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Add one to the contents of the variable \fIx\fR:
.PP
.CS
\fBincr\fR x
.CE
55
56
57
58
59
60
61




.CS
\fBincr\fR x 0
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), set(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
add, increment, variable, value











>
>
>
>
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
.CS
\fBincr\fR x 0
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), set(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
add, increment, variable, value
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/info.n.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46




































47
48
49
50
51
52
53
.TP
\fBinfo body \fIprocname\fR
.
Returns the body of procedure \fIprocname\fR.  \fIProcname\fR must be
the name of a Tcl command procedure.
.TP
\fBinfo class\fI subcommand class\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
.VS 8.6

Returns information about the class, \fIclass\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo cmdcount\fR
.
Returns a count of the total number of commands that have been invoked
in this interpreter.




































.TP
\fBinfo commands \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
returns a list of names of all the Tcl commands visible
(i.e. executable without using a qualified name) to the current namespace,
including both the built-in commands written in C and







<
>


<





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







31
32
33
34
35
36
37

38
39
40

41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
.TP
\fBinfo body \fIprocname\fR
.
Returns the body of procedure \fIprocname\fR.  \fIProcname\fR must be
the name of a Tcl command procedure.
.TP
\fBinfo class\fI subcommand class\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR

.
Returns information about the class, \fIclass\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.

.TP
\fBinfo cmdcount\fR
.
Returns a count of the total number of commands that have been invoked
in this interpreter.
.TP
\fBinfo cmdtype \fIcommandName\fR
.VS TIP426
Returns a description of the kind of command named by \fIcommandName\fR.  The
supported types are:
.RS
.IP \fBalias\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp alias\fR. Note that
safe interpreters can only see a subset of aliases (specifically those between
two commands within themselves).
.IP \fBcoroutine\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBcoroutine\fR.
.IP \fBensemble\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace ensemble\fR.
.IP \fBimport\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace import\fR.
.IP \fBnative\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by the \fBTcl_CreateObjProc\fR
interface directly without further registration of the type of command.
.IP \fBobject\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the public command that represents an
instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBprivateObject\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the private command (\fBmy\fR by default)
that represents an instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBproc\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBproc\fR.
.IP \fBslave\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp create\fR.
.IP \fBzlibStream\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBzlib stream\fR.
.PP
There may be other registered types as well; this is a set that is extensible
at the implementation level with \fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR.
.RE
.VE TIP426
.TP
\fBinfo commands \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
returns a list of names of all the Tcl commands visible
(i.e. executable without using a qualified name) to the current namespace,
including both the built-in commands written in C and
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81

82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96

97
98
99
100
101
102
103
If the command does not appear to be complete then 0 is returned.
This command is typically used in line-oriented input environments
to allow users to type in commands that span multiple lines;  if the
command is not complete, the script can delay evaluating it until additional
lines have been typed to complete the command.
.TP
\fBinfo coroutine\fR
.VS 8.6

Returns the name of the currently executing \fBcoroutine\fR, or the empty
string if either no coroutine is currently executing, or the current coroutine
has been deleted (but has not yet returned or yielded since deletion).
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo default \fIprocname arg varname\fR
.
\fIProcname\fR must be the name of a Tcl command procedure and \fIarg\fR
must be the name of an argument to that procedure.  If \fIarg\fR
does not have a default value then the command returns \fB0\fR.
Otherwise it returns \fB1\fR and places the default value of \fIarg\fR
into variable \fIvarname\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo errorstack \fR?\fIinterp\fR?
.VS 8.6

Returns, in a form that is programmatically easy to parse, the function names
and arguments at each level from the call stack of the last error in the given
\fIinterp\fR, or in the current one if not specified.
.RS
.PP
This form is an even-sized list alternating tokens and parameters. Tokens are
currently either \fBCALL\fR, \fBUP\fR, or \fBINNER\fR, but other values may be







<
>



<










<
>







109
110
111
112
113
114
115

116
117
118
119

120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129

130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
If the command does not appear to be complete then 0 is returned.
This command is typically used in line-oriented input environments
to allow users to type in commands that span multiple lines;  if the
command is not complete, the script can delay evaluating it until additional
lines have been typed to complete the command.
.TP
\fBinfo coroutine\fR

.
Returns the name of the currently executing \fBcoroutine\fR, or the empty
string if either no coroutine is currently executing, or the current coroutine
has been deleted (but has not yet returned or yielded since deletion).

.TP
\fBinfo default \fIprocname arg varname\fR
.
\fIProcname\fR must be the name of a Tcl command procedure and \fIarg\fR
must be the name of an argument to that procedure.  If \fIarg\fR
does not have a default value then the command returns \fB0\fR.
Otherwise it returns \fB1\fR and places the default value of \fIarg\fR
into variable \fIvarname\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo errorstack \fR?\fIinterp\fR?

.
Returns, in a form that is programmatically easy to parse, the function names
and arguments at each level from the call stack of the last error in the given
\fIinterp\fR, or in the current one if not specified.
.RS
.PP
This form is an even-sized list alternating tokens and parameters. Tokens are
currently either \fBCALL\fR, \fBUP\fR, or \fBINNER\fR, but other values may be
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
granularity.
.PP
This information is also present in the \fB\-errorstack\fR entry of the
options dictionary returned by 3-argument \fBcatch\fR; \fBinfo errorstack\fR
is a convenient way of retrieving it for uncaught errors at top-level in an
interactive \fBtclsh\fR.
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo exists \fIvarName\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if the variable named \fIvarName\fR exists in the
current context (either as a global or local variable) and has been
defined by being given a value, returns \fB0\fR otherwise.
.TP







<







148
149
150
151
152
153
154

155
156
157
158
159
160
161
granularity.
.PP
This information is also present in the \fB\-errorstack\fR entry of the
options dictionary returned by 3-argument \fBcatch\fR; \fBinfo errorstack\fR
is a convenient way of retrieving it for uncaught errors at top-level in an
interactive \fBtclsh\fR.
.RE

.TP
\fBinfo exists \fIvarName\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if the variable named \fIvarName\fR exists in the
current context (either as a global or local variable) and has been
defined by being given a value, returns \fB0\fR otherwise.
.TP
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332

333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
\fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR
.
Returns the full path name of the binary file from which the application
was invoked.  If Tcl was unable to identify the file, then an empty
string is returned.
.TP
\fBinfo object\fI subcommand object\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
.VS 8.6

Returns information about the object, \fIobject\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBOBJECT INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo patchlevel\fR
.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_patchLevel\fR, which holds
the exact version of the Tcl library by default.
.TP
\fBinfo procs \fR?\fIpattern\fR?







<
>


<







358
359
360
361
362
363
364

365
366
367

368
369
370
371
372
373
374
\fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR
.
Returns the full path name of the binary file from which the application
was invoked.  If Tcl was unable to identify the file, then an empty
string is returned.
.TP
\fBinfo object\fI subcommand object\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR

.
Returns information about the object, \fIobject\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBOBJECT INTROSPECTION\fR below.

.TP
\fBinfo patchlevel\fR
.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_patchLevel\fR, which holds
the exact version of the Tcl library by default.
.TP
\fBinfo procs \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408

409
410
411
412
413
414
415




416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426




427
428
429
430
431

432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441

442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450

451
452
453
454
455
456

457
458
459
460
461

462
463
464
465
466
467

468
469
470
471
472
473
474

475
476
477
478
479
480
481


482


483
484
485
486
487
488


489


490
491
492




















493
494

495
496
497

498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506

507
508
509
510
511
512

513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520

521
522
523
524
525
526

527
528
529




530
531
532
533
534
535
536

537
538
539
540
541




542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553




554
555
556
557
558

559
560
561











562
563
564
565

566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574

575
576
577
578
579

580
581
582
583
584
585

586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593

594
595
596
597
598
599

600
601
602
603
604
605

606
607
608
609
610

611
612
613
614
615

616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623

624
625
626
627
628
629
630


631


632
633
634
635
636
637


638


639
640
641




















642
643

644
645
646

647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655

656
657
658
659
660
661

662
663
664
665
666
667

668
669
670



671
672
673
674

675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
has each matching namespace variable qualified with the name
of its namespace.
Note that a currently-visible variable may not yet
.QW exist
if it has not
been set (e.g. a variable declared but not set by \fBvariable\fR).
.SS "CLASS INTROSPECTION"
.VS 8.6
.PP
The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo class\fR:
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class call\fI class method\fR
.VS

Returns a description of the method implementations that are used to provide a
stereotypical instance of \fIclass\fR's implementation of \fImethod\fR
(stereotypical instances being objects instantiated by a class without having
any object-specific definitions added). This consists of a list of lists of
four elements, where each sublist consists of a word that describes the
general type of method implementation (being one of \fBmethod\fR for an
ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter, and \fBunknown\fR for a




method that is invoked as part of unknown method handling), a word giving the
name of the particular method invoked (which is always the same as
\fImethod\fR for the \fBmethod\fR type, and
.QW \fBunknown\fR
for the \fBunknown\fR type), a word giving the fully qualified name of the
class that defined the method, and a word describing the type of method
implementation (see \fBinfo class methodtype\fR).
.RS
.PP
Note that there is no inspection of whether the method implementations
actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain.




.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class constructor\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the constructor of
class \fIclass\fR. The definition is described as a two element list; the first
element is the list of arguments to the constructor in a form suitable for
passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and the second
element is the body of the constructor. If no constructor is present, this
returns the empty list.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class definition\fI class method\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the method named
\fImethod\fR of class \fIclass\fR. The definition is described as a two element
list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a form
suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and
the second element is the body of the method.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class destructor\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns the body of the destructor of class \fIclass\fR. If no
destructor is present, this returns the empty string.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class filters\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns the list of filter methods set on the class.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class forward\fI class method\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns the argument list for the method forwarding called
\fImethod\fR that is set on the class called \fIclass\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class instances\fI class\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of instances of class \fIclass\fR. If the
optional \fIpattern\fR argument is present, it constrains the list of returned
instances to those that match it according to the rules of \fBstring match\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class methods\fI class\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR?
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
class called \fIclass\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fB\-all\fR


.VS 8.6


If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given, the list of methods will include those
methods defined not just by the class, but also by the class's superclasses
and mixins.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fB\-private\fR


.VS 8.6


If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given, the list of methods will also include
the private (i.e. non-exported) methods of the class (and superclasses and
mixins, if \fB\-all\fR is also given).




















.RE
.VE 8.6

.TP
\fBinfo class methodtype\fI class method\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a description of the type of implementation used for
the method named \fImethod\fR of class \fIclass\fR. When the result is
\fBmethod\fR, further information can be discovered with \fBinfo class
definition\fR, and when the result is \fBforward\fR, further information can
be discovered with \fBinfo class forward\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class mixins\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of all classes that have been mixed into the
class named \fIclass\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class subclasses\fI class\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of direct subclasses of class \fIclass\fR. If
the optional \fIpattern\fR argument is present, it constrains the list of
returned classes to those that match it according to the rules of
\fBstring match\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class superclasses\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of direct superclasses of class \fIclass\fR in
inheritance precedence order.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo class variables\fI class\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the class named \fIclass\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
class's methods, constructor and destructor).




.SS "OBJECT INTROSPECTION"
.PP
The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo object\fR:
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object call\fI object method\fR
.VS 8.6

Returns a description of the method implementations that are used to provide
\fIobject\fR's implementation of \fImethod\fR.  This consists of a list of
lists of four elements, where each sublist consists of a word that describes
the general type of method implementation (being one of \fBmethod\fR for an
ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter, and \fBunknown\fR for a




method that is invoked as part of unknown method handling), a word giving the
name of the particular method invoked (which is always the same as
\fImethod\fR for the \fBmethod\fR type, and
.QW \fBunknown\fR
for the \fBunknown\fR type), a word giving what defined the method (the fully
qualified name of the class, or the literal string \fBobject\fR if the method
implementation is on an instance), and a word describing the type of method
implementation (see \fBinfo object methodtype\fR).
.RS
.PP
Note that there is no inspection of whether the method implementations
actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain.




.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object class\fI object\fR ?\fIclassName\fR?
.VS 8.6

If \fIclassName\fR is unspecified, this subcommand returns class of the
\fIobject\fR object. If \fIclassName\fR is present, this subcommand returns a
boolean value indicating whether the \fIobject\fR is of that class.











.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object definition\fI object method\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the method named
\fImethod\fR of object \fIobject\fR. The definition is described as a two
element list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a
form suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition,
and the second element is the body of the method.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object filters\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns the list of filter methods set on the object.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object forward\fI object method\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns the argument list for the method forwarding called
\fImethod\fR that is set on the object called \fIobject\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa\fI category object\fR ?\fIarg\fR?
.VS 8.6

This subcommand tests whether an object belongs to a particular category,
returning a boolean value that indicates whether the \fIobject\fR argument
meets the criteria for the category. The supported categories are:
.VE 8.6
.RS
.TP
\fBinfo object isa class\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6

This returns whether \fIobject\fR is a class (i.e. an instance of
\fBoo::class\fR or one of its subclasses).
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa metaclass\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6

This returns whether \fIobject\fR is a class that can manufacture classes
(i.e. is \fBoo::class\fR or a subclass of it).
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa mixin\fI object class\fR
.VS 8.6

This returns whether \fIclass\fR is directly mixed into \fIobject\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa object\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6

This returns whether \fIobject\fR really is an object.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object isa typeof\fI object class\fR
.VS 8.6

This returns whether \fIclass\fR is the type of \fIobject\fR (i.e. whether
\fIobject\fR is an instance of \fIclass\fR or one of its subclasses, whether
direct or indirect).
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object methods\fI object\fR ?\fIoption...\fR?
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
object called \fIobject\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fB\-all\fR


.VS 8.6


If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given, the list of methods will include those
methods defined not just by the object, but also by the object's class and
mixins, plus the superclasses of those classes.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fB\-private\fR


.VS 8.6


If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given, the list of methods will also include
the private (i.e. non-exported) methods of the object (and classes, if
\fB\-all\fR is also given).




















.RE
.VE 8.6

.TP
\fBinfo object methodtype\fI object method\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a description of the type of implementation used for
the method named \fImethod\fR of object \fIobject\fR. When the result is
\fBmethod\fR, further information can be discovered with \fBinfo object
definition\fR, and when the result is \fBforward\fR, further information can
be discovered with \fBinfo object forward\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object mixins\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of all classes that have been mixed into the
object named \fIobject\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object namespace\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns the name of the internal namespace of the object named
\fIobject\fR.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object variables\fI object\fR
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the object named \fIobject\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
object's methods).



.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinfo object vars\fI object\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.VS 8.6

This subcommand returns a list of all variables in the private namespace of
the object named \fIobject\fR. If the optional \fIpattern\fR argument is
given, it is a filter (in the syntax of a \fBstring match\fR glob pattern)
that constrains the list of variables returned. Note that this is different
from the list returned by \fBinfo object variables\fR; that can include
variables that are currently unset, whereas this can include variables that
are not automatically included by any of \fIobject\fR's methods (or those of
its class, superclasses or mixins).
.VE 8.6
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This command prints out a procedure suitable for saving in a Tcl
script:
.PP
.CS
proc printProc {procName} {







<


<


<
>






|
>
>
>
>










|
>
>
>
>

<


<
>






<


<
>





<


<
>


<


<
>

<


<
>


<


<
>



<


<
>




<


>
>
|
>
>
|


<


>
>
|
>
>
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>


<
>





<


<
>


<


<
>




<


<
>


<

|
<
>



>
>
>
>



<


<
>




|
>
>
>
>











|
>
>
>
>

<


<
>



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


<
>





<


<
>

<


<
>


<


<
>



<



<
>


<


<
>


<


<
>

<


<
>

<


<
>




<


<
>




<


>
>
|
>
>
|


<


>
>
|
>
>
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|
>


<
>





<


<
>


<


<
>


<

|
<
>



>
>
>
|


<
>








<







427
428
429
430
431
432
433

434
435

436
437

438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465

466
467

468
469
470
471
472
473
474

475
476

477
478
479
480
481
482

483
484

485
486
487

488
489

490
491

492
493

494
495
496

497
498

499
500
501
502

503
504

505
506
507
508
509

510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519

520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554

555
556
557
558
559
560

561
562

563
564
565

566
567

568
569
570
571
572

573
574

575
576
577

578
579

580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590

591
592

593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619

620
621

622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639

640
641
642
643
644
645

646
647

648
649

650
651

652
653
654

655
656

657
658
659
660

661
662
663

664
665
666

667
668

669
670
671

672
673

674
675

676
677

678
679

680
681

682
683
684
685
686

687
688

689
690
691
692
693

694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703

704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738

739
740
741
742
743
744

745
746

747
748
749

750
751

752
753
754

755
756

757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766

767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775

776
777
778
779
780
781
782
has each matching namespace variable qualified with the name
of its namespace.
Note that a currently-visible variable may not yet
.QW exist
if it has not
been set (e.g. a variable declared but not set by \fBvariable\fR).
.SS "CLASS INTROSPECTION"

.PP
The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo class\fR:

.TP
\fBinfo class call\fI class method\fR

.
Returns a description of the method implementations that are used to provide a
stereotypical instance of \fIclass\fR's implementation of \fImethod\fR
(stereotypical instances being objects instantiated by a class without having
any object-specific definitions added). This consists of a list of lists of
four elements, where each sublist consists of a word that describes the
general type of method implementation (being one of \fBmethod\fR for an
ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter,
.VS TIP500
\fBprivate\fR for a private method,
.VE TIP500
and \fBunknown\fR for a
method that is invoked as part of unknown method handling), a word giving the
name of the particular method invoked (which is always the same as
\fImethod\fR for the \fBmethod\fR type, and
.QW \fBunknown\fR
for the \fBunknown\fR type), a word giving the fully qualified name of the
class that defined the method, and a word describing the type of method
implementation (see \fBinfo class methodtype\fR).
.RS
.PP
Note that there is no inspection of whether the method implementations
actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain,
.VS TIP500
and the call chains that this command files do not actually contain private
methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE

.TP
\fBinfo class constructor\fI class\fR

.
This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the constructor of
class \fIclass\fR. The definition is described as a two element list; the first
element is the list of arguments to the constructor in a form suitable for
passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and the second
element is the body of the constructor. If no constructor is present, this
returns the empty list.

.TP
\fBinfo class definition\fI class method\fR

.
This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the method named
\fImethod\fR of class \fIclass\fR. The definition is described as a two element
list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a form
suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and
the second element is the body of the method.

.TP
\fBinfo class destructor\fI class\fR

.
This subcommand returns the body of the destructor of class \fIclass\fR. If no
destructor is present, this returns the empty string.

.TP
\fBinfo class filters\fI class\fR

.
This subcommand returns the list of filter methods set on the class.

.TP
\fBinfo class forward\fI class method\fR

.
This subcommand returns the argument list for the method forwarding called
\fImethod\fR that is set on the class called \fIclass\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo class instances\fI class\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?

.
This subcommand returns a list of instances of class \fIclass\fR. If the
optional \fIpattern\fR argument is present, it constrains the list of returned
instances to those that match it according to the rules of \fBstring match\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo class methods\fI class\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR?

.
This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
class called \fIclass\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS

.TP
\fB\-all\fR
.
If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given,
.VS TIP500
and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
.VE TIP500
the list of methods will include those
methods defined not just by the class, but also by the class's superclasses
and mixins.

.TP
\fB\-private\fR
.
If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given,
.VS TIP500
and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
.VE TIP500
the list of methods will also include
the non-exported methods of the class (and superclasses and
mixins, if \fB\-all\fR is also given).
.VS TIP500
Note that this naming is an unfortunate clash with true private methods; this
option name is retained for backward compatibility.
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fB\-scope\fI scope\fR
.VS TIP500
Returns a list of all methods on \fIclass\fR that have the given visibility
\fIscope\fR.  When this option is supplied, both the \fB\-all\fR and
\fB\-private\fR options are ignored. The valid values for \fIscope\fR are:
.RS
.IP \fBpublic\fR 3
Only methods with \fIpublic\fR scope (i.e., callable from anywhere by any instance
of this class) are to be returned.
.IP \fBunexported\fR 3
Only methods with \fIunexported\fR scope (i.e., only callable via \fBmy\fR) are to
be returned.
.IP \fBprivate\fR 3
Only methods with \fIprivate\fR scope (i.e., only callable from within this class's
methods) are to be returned.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBinfo class methodtype\fI class method\fR

.
This subcommand returns a description of the type of implementation used for
the method named \fImethod\fR of class \fIclass\fR. When the result is
\fBmethod\fR, further information can be discovered with \fBinfo class
definition\fR, and when the result is \fBforward\fR, further information can
be discovered with \fBinfo class forward\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo class mixins\fI class\fR

.
This subcommand returns a list of all classes that have been mixed into the
class named \fIclass\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo class subclasses\fI class\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?

.
This subcommand returns a list of direct subclasses of class \fIclass\fR. If
the optional \fIpattern\fR argument is present, it constrains the list of
returned classes to those that match it according to the rules of
\fBstring match\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo class superclasses\fI class\fR

.
This subcommand returns a list of direct superclasses of class \fIclass\fR in
inheritance precedence order.

.TP
\fBinfo class variables\fI class\fR ?\fB\-private\fR?

.
This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the class named \fIclass\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
class's methods, constructor and destructor).
.VS TIP500
If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
declared instead.
.VE TIP500
.SS "OBJECT INTROSPECTION"
.PP
The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo object\fR:

.TP
\fBinfo object call\fI object method\fR

.
Returns a description of the method implementations that are used to provide
\fIobject\fR's implementation of \fImethod\fR.  This consists of a list of
lists of four elements, where each sublist consists of a word that describes
the general type of method implementation (being one of \fBmethod\fR for an
ordinary method, \fBfilter\fR for an applied filter,
.VS TIP500
\fBprivate\fR for a private method,
.VE TIP500
and \fBunknown\fR for a
method that is invoked as part of unknown method handling), a word giving the
name of the particular method invoked (which is always the same as
\fImethod\fR for the \fBmethod\fR type, and
.QW \fBunknown\fR
for the \fBunknown\fR type), a word giving what defined the method (the fully
qualified name of the class, or the literal string \fBobject\fR if the method
implementation is on an instance), and a word describing the type of method
implementation (see \fBinfo object methodtype\fR).
.RS
.PP
Note that there is no inspection of whether the method implementations
actually use \fBnext\fR to transfer control along the call chain,
.VS TIP500
and the call chains that this command files do not actually contain private
methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE

.TP
\fBinfo object class\fI object\fR ?\fIclassName\fR?

.
If \fIclassName\fR is unspecified, this subcommand returns class of the
\fIobject\fR object. If \fIclassName\fR is present, this subcommand returns a
boolean value indicating whether the \fIobject\fR is of that class.
.TP
\fBinfo object creationid\fI object\fR
.VS TIP500
Returns the unique creation identifier for the \fIobject\fR object. This
creation identifier is unique to the object (within a Tcl interpreter) and
cannot be controlled at object creation time or altered afterwards.
.RS
.PP
\fIImplementation note:\fR the creation identifier is used to generate unique
identifiers associated with the object, especially for private variables.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBinfo object definition\fI object method\fR

.
This subcommand returns a description of the definition of the method named
\fImethod\fR of object \fIobject\fR. The definition is described as a two
element list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a
form suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition,
and the second element is the body of the method.

.TP
\fBinfo object filters\fI object\fR

.
This subcommand returns the list of filter methods set on the object.

.TP
\fBinfo object forward\fI object method\fR

.
This subcommand returns the argument list for the method forwarding called
\fImethod\fR that is set on the object called \fIobject\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo object isa\fI category object\fR ?\fIarg\fR?

.
This subcommand tests whether an object belongs to a particular category,
returning a boolean value that indicates whether the \fIobject\fR argument
meets the criteria for the category. The supported categories are:

.RS
.TP
\fBinfo object isa class\fI object\fR

.
This returns whether \fIobject\fR is a class (i.e. an instance of
\fBoo::class\fR or one of its subclasses).

.TP
\fBinfo object isa metaclass\fI object\fR

.
This returns whether \fIobject\fR is a class that can manufacture classes
(i.e. is \fBoo::class\fR or a subclass of it).

.TP
\fBinfo object isa mixin\fI object class\fR

.
This returns whether \fIclass\fR is directly mixed into \fIobject\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo object isa object\fI object\fR

.
This returns whether \fIobject\fR really is an object.

.TP
\fBinfo object isa typeof\fI object class\fR

.
This returns whether \fIclass\fR is the type of \fIobject\fR (i.e. whether
\fIobject\fR is an instance of \fIclass\fR or one of its subclasses, whether
direct or indirect).
.RE

.TP
\fBinfo object methods\fI object\fR ?\fIoption...\fR?

.
This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
object called \fIobject\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS

.TP
\fB\-all\fR
.
If the \fB\-all\fR flag is given,
.VS TIP500
and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
.VE TIP500
the list of methods will include those
methods defined not just by the object, but also by the object's class and
mixins, plus the superclasses of those classes.

.TP
\fB\-private\fR
.
If the \fB\-private\fR flag is given,
.VS TIP500
and the \fB\-scope\fR flag is not given,
.VE TIP500
the list of methods will also include
the non-exported methods of the object (and classes, if
\fB\-all\fR is also given).
.VS TIP500
Note that this naming is an unfortunate clash with true private methods; this
option name is retained for backward compatibility.
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fB\-scope\fI scope\fR
.VS TIP500
Returns a list of all methods on \fIobject\fR that have the given visibility
\fIscope\fR.  When this option is supplied, both the \fB\-all\fR and
\fB\-private\fR options are ignored. The valid values for \fIscope\fR are:
.RS
.IP \fBpublic\fR 3
Only methods with \fIpublic\fR scope (i.e., callable from anywhere) are to be
returned.
.IP \fBunexported\fR 3
Only methods with \fIunexported\fR scope (i.e., only callable via \fBmy\fR) are to
be returned.
.IP \fBprivate\fR 3
Only methods with \fIprivate\fR scope (i.e., only callable from within this object's
instance methods) are to be returned.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBinfo object methodtype\fI object method\fR

.
This subcommand returns a description of the type of implementation used for
the method named \fImethod\fR of object \fIobject\fR. When the result is
\fBmethod\fR, further information can be discovered with \fBinfo object
definition\fR, and when the result is \fBforward\fR, further information can
be discovered with \fBinfo object forward\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo object mixins\fI object\fR

.
This subcommand returns a list of all classes that have been mixed into the
object named \fIobject\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo object namespace\fI object\fR

.
This subcommand returns the name of the internal namespace of the object named
\fIobject\fR.

.TP
\fBinfo object variables\fI object\fRR ?\fB\-private\fR?

.
This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the object named \fIobject\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
object's methods).
.VS TIP500
If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
declared instead.
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBinfo object vars\fI object\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?

.
This subcommand returns a list of all variables in the private namespace of
the object named \fIobject\fR. If the optional \fIpattern\fR argument is
given, it is a filter (in the syntax of a \fBstring match\fR glob pattern)
that constrains the list of variables returned. Note that this is different
from the list returned by \fBinfo object variables\fR; that can include
variables that are currently unset, whereas this can include variables that
are not automatically included by any of \fIobject\fR's methods (or those of
its class, superclasses or mixins).

.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This command prints out a procedure suitable for saving in a Tcl
script:
.PP
.CS
proc printProc {procName} {
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726

727
728

729
730
731
732
733
734
735
            lappend formals [list $var]
        }
    }
    puts [lappend result $formals [\fBinfo body\fR $procName]]
}
.CE
.SS "EXAMPLES WITH OBJECTS"
.VS 8.6
.PP
Every object necessarily knows what its class is; this information is
trivially extractable through introspection:
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c
c create o
puts [\fBinfo object class\fR o]
                     \fI\(-> prints "::c"\fR
puts [\fBinfo object class\fR c]
                     \fI\(-> prints "::oo::class"\fR
.CE
.PP
The introspection capabilities can be used to discover what class implements a
method and get how it is defined. This procedure illustrates how:
.PP
.CS
proc getDef {obj method} {
    foreach inf [\fBinfo object call\fR $obj $method] {
        lassign $inf calltype name locus methodtype

        # Assume no forwards or filters, and hence no $calltype
        # or $methodtype checks...

        if {$locus eq "object"} {
            return [\fBinfo object definition\fR $obj $name]
        } else {
            return [\fBinfo class definition\fR $locus $name]
        }
    }
    error "no definition for $method"







<




















>


>







791
792
793
794
795
796
797

798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
            lappend formals [list $var]
        }
    }
    puts [lappend result $formals [\fBinfo body\fR $procName]]
}
.CE
.SS "EXAMPLES WITH OBJECTS"

.PP
Every object necessarily knows what its class is; this information is
trivially extractable through introspection:
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c
c create o
puts [\fBinfo object class\fR o]
                     \fI\(-> prints "::c"\fR
puts [\fBinfo object class\fR c]
                     \fI\(-> prints "::oo::class"\fR
.CE
.PP
The introspection capabilities can be used to discover what class implements a
method and get how it is defined. This procedure illustrates how:
.PP
.CS
proc getDef {obj method} {
    foreach inf [\fBinfo object call\fR $obj $method] {
        lassign $inf calltype name locus methodtype

        # Assume no forwards or filters, and hence no $calltype
        # or $methodtype checks...

        if {$locus eq "object"} {
            return [\fBinfo object definition\fR $obj $name]
        } else {
            return [\fBinfo class definition\fR $locus $name]
        }
    }
    error "no definition for $method"
744
745
746
747
748
749
750

751

752
753
754
755
756
757
758

759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
.PP
.CS
proc getDef {obj method} {
    if {$method in [\fBinfo object methods\fR $obj]} {
        # Assume no forwards
        return [\fBinfo object definition\fR $obj $method]
    }

    set cls [\fBinfo object class\fR $obj]

    while {$method ni [\fBinfo class methods\fR $cls]} {
        # Assume the simple case
        set cls [lindex [\fBinfo class superclass\fR $cls] 0]
        if {$cls eq ""} {
            error "no definition for $method"
        }
    }

    # Assume no forwards
    return [\fBinfo class definition\fR $cls $method]
}
.CE
.VE 8.6
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.VS 8.6
global(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n), oo::object(n), proc(n), self(n),
.VE 8.6
tcl_library(n), tcl_patchLevel(n), tcl_version(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, information, interpreter, introspection, level, namespace,
.VS 8.6
object,
.VE 8.6
procedure, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:







>

>







>




<

<

<



<
<
<
|




837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858

859

860

861
862
863



864
865
866
867
868
.PP
.CS
proc getDef {obj method} {
    if {$method in [\fBinfo object methods\fR $obj]} {
        # Assume no forwards
        return [\fBinfo object definition\fR $obj $method]
    }

    set cls [\fBinfo object class\fR $obj]

    while {$method ni [\fBinfo class methods\fR $cls]} {
        # Assume the simple case
        set cls [lindex [\fBinfo class superclass\fR $cls] 0]
        if {$cls eq ""} {
            error "no definition for $method"
        }
    }

    # Assume no forwards
    return [\fBinfo class definition\fR $cls $method]
}
.CE

.SH "SEE ALSO"

global(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n), oo::object(n), proc(n), self(n),

tcl_library(n), tcl_patchLevel(n), tcl_version(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, information, interpreter, introspection, level, namespace,



object, procedure, variable
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/lappend.n.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24






25
26
27
28
29
30
31
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command treats the variable given by \fIvarName\fR as a list
and appends each of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to that list as a separate
element, with spaces between elements.
If \fIvarName\fR does not exist, it is created as a list with elements
given by the \fIvalue\fR arguments.






\fBLappend\fR is similar to \fBappend\fR except that the \fIvalue\fRs
are appended as list elements rather than raw text.
This command provides a relatively efficient way to build up
large lists.  For example,
.QW "\fBlappend a $b\fR"
is much more efficient than
.QW "\fBset a [concat $a [list $b]]\fR"







>
>
>
>
>
>







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command treats the variable given by \fIvarName\fR as a list
and appends each of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to that list as a separate
element, with spaces between elements.
If \fIvarName\fR does not exist, it is created as a list with elements
given by the \fIvalue\fR arguments.
.VS TIP508
If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
a default value set, list that is comprised of the default value with all the
\fIvalue\fR arguments appended as elements will be stored in the array
element.
.VE TIP508
\fBLappend\fR is similar to \fBappend\fR except that the \fIvalue\fRs
are appended as list elements rather than raw text.
This command provides a relatively efficient way to build up
large lists.  For example,
.QW "\fBlappend a $b\fR"
is much more efficient than
.QW "\fBset a [concat $a [list $b]]\fR"
43
44
45
46
47
48
49




1 2 3 4 5
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n),
lsort(n), lrange(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, element, list, variable











>
>
>
>
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
1 2 3 4 5
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n),
lsort(n), lrange(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, element, list, variable
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Added doc/link.n.

























































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015 Andreas Kupries
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH link n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
link \- create link from command to method of object
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBlink\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fI...\fR?
\fBlink\fR \fB{\fIcommandName methodName\fB}\fR ?\fI...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBlink\fR command is available within methods. It takes a series of one
or more method names (\fImethodName ...\fR) and/or pairs of command- and
method-name (\fB{\fIcommandName methodName\fB}\fR) and makes the named methods
available as commands without requiring the explicit use of the name of the
object or the \fBmy\fR command. The method does not need to exist at the time
that the link is made; if the link command is invoked when the method does not
exist, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handling system is used.
.PP
The command name under which the method becomes available defaults to the
method name, except where explicitly specified through an alias/method pair.
Formally, every argument must be a list; if the list has two elements, the
first element is the name of the command to create and the second element is
the name of the method of the current object to which the command links;
otherwise, the name of the command and the name of the method are the same
string (the first element of the list).
.PP
If the name of the command is not a fully-qualified command name, it will be
resolved with respect to the current namespace (i.e., the object namespace).
.SH EXAMPLES
This demonstrates linking a single method in various ways. First it makes a
simple link, then a renamed link, then an external link. Note that the method
itself is unexported, but that it can still be called directly from outside
the class.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create ABC {
    method Foo {} {
        puts "This is Foo in [self]"
    }

    constructor {} {
        \fBlink\fR Foo
        # The method foo is now directly accessible as foo here
        \fBlink\fR {bar Foo}
        # The method foo is now directly accessible as bar
        \fBlink\fR {::ExternalCall Foo}
        # The method foo is now directly accessible in the global
        # namespace as ExternalCall
    }

    method grill {} {
        puts "Step 1:"
        Foo
        puts "Step 2:"
        bar
    }
}

ABC create abc
abc grill
        \fI\(-> Step 1:\fR
        \fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
        \fI\(-> Step 2:\fR
        \fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
# Direct access via the linked command
puts "Step 3:"; ExternalCall
        \fI\(-> Step 3:\fR
        \fI\(-> This is foo in ::abc\fR
.CE
.PP
This example shows that multiple linked commands can be made in a call to
\fBlink\fR, and that they can handle arguments.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create Ex {
    constructor {} {
        \fBlink\fR a b c
        # The methods a, b, and c (defined below) are all now
        # directly acessible within methods under their own names.
    }

    method a {} {
        puts "This is a"
    }
    method b {x} {
        puts "This is b($x)"
    }
    method c {y z} {
        puts "This is c($y,$z)"
    }

    method call {p q r} {
        a
        b $p
        c $q $r
    }
}

set o [Ex new]
$o 3 5 7
        \fI\(-> This is a\fR
        \fI\(-> This is b(3)\fR
        \fI\(-> This is c(5,7)\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
interp(n), my(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
command, method, object
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/lreplace.n.

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33






34
35
36
37
38
39







40
41
42
43
44
45
46
supporting simple index arithmetic and indices relative to the
end of the list.
0 refers to the first element of the
list, and \fBend\fR refers to the last element of the list.
If \fIlist\fR is empty, then \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are ignored.
.PP
If \fIfirst\fR is less than zero, it is considered to refer to before the
first element of the list.  For non-empty lists, the element indicated






by \fIfirst\fR must exist or \fIfirst\fR must indicate before the
start of the list.
.PP
If \fIlast\fR is less than \fIfirst\fR, then any specified elements
will be inserted into the list before the point specified by \fIfirst\fR
with no elements being deleted.







.PP
The \fIelement\fR arguments specify zero or more new arguments to
be added to the list in place of those that were deleted.
Each \fIelement\fR argument will become a separate element of
the list.  If no \fIelement\fR arguments are specified, then the elements
between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are simply deleted.  If \fIlist\fR
is empty, any \fIelement\fR arguments are added to the end of the list.







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|





>
>
>
>
>
>
>







26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
supporting simple index arithmetic and indices relative to the
end of the list.
0 refers to the first element of the
list, and \fBend\fR refers to the last element of the list.
If \fIlist\fR is empty, then \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are ignored.
.PP
If \fIfirst\fR is less than zero, it is considered to refer to before the
first element of the list.
.VS TIP505
If \fIfirst\fR indicates a position greater than the index of the last element
of the list, it is treated as if it is an index one greater than the last
element. This allows this command to append elements to the list.
.VE TIP505
For non-empty lists, the element indicated
by \fIfirst\fR must exist, or \fIfirst\fR must indicate before the
start of the list.
.PP
If \fIlast\fR is less than \fIfirst\fR, then any specified elements
will be inserted into the list before the point specified by \fIfirst\fR
with no elements being deleted.
.VS TIP505
If \fIlast\fR is greater than the index of the last item of the list, it is
treated as if it is an index one greater than the last element. This means
that if it is also greater than than \fIfirst\fR, all elements from
\fIfirst\fR to the end of the list will be replaced, and otherwise the
elements will be appended.
.VE TIP505
.PP
The \fIelement\fR arguments specify zero or more new arguments to
be added to the list in place of those that were deleted.
Each \fIelement\fR argument will become a separate element of
the list.  If no \fIelement\fR arguments are specified, then the elements
between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are simply deleted.  If \fIlist\fR
is empty, any \fIelement\fR arguments are added to the end of the list.
74
75
76
77
78
79
80













81
82
83
84
85
86




.CS
proc lremove {listVariable value} {
    upvar 1 $listVariable var
    set idx [lsearch -exact $var $value]
    set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var $idx $idx]
}
.CE













.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lrange(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, replace











>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






>
>
>
>
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
.CS
proc lremove {listVariable value} {
    upvar 1 $listVariable var
    set idx [lsearch -exact $var $value]
    set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var $idx $idx]
}
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP505
Adding elements to the end of the list; note that \fBend+2\fR will initially
be treated as if it is \fB6\fR here, but both that and \fB12345\fR are greater
than the index of the final item so they behave identically:
.PP
.CS
% set var {a b c d e}
a b c d e
% set var [\fBlreplace\fR $var 12345 end+2 f g h i]
a b c d e f g h i
.CE
.VE TIP505
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lrange(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, replace
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/lsearch.n.

143
144
145
146
147
148
149













150
151
152
153
154
155
156
This option implies \fB\-sorted\fR and cannot be used with either \fB\-all\fR
or \fB\-not\fR.
.VE 8.6
.SS "NESTED LIST OPTIONS"
.PP
These options are used to search lists of lists.  They may be used
with any other options.













.TP
\fB\-index\fR\0\fIindexList\fR
.
This option is designed for use when searching within nested lists.
The \fIindexList\fR argument gives a path of indices (much as might be
used with the \fBlindex\fR or \fBlset\fR commands) within each element
to allow the location of the term being matched against.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
This option implies \fB\-sorted\fR and cannot be used with either \fB\-all\fR
or \fB\-not\fR.
.VE 8.6
.SS "NESTED LIST OPTIONS"
.PP
These options are used to search lists of lists.  They may be used
with any other options.
.TP
\fB\-stride\0\fIstrideLength\fR
.
If this option is specified, the list is treated as consisting of
groups of \fIstrideLength\fR elements and the groups are searched by
either their first element or, if the \fB\-index\fR option is used,
by the element within each group given by the first index passed to
\fB\-index\fR (which is then ignored by \fB\-index\fR). The resulting
index always points to the first element in a group.
.PP
The list length must be an integer multiple of \fIstrideLength\fR, which
in turn must be at least 1. A \fIstrideLength\fR of 1 is the default and
indicates no grouping.
.TP
\fB\-index\fR\0\fIindexList\fR
.
This option is designed for use when searching within nested lists.
The \fIindexList\fR argument gives a path of indices (much as might be
used with the \fBlindex\fR or \fBlset\fR commands) within each element
to allow the location of the term being matched against.
204
205
206
207
208
209
210







211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
.PP
It is also possible to search inside elements:
.PP
.CS
\fBlsearch\fR -index 1 -all -inline {{a abc} {b bcd} {c cde}} *bc*
      \fI\(-> {a abc} {b bcd}\fR
.CE







.SH "SEE ALSO"
foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
binary search, linear search,
list, match, pattern, regular expression, search, string
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>










217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
.PP
It is also possible to search inside elements:
.PP
.CS
\fBlsearch\fR -index 1 -all -inline {{a abc} {b bcd} {c cde}} *bc*
      \fI\(-> {a abc} {b bcd}\fR
.CE
.PP
The same thing for a flattened list:
.PP
.CS
\fBlsearch\fR -stride 2 -index 1 -all -inline {a abc b bcd c cde} *bc*
      \fI\(-> {a abc b bcd}\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
binary search, linear search,
list, match, pattern, regular expression, search, string
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/msgcat.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24




25
26
27

28

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Mark Harrison.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "msgcat" n 1.5 msgcat "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
msgcat \- Tcl message catalog
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require Tcl 8.5\fR
.sp
\fBpackage require msgcat 1.6\fR
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR?
.sp
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
.VE "TIP 412"




.sp
\fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
.sp

\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR

.sp
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.VE "TIP 412"
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcload \fIdirname\fR
.sp













|

|








>
>
>
>



>
|
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Mark Harrison.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "msgcat" n 1.5 msgcat "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
msgcat \- Tcl message catalog
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require Tcl 8.7\fR
.sp
\fBpackage require msgcat 1.7\fR
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR?
.sp
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
.VE "TIP 412"
.sp
.VS "TIP 490"
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget\fR
.VE "TIP 490"
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
.sp
.VS "TIP 499"
\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR ?\fIlocale preference\fR? ...
.VE "TIP 499"
.sp
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.VE "TIP 412"
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcload \fIdirname\fR
.sp
46
47
48
49
50
51
52




53
54
55
56
57
58
59
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig subcommand\fR \fIoption\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR
.VE "TIP 412"




.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBmsgcat\fR package provides a set of functions
that can be used to manage multi-lingual user interfaces.
Text strings are defined in a
.QW "message catalog"







>
>
>
>







52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig subcommand\fR \fIoption\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR
.VE "TIP 412"
.sp
.VS "TIP 499"
\fB::msgcat::mcutil subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.VS "TIP 499"
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBmsgcat\fR package provides a set of functions
that can be used to manage multi-lingual user interfaces.
Text strings are defined in a
.QW "message catalog"
67
68
69
70
71
72
73





74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Each package has its own message catalog and configuration settings in \fBmsgcat\fR.
.PP
A \fIlocale\fR is a specification string describing a user language like \fBde_ch\fR for Swiss German.
In \fBmsgcat\fR, there is a global locale initialized by the system locale of the current system.
Each package may decide to use the global locale or to use a package specific locale.
.PP
The global locale may be changed on demand, for example by a user initiated language change or within a multi user application like a web server.





.SH COMMANDS
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Returns a translation of \fIsrc-string\fR according to the
current locale.  If additional arguments past \fIsrc-string\fR
are given, the \fBformat\fR command is used to substitute the







>
>
>
>
>







77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
Each package has its own message catalog and configuration settings in \fBmsgcat\fR.
.PP
A \fIlocale\fR is a specification string describing a user language like \fBde_ch\fR for Swiss German.
In \fBmsgcat\fR, there is a global locale initialized by the system locale of the current system.
Each package may decide to use the global locale or to use a package specific locale.
.PP
The global locale may be changed on demand, for example by a user initiated language change or within a multi user application like a web server.
.PP
.VS tip490
Object oriented programming is supported by the use of a package namespace.
.VE tip490
.PP
.SH COMMANDS
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Returns a translation of \fIsrc-string\fR according to the
current locale.  If additional arguments past \fIsrc-string\fR
are given, the \fBformat\fR command is used to substitute the
91
92
93
94
95
96
97











98
99
100
101
102
103
104

105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114





115

116

117

























118
119
120
121
122










123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139



140


141

142

143
144




145
146
147
148
149
150
151
\fB::msgcat::mc\fR is the main function used to localize an
application.  Instead of using an English string directly, an
application can pass the English string through \fB::msgcat::mc\fR and
use the result.  If an application is written for a single language in
this fashion, then it is easy to add support for additional languages
later simply by defining new message catalog entries.
.RE











.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR?
.
Given several source strings, \fB::msgcat::mcmax\fR returns the length
of the longest translated string.  This is useful when designing
localized GUIs, which may require that all buttons, for example, be a
fixed width (which will be the width of the widest button).

.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
.
.VS "TIP 412"
Return true, if there is a translation for the given \fIsrc-string\fR.
.PP
.RS
The search may be limited by the option \fB\-exactnamespace\fR to only check the current namespace and not any parent namespaces.
.PP
It may also be limited by the option \fB\-exactlocale\fR to only check the first prefered locale (e.g. first element returned by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR if global locale is used).





.RE

.VE "TIP 412"

.TP

























\fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
.
This function sets the locale to \fInewLocale\fR.  If \fInewLocale\fR
is omitted, the current locale is returned, otherwise the current locale
is set to \fInewLocale\fR.  msgcat stores and compares the locale in a










case-insensitive manner, and returns locales in lowercase.
The initial locale is determined by the locale specified in
the user's environment.  See \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR
below for a description of the locale string format.
.RS
.PP
.VS "TIP 412"
If the locale is set, the preference list of locales is evaluated.
Locales in this list are loaded now, if not jet loaded.
.VE "TIP 412"
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR
.
Returns an ordered list of the locales preferred by
the user, based on the user's language specification.
The list is ordered from most specific to least



preference.  The list is derived from the current


locale set in msgcat by \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR, and

cannot be set independently.  For example, if the

current locale is en_US_funky, then \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR
returns \fB{en_us_funky en_us en {}}\fR.




.TP
\fB::msgcat:mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.
This group of commands manage the list of loaded locales for packages not setting a package locale.
.PP
.RS
The subcommand \fBget\fR returns the list of currently loaded locales.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







>

|

<






>
>
>
>
>

>
|
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


<
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




<







|

|
|
|
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
|
>
|
<
>
>
>
>







106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134

135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177

178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193

194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216

217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
\fB::msgcat::mc\fR is the main function used to localize an
application.  Instead of using an English string directly, an
application can pass the English string through \fB::msgcat::mc\fR and
use the result.  If an application is written for a single language in
this fashion, then it is easy to add support for additional languages
later simply by defining new message catalog entries.
.RE
.VS "TIP 490"
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcn \fInamespace\fR \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Like \fB::msgcat::mc\fR, but with the message namespace specified as first argument.
.PP
.RS
\fBmcn\fR may be used for cases where the package namespace is not the namespace of the caller.
An example is shown within the description of the command \fB::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget\fR below.
.RE
.PP
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR?
.
Given several source strings, \fB::msgcat::mcmax\fR returns the length
of the longest translated string.  This is useful when designing
localized GUIs, which may require that all buttons, for example, be a
fixed width (which will be the width of the widest button).
.VS "TIP 412"
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? ?\fB-namespace\fR \fInamespace\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
.

Return true, if there is a translation for the given \fIsrc-string\fR.
.PP
.RS
The search may be limited by the option \fB\-exactnamespace\fR to only check the current namespace and not any parent namespaces.
.PP
It may also be limited by the option \fB\-exactlocale\fR to only check the first prefered locale (e.g. first element returned by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR if global locale is used).
.PP
.VE "TIP 412"
.VS "TIP 490"
An explicit package namespace may be specified by the option \fB-namespace\fR.
The namespace of the caller is used if not explicitly specified.
.RE
.PP
.VE "TIP 490"
.VS "TIP 490"
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget\fR
.
Return the package namespace of the caller.
This command handles all cases described in section \fBOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING\fR.
.PP
.RS
Example usage is a tooltip package, which saves the caller package namespace to update the translation each time the tooltip is shown:
.CS
proc ::tooltip::tooltip {widget message} {
    ...
    set messagenamespace [uplevel 1 {::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget}]
    ...
    bind $widget  [list ::tooltip::show $widget $messagenamespace $message]
}

proc ::tooltip::show {widget messagenamespace message} {
    ...
    set message [::msgcat::mcn $messagenamespace $message]
    ...
}
.CE
.RE
.PP
.VE "TIP 490"
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
.

If \fInewLocale\fR is omitted, the current locale is returned, otherwise the current locale
is set to \fInewLocale\fR.
.PP
.RS
If the new locale is set to \fInewLocale\fR, the corresponding preferences are calculated and set.
For example, if the current locale is en_US_funky, then \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR returns \fB{en_us_funky en_us en {}}\fR.
.PP
The same result may be acheved by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR {*}[\fB::msgcat::mcutil getpreferences\fR \fInewLocale\fR].
.PP
The current locale is always the first element of the list returned by \fBmcpreferences\fR.
.PP
msgcat stores and compares the locale in a
case-insensitive manner, and returns locales in lowercase.
The initial locale is determined by the locale specified in
the user's environment.  See \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR
below for a description of the locale string format.

.PP
.VS "TIP 412"
If the locale is set, the preference list of locales is evaluated.
Locales in this list are loaded now, if not jet loaded.
.VE "TIP 412"
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR ?\fIlocale preference\fR? ...
.
Without arguments, returns an ordered list of the locales preferred by
the user.
The list is ordered from most specific to least preference.
.PP
.VS "TIP 499"
.RS
A set of locale preferences may be given to set the list of locale preferences.
The current locale is also set, which is the first element of the locale preferences list.
.PP
Locale preferences are loaded now, if not jet loaded.
.PP
As an example, the user may prefer French or English text. This may be configured by:
.CS
::msgcat::mcpreferences fr en {}

.CE
.RE
.PP
.VS "TIP 499"
.TP
\fB::msgcat:mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.
This group of commands manage the list of loaded locales for packages not setting a package locale.
.PP
.RS
The subcommand \fBget\fR returns the list of currently loaded locales.
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
















234
235
236
237
238
239
240
Note that this routine is only called if the concerned package did not set a package locale unknown command name.
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR
.
The calling package clears all its state within the \fBmsgcat\fR package including all settings and translations.
.VE "TIP 412"
















.PP
.SH "LOCALE SPECIFICATION"
.PP
The locale is specified to \fBmsgcat\fR by a locale string
passed to \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR.
The locale string consists of
a language code, an optional country code, and an optional







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
Note that this routine is only called if the concerned package did not set a package locale unknown command name.
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR
.
The calling package clears all its state within the \fBmsgcat\fR package including all settings and translations.
.VE "TIP 412"
.PP
.VS "TIP 499"
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcutil getpreferences\fR \fIlocale\fR
.
Return the preferences list of the given locale as described in section \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR.
An example is the composition of a preference list for the bilingual region "Biel/Bienne" as a concatenation of swiss german and swiss french:
.CS
% concat [lrange [msgcat::mcutil getpreferences fr_CH] 0 end-1] [msgcat::mcutil getpreferences de_CH]
fr_ch fr de_ch de {}
.CE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcutil getsystemlocale\fR
.
The system locale is returned as described by the section \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR.
.VE "TIP 499"
.PP
.SH "LOCALE SPECIFICATION"
.PP
The locale is specified to \fBmsgcat\fR by a locale string
passed to \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR.
The locale string consists of
a language code, an optional country code, and an optional
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
.PP
.CS
\fBmsgcat::mc\fR {Produced %1$d at %2$s} $num $city
# ... where that key is mapped to one of the
# human-oriented versions by \fBmsgcat::mcset\fR
.CE
.VS "TIP 412"
.SH Package private locale
.PP
A package using \fBmsgcat\fR may choose to use its own package private
locale and its own set of loaded locales, independent to the global
locale set by \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR.
.PP
This allows a package to change its locale without causing any locales load or removal in other packages and not to invoke the global locale change callback (see below).
.PP







|







525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
.PP
.CS
\fBmsgcat::mc\fR {Produced %1$d at %2$s} $num $city
# ... where that key is mapped to one of the
# human-oriented versions by \fBmsgcat::mcset\fR
.CE
.VS "TIP 412"
.SH "PACKAGE PRIVATE LOCALE"
.PP
A package using \fBmsgcat\fR may choose to use its own package private
locale and its own set of loaded locales, independent to the global
locale set by \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR.
.PP
This allows a package to change its locale without causing any locales load or removal in other packages and not to invoke the global locale change callback (see below).
.PP
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467












468
469
470
471
472
473
474
This command may cause the load of locales.
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale get\fR
.
Return the package private locale or the global locale, if no package private locale is set.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale preferences\fR
.
Return the package private preferences or the global preferences,
if no package private locale is set.












.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale loaded\fR
.
Return the list of locales loaded for this package.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale isset\fR
.







|

|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
This command may cause the load of locales.
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale get\fR
.
Return the package private locale or the global locale, if no package private locale is set.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale preferences\fR ?\fIlocale preference\fR? ...
.
With no parameters, return the package private preferences or the global preferences,
if no package private locale is set.
The package locale state (set or not) is not changed (in contrast to the command \fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale set\fR).
.PP
.RS
.VS "TIP 499"
If a set of locale preferences is given, it is set as package locale preference list.
The package locale is set to the first element of the preference list.
A package locale is activated, if it was not set so far.
.PP
Locale preferences are loaded now for the package, if not jet loaded.
.VE "TIP 499"
.RE
.PP
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale loaded\fR
.
Return the list of locales loaded for this package.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale isset\fR
.
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
.
Returns true, if the given locale is loaded for the package.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale clear\fR
.
Clear any loaded locales of the package not present in the package preferences.
.PP
.SH Changing package options
.PP
Each package using msgcat has a set of options within \fBmsgcat\fR.
The package options are described in the next sectionPackage options.
Each package option may be set or unset individually using the following ensemble:
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig get\fR \fIoption\fR
.







|







588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
.
Returns true, if the given locale is loaded for the package.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale clear\fR
.
Clear any loaded locales of the package not present in the package preferences.
.PP
.SH "CHANGING PACKAGE OPTIONS"
.PP
Each package using msgcat has a set of options within \fBmsgcat\fR.
The package options are described in the next sectionPackage options.
Each package option may be set or unset individually using the following ensemble:
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig get\fR \fIoption\fR
.
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580















































581
582
583
584
585
586
587
The called procedure must return the formatted message which will finally be returned by msgcat::mc.
.PP
A generic unknown handler is used if set to the empty string. This consists in returning the key if no arguments are given. With given arguments, format is used to process the arguments.
.PP
See section \fBcallback invocation\fR below.
The appended arguments are identical to \fB::msgcat::mcunknown\fR.
.RE
.SS Callback invocation
A package may decide to register one or multiple callbacks, as described above.
.PP
Callbacks are invoked, if:
.PP
1. the callback command is set,
.PP
2. the command is not the empty string,
.PP
3. the registering namespace exists.
.PP
If a called routine fails with an error, the \fBbgerror\fR routine for the interpreter is invoked after command completion.
Only exception is the callback \fBunknowncmd\fR, where an error causes the invoking \fBmc\fR-command to fail with that error.
.PP
.SS Examples















































Packages which display a GUI may update their widgets when the global locale changes.
To register to a callback, use:
.CS
namespace eval gui {
    msgcat::mcpackageconfig changecmd updateGUI

    proc updateGui args {







|













|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
The called procedure must return the formatted message which will finally be returned by msgcat::mc.
.PP
A generic unknown handler is used if set to the empty string. This consists in returning the key if no arguments are given. With given arguments, format is used to process the arguments.
.PP
See section \fBcallback invocation\fR below.
The appended arguments are identical to \fB::msgcat::mcunknown\fR.
.RE
.SH "Callback invocation"
A package may decide to register one or multiple callbacks, as described above.
.PP
Callbacks are invoked, if:
.PP
1. the callback command is set,
.PP
2. the command is not the empty string,
.PP
3. the registering namespace exists.
.PP
If a called routine fails with an error, the \fBbgerror\fR routine for the interpreter is invoked after command completion.
Only exception is the callback \fBunknowncmd\fR, where an error causes the invoking \fBmc\fR-command to fail with that error.
.PP
.VS tip490
.SH "OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING"
\fBmsgcat\fR supports packages implemented by object oriented programming.
Objects and classes should be defined within a package namespace.
.PP
There are 3 supported cases where package namespace sensitive commands of msgcat (\fBmc\fR, \fBmcexists\fR, \fBmcpackagelocale\fR, \fBmcforgetpackage\fR, \fBmcpackagenamespaceget\fR, \fBmcpackageconfig\fR, \fBmcset\fR and \fBmcmset\fR) may be called:
.PP
.TP
\fB1) In class definition script\fR
.
\fBmsgcat\fR command is called within a class definition script.
.CS
namespace eval ::N2 {
    mcload $dir/msgs
    oo::class create C1 {puts [mc Hi!]}
}
.CE
.PP
.TP
\fB2) method defined in a class\fR
.
\fBmsgcat\fR command is called from a method in an object and the method is defined in a class.
.CS
namespace eval ::N3Class {
    mcload $dir/msgs
    oo::class create C1
    oo::define C1 method m1 {
        puts [mc Hi!]
    }
}
.CE
.PP
.TP
\fB3) method defined in a classless object\fR
.
\fBmsgcat\fR command is called from a method of a classless object.
.CS
namespace eval ::N4 {
    mcload $dir/msgs
    oo::object create O1
    oo::objdefine O1 method m1 {} {
        puts [mc Hi!]
    }
}
.CE
.PP
.VE tip490
.SH EXAMPLES
Packages which display a GUI may update their widgets when the global locale changes.
To register to a callback, use:
.CS
namespace eval gui {
    msgcat::mcpackageconfig changecmd updateGUI

    proc updateGui args {
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
}
.CE
.VE "TIP 412"
.SH CREDITS
.PP
The message catalog code was developed by Mark Harrison.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
format(n), scan(n), namespace(n), package(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
internationalization, i18n, localization, l10n, message, text, translation
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" End:







|

|



790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
}
.CE
.VE "TIP 412"
.SH CREDITS
.PP
The message catalog code was developed by Mark Harrison.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
format(n), scan(n), namespace(n), package(n), oo::class(n), oo::object
.SH KEYWORDS
internationalization, i18n, localization, l10n, message, text, translation, class, object
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" End:

Changes to doc/my.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23





24
25





26





27
28



29
30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42

43
44
45
46
47























































48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH my n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
my \- invoke any method of current object
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBmy\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?

.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBmy\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke any method
of the object (or its class). In particular, the set of valid values for





\fImethodName\fR is the set of all methods supported by an object and its
superclasses, including those that are not exported. The object upon which the





method is invoked is always the one that is the current context of the method





(i.e. the object that is returned by \fBself object\fR) from which the
\fBmy\fR command is invoked.



.PP
Each object has its own \fBmy\fR command, contained in its instance namespace.

.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example shows basic use of \fBmy\fR to use the \fBvariables\fR method of
the \fBoo::object\fR class, which is not publicly visible by default:
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c {
    method count {} {
        \fBmy\fR variable counter
        puts [incr counter]
    }
}

c create o
o count              \fI\(-> prints "1"\fR
o count              \fI\(-> prints "2"\fR
o count              \fI\(-> prints "3"\fR
.CE























































.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::object(n), self(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
method, method visibility, object, private method, public method

.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:











|





>




|
|
>
>
>
>
>

|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>

|
>












>





>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




<




1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

128
129
130
131
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2007 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH my n 0.1 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
my, myclass \- invoke any method of current object or its class
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBmy\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
\fBmyclass\fI methodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBmy\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke methods
of the object (or its class),
.VS TIP478
and he \fBmyclass\fR command is used to allow methods of objects to invoke
methods of the current class of the object \fIas an object\fR.
.VE TIP478
In particular, the set of valid values for
\fImethodName\fR is the set of all methods supported by an object and its
superclasses, including those that are not exported
.VS TIP500
and private methods of the object or class when used within another method
defined by that object or class.
.VE TIP500
.PP
The object upon which the method is invoked via \fBmy\fR is the one that owns
the namespace that the \fBmy\fR command is contained in initially (\fBNB:\fR the link
remains if the command is renamed), which is the currently invoked object by
default.
.VS TIP478
Similarly, the object on which the method is invoked via \fBmyclass\fR is the
object that is the current class of the object that owns the namespace that
the \fBmyclass\fR command is contained in initially. As with \fBmy\fR, the
link remains even if the command is renamed into another namespace, and
defaults to being the manufacturing class of the current object.
.VE TIP478
.PP
Each object has its own \fBmy\fR and \fBmyclass\fR commands, contained in its
instance namespace.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example shows basic use of \fBmy\fR to use the \fBvariables\fR method of
the \fBoo::object\fR class, which is not publicly visible by default:
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c {
    method count {} {
        \fBmy\fR variable counter
        puts [incr counter]
    }
}

c create o
o count              \fI\(-> prints "1"\fR
o count              \fI\(-> prints "2"\fR
o count              \fI\(-> prints "3"\fR
.CE
.PP
This example shows how you can use \fBmy\fR to make callbacks to private
methods from outside the object (from a \fBtrace\fR), using
\fBnamespace code\fR to enter the correct context. (See the \fBcallback\fR
command for the recommended way of doing this.)
.PP
.CS
oo::class create HasCallback {
    method makeCallback {} {
        return [namespace code {
            \fBmy\fR Callback
        }]
    }

    method Callback {args} {
        puts "callback: $args"
    }
}

set o [HasCallback new]
trace add variable xyz write [$o makeCallback]
set xyz "called"     \fI\(-> prints "callback: xyz {} write"\fR
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP478
This example shows how to access a private method of a class from an instance
of that class. (See the \fBclassmethod\fR declaration in \fBoo::define\fR for
a higher level interface for doing this.)
.PP
.CS
oo::class create CountedSteps {
    self {
        variable count
        method Count {} {
            return [incr count]
        }
    }
    method advanceTwice {} {
        puts "in [self] step A: [\fBmyclass\fR Count]"
        puts "in [self] step B: [\fBmyclass\fR Count]"
    }
}

CountedSteps create x
CountedSteps create y
x advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step A: 1"\fR
                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step B: 2"\fR
y advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step A: 3"\fR
                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step B: 4"\fR
x advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step A: 5"\fR
                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::x step B: 6"\fR
y advanceTwice       \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step A: 7"\fR
                     \fI\(-> prints "in ::y step B: 8"\fR
.CE
.VE TIP478
.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::object(n), self(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
method, method visibility, object, private method, public method

.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/next.n.

108
109
110
111
112
113
114

115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123

124
125
126
127
128
129
130
.PP
.CS
oo::class create theSuperclass {
    method example {args} {
        puts "in the superclass, args = $args"
    }
}

oo::class create theSubclass {
    superclass theSuperclass
    method example {args} {
        puts "before chaining from subclass, args = $args"
        \fBnext\fR a {*}$args b
        \fBnext\fR pureSynthesis
        puts "after chaining from subclass"
    }
}

theSubclass create obj
oo::objdefine obj method example args {
    puts "per-object method, args = $args"
    \fBnext\fR x {*}$args y
    \fBnext\fR
}
obj example 1 2 3







>









>







108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
.PP
.CS
oo::class create theSuperclass {
    method example {args} {
        puts "in the superclass, args = $args"
    }
}

oo::class create theSubclass {
    superclass theSuperclass
    method example {args} {
        puts "before chaining from subclass, args = $args"
        \fBnext\fR a {*}$args b
        \fBnext\fR pureSynthesis
        puts "after chaining from subclass"
    }
}

theSubclass create obj
oo::objdefine obj method example args {
    puts "per-object method, args = $args"
    \fBnext\fR x {*}$args y
    \fBnext\fR
}
obj example 1 2 3
163
164
165
166
167
168
169

170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

181
182
183
184

185
186
187
188
189
190
191
        if {[info exist ValueCache($key)]} {
            return $ValueCache($key)
        }

        \fI# Compute value, insert into cache, and return it\fR
        return [set ValueCache($key) [\fBnext\fR {*}$args]]
    }

    method flushCache {} {
        my variable ValueCache
        unset ValueCache
        \fI# Skip the caching\fR
        return -level 2 ""
    }
}

oo::object create demo
oo::objdefine demo {
    mixin cache

    method compute {a b c} {
        after 3000 \fI;# Simulate deep thought\fR
        return [expr {$a + $b * $c}]
    }

    method compute2 {a b c} {
        after 3000 \fI;# Simulate deep thought\fR
        return [expr {$a * $b + $c}]
    }
}

puts [demo compute  1 2 3]      \fI\(-> prints "7" after delay\fR







>











>




>







165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
        if {[info exist ValueCache($key)]} {
            return $ValueCache($key)
        }

        \fI# Compute value, insert into cache, and return it\fR
        return [set ValueCache($key) [\fBnext\fR {*}$args]]
    }

    method flushCache {} {
        my variable ValueCache
        unset ValueCache
        \fI# Skip the caching\fR
        return -level 2 ""
    }
}

oo::object create demo
oo::objdefine demo {
    mixin cache

    method compute {a b c} {
        after 3000 \fI;# Simulate deep thought\fR
        return [expr {$a + $b * $c}]
    }

    method compute2 {a b c} {
        after 3000 \fI;# Simulate deep thought\fR
        return [expr {$a * $b + $c}]
    }
}

puts [demo compute  1 2 3]      \fI\(-> prints "7" after delay\fR

Added doc/process.n.







































































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2017 Frederic Bonnet.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH process n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcl::process \- Subprocess management
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fB::tcl::process \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command provides a way to manage subprocesses created by the \fBopen\fR
and \fBexec\fR commands. The legal \fIoptions\fR (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fB::tcl::process list\fR
.
Returns the list of subprocess PIDs.
.TP
\fB::tcl::process status\fR ?\fIswitches\fR? ?\fIpids\fR?
.
Returns a dictionary mapping subprocess PIDs to their respective status. If
\fIpids\fR is specified as a list of PIDs then the command only returns the
status of the matching subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error
otherwise. For active processes, the status is an empty value. For terminated
processes, the status is a list with the following format:
.QW "{code ?\fImsg errorCode\fR?}" ,
where:
.RS
.TP
\fBcode\fR\0
.
is a standard Tcl return code,
.TP
\fBmsg\fR\0
.
is the human-readable error message,
.TP
\fBerrorCode\fR\0
.
uses the same format as the \fBerrorCode\fR global variable
.RE
Note that \fBmsg\fR and \fBerrorCode\fR are only present for abnormally
terminated processes (i.e. those where \fBcode\fR is nonzero). Under the hood
this command calls \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set for
non-blocking behavior, unless the \fB\-wait\fR switch is set (see below).
.RS
.PP
Additionally, \fB::tcl::process status\fR accepts the following switches:
.TP
\fB\-wait\fR\0
.
By default the command returns immediately (the underlying \fBTcl_WaitPid\fR is
called with the \fBWNOHANG\fR flag set) unless this switch is set. If \fBpids\fR
is specified as a list of PIDs then the command waits until the status of the
matching subprocesses are available. If \fBpids\fR is not specified then it
waits for all known subprocesses.
.TP
\fB\-\|\-\fR
.
Marks the end of switches.  The argument following this one will
be treated as the first \fIarg\fR even if it starts with a \fB\-\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fB::tcl::process purge ?\fIpids\fR?
.
Cleans up all data associated with terminated subprocesses. If \fBpids\fR is
specified as a list of PIDs then the command only cleanup data for the matching
subprocesses if they exist, and raises an error otherwise. If the process is
still active then it does nothing.
.TP
\fB::tcl::process autopurge ?\fIflag\fR?
.
Automatic purge facility. If \fBflag\fR is specified as a boolean value then it
activates or deactivate autopurge. In all cases it returns the current status as
a boolean value. When autopurge is active, \fBTcl_ReapDetachedProcs\fR is called
each time the exec command is executed or a pipe channel created by open is
closed. When autopurge is inactive, \fB::tcl::process\fR purge must be called
explicitly. By default autopurge is active.
.RE
.SH "EXAMPLES"
.PP
.CS
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR
     \fI\(-> true\fR
\fB::tcl::process autopurge\fR false
     \fI\(-> false\fR

set pid1 [exec command1 a b c | command2 d e f &]
     \fI\(-> 123 456\fR
set chan [open "|command1 a b c | command2 d e f"]
     \fI\(-> file123\fR
set pid2 [pid $chan]
     \fI\(-> 789 1011\fR

\fB::tcl::process list\fR
     \fI\(-> 123 456 789 1011\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR
     \fI\(-> 123 0 456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}} 789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}} 1011 {}\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR 123
     \fI\(-> 123 0\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
     \fI\(-> 1011 {}\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR -wait
     \fI\(-> 123 0 456 {1 "child killed: write on pipe with no readers" {CHILDKILLED 456 SIGPIPE "write on pipe with no readers"}} 789 {1 "child suspended: background tty read" {CHILDSUSP 789 SIGTTIN "background tty read"}} 1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR

\fB::tcl::process status\fR 1011
     \fI\(-> 1011 {1 "child process exited abnormally" {CHILDSTATUS 1011 -1}}\fR

\fB::tcl::process purge\fR
exec command1 1 2 3 &
     \fI\(-> 1213\fR
\fB::tcl::process list\fR
     \fI\(-> 1213\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
exec(n), open(n), Tcl_DetachPids(3), Tcl_WaitPid(3), Tcl_ReapDetachedProcs(3)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
background, child, detach, process, wait
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/scan.n.

220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227


228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
hexadecimal conversions with substring sizes:
.PP
.CS
set string "#08D03F"
\fBscan\fR $string "#%2x%2x%2x" r g b
.CE
.PP
Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string:


.PP
.CS
set string "08:08"
if {[\fBscan\fR $string "%d:%d" hours minutes] != 2} {
    error "not a valid time string"
}
# We have to understand numeric ranges ourselves...
if {$minutes < 0 || $minutes > 59} {
    error "invalid number of minutes"
}







|
>
>


|







220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
hexadecimal conversions with substring sizes:
.PP
.CS
set string "#08D03F"
\fBscan\fR $string "#%2x%2x%2x" r g b
.CE
.PP
Parse a \fIHH:MM\fR time string, noting that this avoids problems with
octal numbers by forcing interpretation as decimals (if we did not
care, we would use the \fB%i\fR conversion instead):
.PP
.CS
set string "08:08"   ;# *Not* octal!
if {[\fBscan\fR $string "%d:%d" hours minutes] != 2} {
    error "not a valid time string"
}
# We have to understand numeric ranges ourselves...
if {$minutes < 0 || $minutes > 59} {
    error "invalid number of minutes"
}

Changes to doc/self.n.

28
29
30
31
32
33
34





35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
\fBself call\fR
.
This returns a two-element list describing the method implementations used to
implement the current call chain. The first element is the same as would be
reported by \fBinfo object\fR \fBcall\fR for the current method (except that this
also reports useful values from within constructors and destructors, whose
names are reported as \fB<constructor>\fR and \fB<destructor>\fR





respectively), and the second element is an index into the first element's
list that indicates which actual implementation is currently executing (the
first implementation to execute is always at index 0).
.TP
\fBself caller\fR
.
When the method was invoked from inside another object method, this subcommand
returns a three element list describing the containing object and method. The







>
>
>
>
>
|







28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
\fBself call\fR
.
This returns a two-element list describing the method implementations used to
implement the current call chain. The first element is the same as would be
reported by \fBinfo object\fR \fBcall\fR for the current method (except that this
also reports useful values from within constructors and destructors, whose
names are reported as \fB<constructor>\fR and \fB<destructor>\fR
respectively,
.VS TIP500
and for private methods, which are described as being \fBprivate\fR instead of
being a \fBmethod\fR),
.VE TIP500
and the second element is an index into the first element's
list that indicates which actual implementation is currently executing (the
first implementation to execute is always at index 0).
.TP
\fBself caller\fR
.
When the method was invoked from inside another object method, this subcommand
returns a three element list describing the containing object and method. The

Added doc/singleton.n.







































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH singleton n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
oo::singleton \- a class that does only allows one instance of itself
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require TclOO

\fBoo::singleton\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.fi
.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
.nf
\fBoo::object\fR
   \(-> \fBoo::class\fR
       \(-> \fBoo::singleton\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
Singleton classes are classes that only permit at most one instance of
themselves to exist. They unexport the \fBcreate\fR and
\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR methods entirely, and override the \fBnew\fR method
so that it only makes a new instance if there is no existing instance.  It is
not recommended to inherit from a singleton class; singleton-ness is \fInot\fR
inherited. It is not recommended that a singleton class's constructor take any
arguments.
.PP
Instances have their\fB destroy\fR method overridden with a method that always
returns an error in order to discourage destruction of the object, but
destruction remains possible if strictly necessary (e.g., by destroying the
class or using \fBrename\fR to delete it). They also have a (non-exported)
\fB<cloned>\fR method defined on them that similarly always returns errors to
make attempts to use the singleton instance with \fBoo::copy\fR fail.
.SS CONSTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::singleton\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
\fBoo::class\fR class.
.SS DESTRUCTOR
The \fBoo::singleton\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
will destroy the singleton object).
.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
.TP
\fIcls \fBnew \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This returns the current instance of the singleton class, if one exists, and
creates a new instance only if there is no existing instance. The additional
arguments, \fIarg ...\fR, are only used if a new instance is actually
manufactured; that construction is via the \fBoo::class\fR class's \fBnew\fR
method.
.RS
.PP
This is an override of the behaviour of a superclass's method with an
identical call signature to the superclass's implementation.
.RE
.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
The \fBoo::singleton\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR and
\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR are unexported; callers should not assume that they
have control over either the name or the namespace name of the singleton instance.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example demonstrates that there is only one instance even though the
\fBnew\fR method is called three times.
.PP
.CS
\fBoo::singleton\fR create Highlander {
    method say {} {
        puts "there can be only one"
    }
}

set h1 [Highlander new]
set h2 [Highlander new]
if {$h1 eq $h2} {
    puts "equal objects"    \fI\(-> prints "equal objects"\fR
}
set h3 [Highlander new]
if {$h1 eq $h3} {
    puts "equal objects"    \fI\(-> prints "equal objects"\fR
}
.CE
.PP
Note that the name of the instance of the singleton is not guaranteed to be
anything in particular.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
oo::class(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
class, metaclass, object, single instance
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Changes to doc/string.n.

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
Any of the forms allowed to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR.
.IP \fBcontrol\fR 12
Any Unicode control character.
.IP \fBdigit\fR 12
Any Unicode digit character.  Note that this includes characters
outside of the [0\-9] range.
.IP \fBdouble\fR 12
Any of the valid forms for a double in Tcl, with optional surrounding
whitespace.  In case of under/overflow in the value, 0 is returned and
the \fIvarname\fR will contain \-1.
.IP \fBentier\fR 12
.VS 8.6
Any of the valid string formats for an integer value of arbitrary size
in Tcl, with optional surrounding whitespace. The formats accepted are
exactly those accepted by the C routine \fBTcl_GetBignumFromObj\fR.
.VE
.IP \fBfalse\fR 12
Any of the forms allowed to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR where the value is
false.
.IP \fBgraph\fR 12
Any Unicode printing character, except space.
.IP \fBinteger\fR 12
Any of the valid string formats for a 32-bit integer value in Tcl,
with optional surrounding whitespace.  In case of under/overflow in
the value, 0 is returned and the \fIvarname\fR will contain \-1.
.IP \fBlist\fR 12
Any proper list structure, with optional surrounding whitespace. In
case of improper list structure, 0 is returned and the \fIvarname\fR
will contain the index of the
.QW element
where the list parsing fails, or \-1 if this cannot be determined.







|
<
<













|







111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118


119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
Any of the forms allowed to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR.
.IP \fBcontrol\fR 12
Any Unicode control character.
.IP \fBdigit\fR 12
Any Unicode digit character.  Note that this includes characters
outside of the [0\-9] range.
.IP \fBdouble\fR 12
Any of the forms allowed to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR.


.IP \fBentier\fR 12
.VS 8.6
Any of the valid string formats for an integer value of arbitrary size
in Tcl, with optional surrounding whitespace. The formats accepted are
exactly those accepted by the C routine \fBTcl_GetBignumFromObj\fR.
.VE
.IP \fBfalse\fR 12
Any of the forms allowed to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR where the value is
false.
.IP \fBgraph\fR 12
Any Unicode printing character, except space.
.IP \fBinteger\fR 12
Any of the valid string formats for a 32-bit integer value in Tcl,
with optional surrounding whitespace.  In case of overflow in
the value, 0 is returned and the \fIvarname\fR will contain \-1.
.IP \fBlist\fR 12
Any proper list structure, with optional surrounding whitespace. In
case of improper list structure, 0 is returned and the \fIvarname\fR
will contain the index of the
.QW element
where the list parsing fails, or \-1 if this cannot be determined.
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
.IP \fBtrue\fR 12
Any of the forms allowed to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR where the value is
true.
.IP \fBupper\fR 12
Any upper case alphabet character in the Unicode character set.
.IP \fBwideinteger\fR 12
Any of the valid forms for a wide integer in Tcl, with optional
surrounding whitespace.  In case of under/overflow in the value, 0 is
returned and the \fIvarname\fR will contain \-1.
.IP \fBwordchar\fR 12
Any Unicode word character.  That is any alphanumeric character, and
any Unicode connector punctuation characters (e.g. underscore).
.IP \fBxdigit\fR 12
Any hexadecimal digit character ([0\-9A\-Fa\-f]).
.PP







|







150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
.IP \fBtrue\fR 12
Any of the forms allowed to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR where the value is
true.
.IP \fBupper\fR 12
Any upper case alphabet character in the Unicode character set.
.IP \fBwideinteger\fR 12
Any of the valid forms for a wide integer in Tcl, with optional
surrounding whitespace.  In case of overflow in the value, 0 is
returned and the \fIvarname\fR will contain \-1.
.IP \fBwordchar\fR 12
Any Unicode word character.  That is any alphanumeric character, and
any Unicode connector punctuation characters (e.g. underscore).
.IP \fBxdigit\fR 12
Any hexadecimal digit character ([0\-9A\-Fa\-f]).
.PP

Changes to doc/tclsh.1.

139
140
141
142
143
144
145









146
147
148
149
The variable \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is used in a similar way when
a newline is typed but the current command is not yet complete;
if \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is not set then no prompt is output for
incomplete commands.
.SH "STANDARD CHANNELS"
.PP
See \fBTcl_StandardChannels\fR for more explanations.









.SH "SEE ALSO"
auto_path(n), encoding(n), env(n), fconfigure(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
application, argument, interpreter, prompt, script file, shell







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
The variable \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is used in a similar way when
a newline is typed but the current command is not yet complete;
if \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is not set then no prompt is output for
incomplete commands.
.SH "STANDARD CHANNELS"
.PP
See \fBTcl_StandardChannels\fR for more explanations.
.SH ZIPVFS
.PP
When a zipfile is concatenated to the end of a \fBtclsh\fR, on
startup the contents of the zip archive will be mounted as the
virtual file system /zvfs. If a top level directory tcl8.6 is
present in the zip archive, it will become the directory loaded
as env(TCL_LIBRARY). If a file named \fBmain.tcl\fR is present
in the top level directory of the zip archive, it will be sourced
instead of the shell's normal command line handing.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
auto_path(n), encoding(n), env(n), fconfigure(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
application, argument, interpreter, prompt, script file, shell

Changes to doc/uplevel.n.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
been passed to \fBconcat\fR; the result is then evaluated in the
variable context indicated by \fIlevel\fR.  \fBUplevel\fR returns
the result of that evaluation.
.PP
If \fIlevel\fR is an integer then
it gives a distance (up the procedure calling stack) to move before
executing the command.  If \fIlevel\fR consists of \fB#\fR followed by
a number then the number gives an absolute level number.  If \fIlevel\fR
is omitted then it defaults to \fB1\fR.  \fILevel\fR cannot be
defaulted if the first \fIcommand\fR argument starts with a digit or \fB#\fR.
.PP
For example, suppose that procedure \fBa\fR was invoked
from top-level, and that it called \fBb\fR, and that \fBb\fR called \fBc\fR.
Suppose that \fBc\fR invokes the \fBuplevel\fR command.  If \fIlevel\fR
is \fB1\fR or \fB#2\fR  or omitted, then the command will be executed
in the variable context of \fBb\fR.  If \fIlevel\fR is \fB2\fR or \fB#1\fR
then the command will be executed in the variable context of \fBa\fR.







|

|







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
been passed to \fBconcat\fR; the result is then evaluated in the
variable context indicated by \fIlevel\fR.  \fBUplevel\fR returns
the result of that evaluation.
.PP
If \fIlevel\fR is an integer then
it gives a distance (up the procedure calling stack) to move before
executing the command.  If \fIlevel\fR consists of \fB#\fR followed by
a integer then the level gives an absolute level.  If \fIlevel\fR
is omitted then it defaults to \fB1\fR.  \fILevel\fR cannot be
defaulted if the first \fIcommand\fR argument is an integer or starts with \fB#\fR.
.PP
For example, suppose that procedure \fBa\fR was invoked
from top-level, and that it called \fBb\fR, and that \fBb\fR called \fBc\fR.
Suppose that \fBc\fR invokes the \fBuplevel\fR command.  If \fIlevel\fR
is \fB1\fR or \fB#2\fR  or omitted, then the command will be executed
in the variable context of \fBb\fR.  If \fIlevel\fR is \fB2\fR or \fB#1\fR
then the command will be executed in the variable context of \fBa\fR.

Added doc/zipfs.3.













































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Jan Nijtmans <[email protected]>
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Christian Werner <[email protected]>
'\" Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Woods <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tclzipfs 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
TclZipfs_AppHook, Tclzipfs_Mount, Tclzipfs_Unmount,  \- handle ZIP files as VFS
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
.sp
int
\fBTclZipfs_AppHook(\fIint *argc, char ***argv\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTclzipfs_Mount\fR(\fIinterp, mntpt, zipname, passwd\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTclzipfs_Unmount\fR(\fIinterp, zipname\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AP "int" *argc in
Number of command line arguments from main()
.AP "char" ***argv in
Pointer to an array of strings containing the command
line arguments to main()
.AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which the zip file system is mounted.  The interpreter's result is
modified to hold the result or error message from the script.
.AP "const char" *zipname in
Name of a zipfile.
.AP "const char" *mntpt in
Name of a mount point.
.AP "const char" *passwd in
An (optional) password.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBTclZipfs_AppHook()\fR is a utility function to perform standard
application initialization procedures. If the current application has
a mountable zip file system, that file system is mounted under \fIZIPROOT\fR\fB/app\fR.
If a file named \fBmain.tcl\fR is located in that file system, it is treated
as the startup script for the process. If the file \fIZIPROOT\fR\fB/app/tcl_library/init.tcl\fR
is present, \fBtcl_library\fR is set to  \fIZIPROOT\fR\fB/app/tcl_library.
.PP
On Windows, \fBTclZipfs_AppHook()\fR has a slightly different signature, it uses
WCHAR in stead of char. As a result, it only works if your application is compiled
using -DUNICODE.
.PP
If the \fBtcl_library\fR was not found in the application, the system will then search for it
as either a VFS attached to the application dynamic library, or as a zip archive named
libtcl_\fIMAJOR\fR_\fIMINOR\fR_\fIpatchLevel\fR.zip either in the present working directory
or in the standard tcl install location.
.PP
\fBTclzipfs_Mount()\fR mount the ZIP archive \fIzipname\fR on the mount
point given in \fImntpt\fR using the optional ZIP password \fIpasswd\fR.
Errors during that process are reported in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR.
If \fImountpoint\fR is a NULL pointer, information on all currently mounted
ZIP file systems is written into \fIinterp\fR's result as a sequence of
mount points and ZIP file names.
.PP
\fBTclzipfs_Unmount()\fR undoes the effect of \fBTclzipfs_Mount()\fR,
i.e. it unmounts the mounted ZIP file system at \fImountpoint\fR. Errors are
reported in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR.
.SH KEYWORDS
compress, filesystem, zip

Added doc/zipfs.n.



























































































































































































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Jan Nijtmans <[email protected]>
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Christian Werner <[email protected]>
'\" Copyright (c) 2015 Sean Woods <[email protected]>
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH zipfs n 1.0 Zipfs "zipfs Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
zipfs \- Mount and work with ZIP files within Tcl
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require zipfs \fR?\fB1.0\fR?
.sp
\fBzipfs exists\fR \fIfilename\fR
\fBzipfs find\fR \fIdir\fR
\fBzipfs info\fR \fIfilename\fR
\fBzipfs list\fR \fB?(-glob|-regexp)?\fR \fI?pattern?\fR
\fBzipfs mkimg\fR \fIoutfile\fR \fIindir\fR \fI?strip?\fR \fI?password?\fR \fI?infile?\fR
\fBzipfs mkkey\fR \fIpassword\fR
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR \fIoutfile\fR \fIindir\fR \fI?strip?\fR \fI?password?\fR
\fBzipfs mount\fR \fI?mountpoint?\fR \fI?zipfile?\fR \fI?password?\fR
\fBzipfs root\fR
\fBzipfs unmount\fR \fImountpoint\fR
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBzipfs\fR package provides tcl with the ability to mount
the contents of a zip file as a virtual file system.
.TP
\fBzipfs exists\fR \fIfilename\fR
.
Return 1 if the given filename exists in the mounted zipfs and 0 if it does not.
.TP
\fBzipfs find\fR \fIdir\fR
.
Recursively lists files including and below the directory \fIdir\fR.
The result list consists of relative path names starting from the
given directory. This command is also used by the \fBzipfs mkzip\fR
and \fBzipfs mkimg\fR commands.
.TP
\fBzipfs info\fR \fIfile\fR
.
Return information about the given file in the mounted zipfs.  The information
consists of (1) the name of the ZIP archive file that contains the file,
(2) the size of the file after decompressions, (3) the compressed size of
the file, and (4) the offset of the compressed data in the ZIP archive file.
.RS
.PP
Note: querying the mount point gives the start of zip data offset in (4),
which can be used to truncate the zip info off an executable.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs list\fR \fB?(-glob|-regexp)?\fR \fI?pattern?\fR
.
Return a list of all files in the mounted zipfs.  The order of the names
in the list is arbitrary.
.TP
\fBzipfs mkimg\fR \fIoutfile\fR \fIindir\fR \fI?strip?\fR \fI?password?\fR \fI?infile?\fR
.
Creates an image (potentially a new executable file) similar to
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR. If the \fIinfile\fR parameter is specified,
this file is prepended in front of the ZIP archive, otherwise the file
returned by \fBTcl_NameOfExecutable(3)\fR (i.e. the executable file of
the running process) is used. If the \fIpassword\fR parameter is not empty,
an obfuscated version of that password is placed between the image and ZIP
chunks of the output file and the contents of the ZIP chunk are protected
with that password.
.RS
.PP
Caution: highly experimental, not usable on Android, only partially tested
on Linux and Windows.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs mkkey\fR \fIpassword\fR
.
For the clear text \fIpassword\fR argument an obfuscated string version
is returned with the same format used in the \fBzipfs mkimg\fR command.
.TP
\fBzipfs mkzip\fR \fIoutfile\fR \fIindir\fR \fI?strip?\fR \fI?password?\fR
.
Creates a ZIP archive file named \fIoutfile\fR from the contents of the input
directory \fIindir\fR (contained regular files only) with optional ZIP
password \fIpassword\fR. While processing the files below \fIindir\fR the
optional file name prefix given in \fIstrip\fR is stripped off the beginning
of the respective file name.
.RS
.PP
Caution: the choice of the \fIindir\fR parameter
(less the optional stripped prefix) determines the later root name of the
archive's content.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs mount ?\fImountpoint\fR? ?\fIzipfile\fR? ?\fIpassword\fR?
.
The \fBzipfs mount\fR command mounts a ZIP archive file as a VFS.
After this command executes, files contained in \fIzipfile\fR
will appear to Tcl to be regular files at the mount point.
.RS
.PP
With no \fIzipfile\fR, returns the zipfile mounted at \fImountpoint\fR.
With no \fImountpoint\fR, return all zipfile/mount pairs.
If \fImountpoint\fR is specified as an empty string, mount on file path.
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs root\fR
Returns a constant string which indicates the mount point for zipfs volumes
for the current platform. On Windows, this value is zipfs:/. On Unux, //zipfs:/
.RE
.TP
\fBzipfs unmount \fImountpoint\fR
.
Unmounts a previously mounted ZIP archive mounted to \fImountpoint\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tclsh(1), file(n), zlib(n)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
compress, filesystem, zip
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to generic/regc_locale.c.

133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
 * Unicode: alphabetic characters.
 */

static const crange alphaRangeTable[] = {
    {0x41, 0x5a}, {0x61, 0x7a}, {0xc0, 0xd6}, {0xd8, 0xf6},
    {0xf8, 0x2c1}, {0x2c6, 0x2d1}, {0x2e0, 0x2e4}, {0x370, 0x374},
    {0x37a, 0x37d}, {0x388, 0x38a}, {0x38e, 0x3a1}, {0x3a3, 0x3f5},
    {0x3f7, 0x481}, {0x48a, 0x52f}, {0x531, 0x556}, {0x561, 0x587},
    {0x5d0, 0x5ea}, {0x5f0, 0x5f2}, {0x620, 0x64a}, {0x671, 0x6d3},
    {0x6fa, 0x6fc}, {0x712, 0x72f}, {0x74d, 0x7a5}, {0x7ca, 0x7ea},
    {0x800, 0x815}, {0x840, 0x858}, {0x860, 0x86a}, {0x8a0, 0x8b4},
    {0x8b6, 0x8bd}, {0x904, 0x939}, {0x958, 0x961}, {0x971, 0x980},
    {0x985, 0x98c}, {0x993, 0x9a8}, {0x9aa, 0x9b0}, {0x9b6, 0x9b9},
    {0x9df, 0x9e1}, {0xa05, 0xa0a}, {0xa13, 0xa28}, {0xa2a, 0xa30},
    {0xa59, 0xa5c}, {0xa72, 0xa74}, {0xa85, 0xa8d}, {0xa8f, 0xa91},
    {0xa93, 0xaa8}, {0xaaa, 0xab0}, {0xab5, 0xab9}, {0xb05, 0xb0c},







|
|







133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
 * Unicode: alphabetic characters.
 */

static const crange alphaRangeTable[] = {
    {0x41, 0x5a}, {0x61, 0x7a}, {0xc0, 0xd6}, {0xd8, 0xf6},
    {0xf8, 0x2c1}, {0x2c6, 0x2d1}, {0x2e0, 0x2e4}, {0x370, 0x374},
    {0x37a, 0x37d}, {0x388, 0x38a}, {0x38e, 0x3a1}, {0x3a3, 0x3f5},
    {0x3f7, 0x481}, {0x48a, 0x52f}, {0x531, 0x556}, {0x560, 0x588},
    {0x5d0, 0x5ea}, {0x5ef, 0x5f2}, {0x620, 0x64a}, {0x671, 0x6d3},
    {0x6fa, 0x6fc}, {0x712, 0x72f}, {0x74d, 0x7a5}, {0x7ca, 0x7ea},
    {0x800, 0x815}, {0x840, 0x858}, {0x860, 0x86a}, {0x8a0, 0x8b4},
    {0x8b6, 0x8bd}, {0x904, 0x939}, {0x958, 0x961}, {0x971, 0x980},
    {0x985, 0x98c}, {0x993, 0x9a8}, {0x9aa, 0x9b0}, {0x9b6, 0x9b9},
    {0x9df, 0x9e1}, {0xa05, 0xa0a}, {0xa13, 0xa28}, {0xa2a, 0xa30},
    {0xa59, 0xa5c}, {0xa72, 0xa74}, {0xa85, 0xa8d}, {0xa8f, 0xa91},
    {0xa93, 0xaa8}, {0xaaa, 0xab0}, {0xab5, 0xab9}, {0xb05, 0xb0c},
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205

206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218

219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227

228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
    {0x124a, 0x124d}, {0x1250, 0x1256}, {0x125a, 0x125d}, {0x1260, 0x1288},
    {0x128a, 0x128d}, {0x1290, 0x12b0}, {0x12b2, 0x12b5}, {0x12b8, 0x12be},
    {0x12c2, 0x12c5}, {0x12c8, 0x12d6}, {0x12d8, 0x1310}, {0x1312, 0x1315},
    {0x1318, 0x135a}, {0x1380, 0x138f}, {0x13a0, 0x13f5}, {0x13f8, 0x13fd},
    {0x1401, 0x166c}, {0x166f, 0x167f}, {0x1681, 0x169a}, {0x16a0, 0x16ea},
    {0x16f1, 0x16f8}, {0x1700, 0x170c}, {0x170e, 0x1711}, {0x1720, 0x1731},
    {0x1740, 0x1751}, {0x1760, 0x176c}, {0x176e, 0x1770}, {0x1780, 0x17b3},
    {0x1820, 0x1877}, {0x1880, 0x1884}, {0x1887, 0x18a8}, {0x18b0, 0x18f5},
    {0x1900, 0x191e}, {0x1950, 0x196d}, {0x1970, 0x1974}, {0x1980, 0x19ab},
    {0x19b0, 0x19c9}, {0x1a00, 0x1a16}, {0x1a20, 0x1a54}, {0x1b05, 0x1b33},
    {0x1b45, 0x1b4b}, {0x1b83, 0x1ba0}, {0x1bba, 0x1be5}, {0x1c00, 0x1c23},
    {0x1c4d, 0x1c4f}, {0x1c5a, 0x1c7d}, {0x1c80, 0x1c88}, {0x1ce9, 0x1cec},
    {0x1cee, 0x1cf1}, {0x1d00, 0x1dbf}, {0x1e00, 0x1f15}, {0x1f18, 0x1f1d},
    {0x1f20, 0x1f45}, {0x1f48, 0x1f4d}, {0x1f50, 0x1f57}, {0x1f5f, 0x1f7d},
    {0x1f80, 0x1fb4}, {0x1fb6, 0x1fbc}, {0x1fc2, 0x1fc4}, {0x1fc6, 0x1fcc},
    {0x1fd0, 0x1fd3}, {0x1fd6, 0x1fdb}, {0x1fe0, 0x1fec}, {0x1ff2, 0x1ff4},
    {0x1ff6, 0x1ffc}, {0x2090, 0x209c}, {0x210a, 0x2113}, {0x2119, 0x211d},
    {0x212a, 0x212d}, {0x212f, 0x2139}, {0x213c, 0x213f}, {0x2145, 0x2149},
    {0x2c00, 0x2c2e}, {0x2c30, 0x2c5e}, {0x2c60, 0x2ce4}, {0x2ceb, 0x2cee},
    {0x2d00, 0x2d25}, {0x2d30, 0x2d67}, {0x2d80, 0x2d96}, {0x2da0, 0x2da6},
    {0x2da8, 0x2dae}, {0x2db0, 0x2db6}, {0x2db8, 0x2dbe}, {0x2dc0, 0x2dc6},
    {0x2dc8, 0x2dce}, {0x2dd0, 0x2dd6}, {0x2dd8, 0x2dde}, {0x3031, 0x3035},
    {0x3041, 0x3096}, {0x309d, 0x309f}, {0x30a1, 0x30fa}, {0x30fc, 0x30ff},
    {0x3105, 0x312e}, {0x3131, 0x318e}, {0x31a0, 0x31ba}, {0x31f0, 0x31ff},
    {0x3400, 0x4db5}, {0x4e00, 0x9fea}, {0xa000, 0xa48c}, {0xa4d0, 0xa4fd},
    {0xa500, 0xa60c}, {0xa610, 0xa61f}, {0xa640, 0xa66e}, {0xa67f, 0xa69d},
    {0xa6a0, 0xa6e5}, {0xa717, 0xa71f}, {0xa722, 0xa788}, {0xa78b, 0xa7ae},
    {0xa7b0, 0xa7b7}, {0xa7f7, 0xa801}, {0xa803, 0xa805}, {0xa807, 0xa80a},
    {0xa80c, 0xa822}, {0xa840, 0xa873}, {0xa882, 0xa8b3}, {0xa8f2, 0xa8f7},
    {0xa90a, 0xa925}, {0xa930, 0xa946}, {0xa960, 0xa97c}, {0xa984, 0xa9b2},
    {0xa9e0, 0xa9e4}, {0xa9e6, 0xa9ef}, {0xa9fa, 0xa9fe}, {0xaa00, 0xaa28},
    {0xaa40, 0xaa42}, {0xaa44, 0xaa4b}, {0xaa60, 0xaa76}, {0xaa7e, 0xaaaf},
    {0xaab9, 0xaabd}, {0xaadb, 0xaadd}, {0xaae0, 0xaaea}, {0xaaf2, 0xaaf4},
    {0xab01, 0xab06}, {0xab09, 0xab0e}, {0xab11, 0xab16}, {0xab20, 0xab26},
    {0xab28, 0xab2e}, {0xab30, 0xab5a}, {0xab5c, 0xab65}, {0xab70, 0xabe2},
    {0xac00, 0xd7a3}, {0xd7b0, 0xd7c6}, {0xd7cb, 0xd7fb}, {0xdc00, 0xdc3e},
    {0xdc40, 0xdc7e}, {0xdc80, 0xdcbe}, {0xdcc0, 0xdcfe}, {0xdd00, 0xdd3e},
    {0xdd40, 0xdd7e}, {0xdd80, 0xddbe}, {0xddc0, 0xddfe}, {0xde00, 0xde3e},
    {0xde40, 0xde7e}, {0xde80, 0xdebe}, {0xdec0, 0xdefe}, {0xdf00, 0xdf3e},
    {0xdf40, 0xdf7e}, {0xdf80, 0xdfbe}, {0xdfc0, 0xdffe}, {0xf900, 0xfa6d},
    {0xfa70, 0xfad9}, {0xfb00, 0xfb06}, {0xfb13, 0xfb17}, {0xfb1f, 0xfb28},
    {0xfb2a, 0xfb36}, {0xfb38, 0xfb3c}, {0xfb46, 0xfbb1}, {0xfbd3, 0xfd3d},
    {0xfd50, 0xfd8f}, {0xfd92, 0xfdc7}, {0xfdf0, 0xfdfb}, {0xfe70, 0xfe74},
    {0xfe76, 0xfefc}, {0xff21, 0xff3a}, {0xff41, 0xff5a}, {0xff66, 0xffbe},
    {0xffc2, 0xffc7}, {0xffca, 0xffcf}, {0xffd2, 0xffd7}, {0xffda, 0xffdc}

#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,{0x10000, 0x1000b}, {0x1000d, 0x10026}, {0x10028, 0x1003a}, {0x1003f, 0x1004d},
    {0x10050, 0x1005d}, {0x10080, 0x100fa}, {0x10280, 0x1029c}, {0x102a0, 0x102d0},
    {0x10300, 0x1031f}, {0x1032d, 0x10340}, {0x10342, 0x10349}, {0x10350, 0x10375},
    {0x10380, 0x1039d}, {0x103a0, 0x103c3}, {0x103c8, 0x103cf}, {0x10400, 0x1049d},
    {0x104b0, 0x104d3}, {0x104d8, 0x104fb}, {0x10500, 0x10527}, {0x10530, 0x10563},
    {0x10600, 0x10736}, {0x10740, 0x10755}, {0x10760, 0x10767}, {0x10800, 0x10805},
    {0x1080a, 0x10835}, {0x1083f, 0x10855}, {0x10860, 0x10876}, {0x10880, 0x1089e},
    {0x108e0, 0x108f2}, {0x10900, 0x10915}, {0x10920, 0x10939}, {0x10980, 0x109b7},
    {0x10a10, 0x10a13}, {0x10a15, 0x10a17}, {0x10a19, 0x10a33}, {0x10a60, 0x10a7c},
    {0x10a80, 0x10a9c}, {0x10ac0, 0x10ac7}, {0x10ac9, 0x10ae4}, {0x10b00, 0x10b35},
    {0x10b40, 0x10b55}, {0x10b60, 0x10b72}, {0x10b80, 0x10b91}, {0x10c00, 0x10c48},
    {0x10c80, 0x10cb2}, {0x10cc0, 0x10cf2}, {0x11003, 0x11037}, {0x11083, 0x110af},

    {0x110d0, 0x110e8}, {0x11103, 0x11126}, {0x11150, 0x11172}, {0x11183, 0x111b2},
    {0x111c1, 0x111c4}, {0x11200, 0x11211}, {0x11213, 0x1122b}, {0x11280, 0x11286},
    {0x1128a, 0x1128d}, {0x1128f, 0x1129d}, {0x1129f, 0x112a8}, {0x112b0, 0x112de},
    {0x11305, 0x1130c}, {0x11313, 0x11328}, {0x1132a, 0x11330}, {0x11335, 0x11339},
    {0x1135d, 0x11361}, {0x11400, 0x11434}, {0x11447, 0x1144a}, {0x11480, 0x114af},
    {0x11580, 0x115ae}, {0x115d8, 0x115db}, {0x11600, 0x1162f}, {0x11680, 0x116aa},
    {0x11700, 0x11719}, {0x118a0, 0x118df}, {0x11a0b, 0x11a32}, {0x11a5c, 0x11a83},
    {0x11a86, 0x11a89}, {0x11ac0, 0x11af8}, {0x11c00, 0x11c08}, {0x11c0a, 0x11c2e},
    {0x11c72, 0x11c8f}, {0x11d00, 0x11d06}, {0x11d0b, 0x11d30}, {0x12000, 0x12399},

    {0x12480, 0x12543}, {0x13000, 0x1342e}, {0x14400, 0x14646}, {0x16800, 0x16a38},
    {0x16a40, 0x16a5e}, {0x16ad0, 0x16aed}, {0x16b00, 0x16b2f}, {0x16b40, 0x16b43},
    {0x16b63, 0x16b77}, {0x16b7d, 0x16b8f}, {0x16f00, 0x16f44}, {0x16f93, 0x16f9f},
    {0x17000, 0x187ec}, {0x18800, 0x18af2}, {0x1b000, 0x1b11e}, {0x1b170, 0x1b2fb},
    {0x1bc00, 0x1bc6a}, {0x1bc70, 0x1bc7c}, {0x1bc80, 0x1bc88}, {0x1bc90, 0x1bc99},
    {0x1d400, 0x1d454}, {0x1d456, 0x1d49c}, {0x1d4a9, 0x1d4ac}, {0x1d4ae, 0x1d4b9},
    {0x1d4bd, 0x1d4c3}, {0x1d4c5, 0x1d505}, {0x1d507, 0x1d50a}, {0x1d50d, 0x1d514},
    {0x1d516, 0x1d51c}, {0x1d51e, 0x1d539}, {0x1d53b, 0x1d53e}, {0x1d540, 0x1d544},
    {0x1d54a, 0x1d550}, {0x1d552, 0x1d6a5}, {0x1d6a8, 0x1d6c0}, {0x1d6c2, 0x1d6da},
    {0x1d6dc, 0x1d6fa}, {0x1d6fc, 0x1d714}, {0x1d716, 0x1d734}, {0x1d736, 0x1d74e},
    {0x1d750, 0x1d76e}, {0x1d770, 0x1d788}, {0x1d78a, 0x1d7a8}, {0x1d7aa, 0x1d7c2},







|



|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
>
|








|


|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
>
|
|
|
|







161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196




197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
    {0x124a, 0x124d}, {0x1250, 0x1256}, {0x125a, 0x125d}, {0x1260, 0x1288},
    {0x128a, 0x128d}, {0x1290, 0x12b0}, {0x12b2, 0x12b5}, {0x12b8, 0x12be},
    {0x12c2, 0x12c5}, {0x12c8, 0x12d6}, {0x12d8, 0x1310}, {0x1312, 0x1315},
    {0x1318, 0x135a}, {0x1380, 0x138f}, {0x13a0, 0x13f5}, {0x13f8, 0x13fd},
    {0x1401, 0x166c}, {0x166f, 0x167f}, {0x1681, 0x169a}, {0x16a0, 0x16ea},
    {0x16f1, 0x16f8}, {0x1700, 0x170c}, {0x170e, 0x1711}, {0x1720, 0x1731},
    {0x1740, 0x1751}, {0x1760, 0x176c}, {0x176e, 0x1770}, {0x1780, 0x17b3},
    {0x1820, 0x1878}, {0x1880, 0x1884}, {0x1887, 0x18a8}, {0x18b0, 0x18f5},
    {0x1900, 0x191e}, {0x1950, 0x196d}, {0x1970, 0x1974}, {0x1980, 0x19ab},
    {0x19b0, 0x19c9}, {0x1a00, 0x1a16}, {0x1a20, 0x1a54}, {0x1b05, 0x1b33},
    {0x1b45, 0x1b4b}, {0x1b83, 0x1ba0}, {0x1bba, 0x1be5}, {0x1c00, 0x1c23},
    {0x1c4d, 0x1c4f}, {0x1c5a, 0x1c7d}, {0x1c80, 0x1c88}, {0x1c90, 0x1cba},
    {0x1cbd, 0x1cbf}, {0x1ce9, 0x1cec}, {0x1cee, 0x1cf1}, {0x1d00, 0x1dbf},
    {0x1e00, 0x1f15}, {0x1f18, 0x1f1d}, {0x1f20, 0x1f45}, {0x1f48, 0x1f4d},
    {0x1f50, 0x1f57}, {0x1f5f, 0x1f7d}, {0x1f80, 0x1fb4}, {0x1fb6, 0x1fbc},
    {0x1fc2, 0x1fc4}, {0x1fc6, 0x1fcc}, {0x1fd0, 0x1fd3}, {0x1fd6, 0x1fdb},
    {0x1fe0, 0x1fec}, {0x1ff2, 0x1ff4}, {0x1ff6, 0x1ffc}, {0x2090, 0x209c},
    {0x210a, 0x2113}, {0x2119, 0x211d}, {0x212a, 0x212d}, {0x212f, 0x2139},
    {0x213c, 0x213f}, {0x2145, 0x2149}, {0x2c00, 0x2c2e}, {0x2c30, 0x2c5e},
    {0x2c60, 0x2ce4}, {0x2ceb, 0x2cee}, {0x2d00, 0x2d25}, {0x2d30, 0x2d67},
    {0x2d80, 0x2d96}, {0x2da0, 0x2da6}, {0x2da8, 0x2dae}, {0x2db0, 0x2db6},
    {0x2db8, 0x2dbe}, {0x2dc0, 0x2dc6}, {0x2dc8, 0x2dce}, {0x2dd0, 0x2dd6},
    {0x2dd8, 0x2dde}, {0x3031, 0x3035}, {0x3041, 0x3096}, {0x309d, 0x309f},
    {0x30a1, 0x30fa}, {0x30fc, 0x30ff}, {0x3105, 0x312f}, {0x3131, 0x318e},
    {0x31a0, 0x31ba}, {0x31f0, 0x31ff}, {0x3400, 0x4db5}, {0x4e00, 0x9fef},
    {0xa000, 0xa48c}, {0xa4d0, 0xa4fd}, {0xa500, 0xa60c}, {0xa610, 0xa61f},
    {0xa640, 0xa66e}, {0xa67f, 0xa69d}, {0xa6a0, 0xa6e5}, {0xa717, 0xa71f},
    {0xa722, 0xa788}, {0xa78b, 0xa7b9}, {0xa7f7, 0xa801}, {0xa803, 0xa805},
    {0xa807, 0xa80a}, {0xa80c, 0xa822}, {0xa840, 0xa873}, {0xa882, 0xa8b3},
    {0xa8f2, 0xa8f7}, {0xa90a, 0xa925}, {0xa930, 0xa946}, {0xa960, 0xa97c},
    {0xa984, 0xa9b2}, {0xa9e0, 0xa9e4}, {0xa9e6, 0xa9ef}, {0xa9fa, 0xa9fe},
    {0xaa00, 0xaa28}, {0xaa40, 0xaa42}, {0xaa44, 0xaa4b}, {0xaa60, 0xaa76},
    {0xaa7e, 0xaaaf}, {0xaab9, 0xaabd}, {0xaadb, 0xaadd}, {0xaae0, 0xaaea},
    {0xaaf2, 0xaaf4}, {0xab01, 0xab06}, {0xab09, 0xab0e}, {0xab11, 0xab16},
    {0xab20, 0xab26}, {0xab28, 0xab2e}, {0xab30, 0xab5a}, {0xab5c, 0xab65},
    {0xab70, 0xabe2}, {0xac00, 0xd7a3}, {0xd7b0, 0xd7c6}, {0xd7cb, 0xd7fb},




    {0xf900, 0xfa6d}, {0xfa70, 0xfad9}, {0xfb00, 0xfb06}, {0xfb13, 0xfb17},
    {0xfb1f, 0xfb28}, {0xfb2a, 0xfb36}, {0xfb38, 0xfb3c}, {0xfb46, 0xfbb1},
    {0xfbd3, 0xfd3d}, {0xfd50, 0xfd8f}, {0xfd92, 0xfdc7}, {0xfdf0, 0xfdfb},
    {0xfe70, 0xfe74}, {0xfe76, 0xfefc}, {0xff21, 0xff3a}, {0xff41, 0xff5a},
    {0xff66, 0xffbe}, {0xffc2, 0xffc7}, {0xffca, 0xffcf}, {0xffd2, 0xffd7},
    {0xffda, 0xffdc}
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,{0x10000, 0x1000b}, {0x1000d, 0x10026}, {0x10028, 0x1003a}, {0x1003f, 0x1004d},
    {0x10050, 0x1005d}, {0x10080, 0x100fa}, {0x10280, 0x1029c}, {0x102a0, 0x102d0},
    {0x10300, 0x1031f}, {0x1032d, 0x10340}, {0x10342, 0x10349}, {0x10350, 0x10375},
    {0x10380, 0x1039d}, {0x103a0, 0x103c3}, {0x103c8, 0x103cf}, {0x10400, 0x1049d},
    {0x104b0, 0x104d3}, {0x104d8, 0x104fb}, {0x10500, 0x10527}, {0x10530, 0x10563},
    {0x10600, 0x10736}, {0x10740, 0x10755}, {0x10760, 0x10767}, {0x10800, 0x10805},
    {0x1080a, 0x10835}, {0x1083f, 0x10855}, {0x10860, 0x10876}, {0x10880, 0x1089e},
    {0x108e0, 0x108f2}, {0x10900, 0x10915}, {0x10920, 0x10939}, {0x10980, 0x109b7},
    {0x10a10, 0x10a13}, {0x10a15, 0x10a17}, {0x10a19, 0x10a35}, {0x10a60, 0x10a7c},
    {0x10a80, 0x10a9c}, {0x10ac0, 0x10ac7}, {0x10ac9, 0x10ae4}, {0x10b00, 0x10b35},
    {0x10b40, 0x10b55}, {0x10b60, 0x10b72}, {0x10b80, 0x10b91}, {0x10c00, 0x10c48},
    {0x10c80, 0x10cb2}, {0x10cc0, 0x10cf2}, {0x10d00, 0x10d23}, {0x10f00, 0x10f1c},
    {0x10f30, 0x10f45}, {0x11003, 0x11037}, {0x11083, 0x110af}, {0x110d0, 0x110e8},
    {0x11103, 0x11126}, {0x11150, 0x11172}, {0x11183, 0x111b2}, {0x111c1, 0x111c4},
    {0x11200, 0x11211}, {0x11213, 0x1122b}, {0x11280, 0x11286}, {0x1128a, 0x1128d},
    {0x1128f, 0x1129d}, {0x1129f, 0x112a8}, {0x112b0, 0x112de}, {0x11305, 0x1130c},
    {0x11313, 0x11328}, {0x1132a, 0x11330}, {0x11335, 0x11339}, {0x1135d, 0x11361},
    {0x11400, 0x11434}, {0x11447, 0x1144a}, {0x11480, 0x114af}, {0x11580, 0x115ae},
    {0x115d8, 0x115db}, {0x11600, 0x1162f}, {0x11680, 0x116aa}, {0x11700, 0x1171a},
    {0x11800, 0x1182b}, {0x118a0, 0x118df}, {0x11a0b, 0x11a32}, {0x11a5c, 0x11a83},
    {0x11a86, 0x11a89}, {0x11ac0, 0x11af8}, {0x11c00, 0x11c08}, {0x11c0a, 0x11c2e},
    {0x11c72, 0x11c8f}, {0x11d00, 0x11d06}, {0x11d0b, 0x11d30}, {0x11d60, 0x11d65},
    {0x11d6a, 0x11d89}, {0x11ee0, 0x11ef2}, {0x12000, 0x12399}, {0x12480, 0x12543},
    {0x13000, 0x1342e}, {0x14400, 0x14646}, {0x16800, 0x16a38}, {0x16a40, 0x16a5e},
    {0x16ad0, 0x16aed}, {0x16b00, 0x16b2f}, {0x16b40, 0x16b43}, {0x16b63, 0x16b77},
    {0x16b7d, 0x16b8f}, {0x16e40, 0x16e7f}, {0x16f00, 0x16f44}, {0x16f93, 0x16f9f},
    {0x17000, 0x187f1}, {0x18800, 0x18af2}, {0x1b000, 0x1b11e}, {0x1b170, 0x1b2fb},
    {0x1bc00, 0x1bc6a}, {0x1bc70, 0x1bc7c}, {0x1bc80, 0x1bc88}, {0x1bc90, 0x1bc99},
    {0x1d400, 0x1d454}, {0x1d456, 0x1d49c}, {0x1d4a9, 0x1d4ac}, {0x1d4ae, 0x1d4b9},
    {0x1d4bd, 0x1d4c3}, {0x1d4c5, 0x1d505}, {0x1d507, 0x1d50a}, {0x1d50d, 0x1d514},
    {0x1d516, 0x1d51c}, {0x1d51e, 0x1d539}, {0x1d53b, 0x1d53e}, {0x1d540, 0x1d544},
    {0x1d54a, 0x1d550}, {0x1d552, 0x1d6a5}, {0x1d6a8, 0x1d6c0}, {0x1d6c2, 0x1d6da},
    {0x1d6dc, 0x1d6fa}, {0x1d6fc, 0x1d714}, {0x1d716, 0x1d734}, {0x1d736, 0x1d74e},
    {0x1d750, 0x1d76e}, {0x1d770, 0x1d788}, {0x1d78a, 0x1d7a8}, {0x1d7aa, 0x1d7c2},
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268

269
270
271
272
273

274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
    0xcf2, 0xd3d, 0xd4e, 0xdbd, 0xe32, 0xe33, 0xe81, 0xe82, 0xe84,
    0xe87, 0xe88, 0xe8a, 0xe8d, 0xea5, 0xea7, 0xeaa, 0xeab, 0xeb2,
    0xeb3, 0xebd, 0xec6, 0xf00, 0x103f, 0x1061, 0x1065, 0x1066, 0x108e,
    0x10c7, 0x10cd, 0x1258, 0x12c0, 0x17d7, 0x17dc, 0x18aa, 0x1aa7, 0x1bae,
    0x1baf, 0x1cf5, 0x1cf6, 0x1f59, 0x1f5b, 0x1f5d, 0x1fbe, 0x2071, 0x207f,
    0x2102, 0x2107, 0x2115, 0x2124, 0x2126, 0x2128, 0x214e, 0x2183, 0x2184,
    0x2cf2, 0x2cf3, 0x2d27, 0x2d2d, 0x2d6f, 0x2e2f, 0x3005, 0x3006, 0x303b,
    0x303c, 0xa62a, 0xa62b, 0xa8fb, 0xa8fd, 0xa9cf, 0xaa7a, 0xaab1, 0xaab5,
    0xaab6, 0xaac0, 0xaac2, 0xfb1d, 0xfb3e, 0xfb40, 0xfb41, 0xfb43, 0xfb44

#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,0x1003c, 0x1003d, 0x10808, 0x10837, 0x10838, 0x1083c, 0x108f4, 0x108f5, 0x109be,
    0x109bf, 0x10a00, 0x11176, 0x111da, 0x111dc, 0x11288, 0x1130f, 0x11310, 0x11332,
    0x11333, 0x1133d, 0x11350, 0x114c4, 0x114c5, 0x114c7, 0x11644, 0x118ff, 0x11a00,
    0x11a3a, 0x11a50, 0x11c40, 0x11d08, 0x11d09, 0x11d46, 0x16f50, 0x16fe0, 0x16fe1,

    0x1d49e, 0x1d49f, 0x1d4a2, 0x1d4a5, 0x1d4a6, 0x1d4bb, 0x1d546, 0x1ee21, 0x1ee22,
    0x1ee24, 0x1ee27, 0x1ee39, 0x1ee3b, 0x1ee42, 0x1ee47, 0x1ee49, 0x1ee4b, 0x1ee51,
    0x1ee52, 0x1ee54, 0x1ee57, 0x1ee59, 0x1ee5b, 0x1ee5d, 0x1ee5f, 0x1ee61, 0x1ee62,
    0x1ee64, 0x1ee7e
#endif
};

#define NUM_ALPHA_CHAR (sizeof(alphaCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: control characters.
 */

static const crange controlRangeTable[] = {
    {0x0, 0x1f}, {0x7f, 0x9f}, {0x600, 0x605}, {0x200b, 0x200f},
    {0x202a, 0x202e}, {0x2060, 0x2064}, {0x2066, 0x206f}, {0xe000, 0xf8ff},
    {0xfff9, 0xfffb}
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,{0x1bca0, 0x1bca3}, {0x1d173, 0x1d17a}, {0xe0020, 0xe007f}, {0xf0000, 0xffffd},
    {0x100000, 0x10fffd}
#endif
};

#define NUM_CONTROL_RANGE (sizeof(controlRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr controlCharTable[] = {
    0xad, 0x61c, 0x6dd, 0x70f, 0x8e2, 0x180e, 0xfeff
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,0x110bd, 0xe0001
#endif
};

#define NUM_CONTROL_CHAR (sizeof(controlCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: decimal digit characters.
 */

static const crange digitRangeTable[] = {
    {0x30, 0x39}, {0x660, 0x669}, {0x6f0, 0x6f9}, {0x7c0, 0x7c9},
    {0x966, 0x96f}, {0x9e6, 0x9ef}, {0xa66, 0xa6f}, {0xae6, 0xaef},
    {0xb66, 0xb6f}, {0xbe6, 0xbef}, {0xc66, 0xc6f}, {0xce6, 0xcef},
    {0xd66, 0xd6f}, {0xde6, 0xdef}, {0xe50, 0xe59}, {0xed0, 0xed9},
    {0xf20, 0xf29}, {0x1040, 0x1049}, {0x1090, 0x1099}, {0x17e0, 0x17e9},
    {0x1810, 0x1819}, {0x1946, 0x194f}, {0x19d0, 0x19d9}, {0x1a80, 0x1a89},
    {0x1a90, 0x1a99}, {0x1b50, 0x1b59}, {0x1bb0, 0x1bb9}, {0x1c40, 0x1c49},
    {0x1c50, 0x1c59}, {0xa620, 0xa629}, {0xa8d0, 0xa8d9}, {0xa900, 0xa909},
    {0xa9d0, 0xa9d9}, {0xa9f0, 0xa9f9}, {0xaa50, 0xaa59}, {0xabf0, 0xabf9},
    {0xff10, 0xff19}
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,{0x104a0, 0x104a9}, {0x11066, 0x1106f}, {0x110f0, 0x110f9}, {0x11136, 0x1113f},
    {0x111d0, 0x111d9}, {0x112f0, 0x112f9}, {0x11450, 0x11459}, {0x114d0, 0x114d9},
    {0x11650, 0x11659}, {0x116c0, 0x116c9}, {0x11730, 0x11739}, {0x118e0, 0x118e9},
    {0x11c50, 0x11c59}, {0x11d50, 0x11d59}, {0x16a60, 0x16a69}, {0x16b50, 0x16b59},
    {0x1d7ce, 0x1d7ff}, {0x1e950, 0x1e959}
#endif
};

#define NUM_DIGIT_RANGE (sizeof(digitRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

/*
 * no singletons of digit characters.







|
|
>
|

|
|
|
>
|
|
|
<













|









|
|




















|
|
|
|
|
|







259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277

278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
    0xcf2, 0xd3d, 0xd4e, 0xdbd, 0xe32, 0xe33, 0xe81, 0xe82, 0xe84,
    0xe87, 0xe88, 0xe8a, 0xe8d, 0xea5, 0xea7, 0xeaa, 0xeab, 0xeb2,
    0xeb3, 0xebd, 0xec6, 0xf00, 0x103f, 0x1061, 0x1065, 0x1066, 0x108e,
    0x10c7, 0x10cd, 0x1258, 0x12c0, 0x17d7, 0x17dc, 0x18aa, 0x1aa7, 0x1bae,
    0x1baf, 0x1cf5, 0x1cf6, 0x1f59, 0x1f5b, 0x1f5d, 0x1fbe, 0x2071, 0x207f,
    0x2102, 0x2107, 0x2115, 0x2124, 0x2126, 0x2128, 0x214e, 0x2183, 0x2184,
    0x2cf2, 0x2cf3, 0x2d27, 0x2d2d, 0x2d6f, 0x2e2f, 0x3005, 0x3006, 0x303b,
    0x303c, 0xa62a, 0xa62b, 0xa8fb, 0xa8fd, 0xa8fe, 0xa9cf, 0xaa7a, 0xaab1,
    0xaab5, 0xaab6, 0xaac0, 0xaac2, 0xfb1d, 0xfb3e, 0xfb40, 0xfb41, 0xfb43,
    0xfb44
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,0x1003c, 0x1003d, 0x10808, 0x10837, 0x10838, 0x1083c, 0x108f4, 0x108f5, 0x109be,
    0x109bf, 0x10a00, 0x10f27, 0x11144, 0x11176, 0x111da, 0x111dc, 0x11288, 0x1130f,
    0x11310, 0x11332, 0x11333, 0x1133d, 0x11350, 0x114c4, 0x114c5, 0x114c7, 0x11644,
    0x118ff, 0x11a00, 0x11a3a, 0x11a50, 0x11a9d, 0x11c40, 0x11d08, 0x11d09, 0x11d46,
    0x11d67, 0x11d68, 0x11d98, 0x16f50, 0x16fe0, 0x16fe1, 0x1d49e, 0x1d49f, 0x1d4a2,
    0x1d4a5, 0x1d4a6, 0x1d4bb, 0x1d546, 0x1ee21, 0x1ee22, 0x1ee24, 0x1ee27, 0x1ee39,
    0x1ee3b, 0x1ee42, 0x1ee47, 0x1ee49, 0x1ee4b, 0x1ee51, 0x1ee52, 0x1ee54, 0x1ee57,
    0x1ee59, 0x1ee5b, 0x1ee5d, 0x1ee5f, 0x1ee61, 0x1ee62, 0x1ee64, 0x1ee7e

#endif
};

#define NUM_ALPHA_CHAR (sizeof(alphaCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: control characters.
 */

static const crange controlRangeTable[] = {
    {0x0, 0x1f}, {0x7f, 0x9f}, {0x600, 0x605}, {0x200b, 0x200f},
    {0x202a, 0x202e}, {0x2060, 0x2064}, {0x2066, 0x206f}, {0xe000, 0xf8ff},
    {0xfff9, 0xfffb}
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,{0x1bca0, 0x1bca3}, {0x1d173, 0x1d17a}, {0xe0020, 0xe007f}, {0xf0000, 0xffffd},
    {0x100000, 0x10fffd}
#endif
};

#define NUM_CONTROL_RANGE (sizeof(controlRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr controlCharTable[] = {
    0xad, 0x61c, 0x6dd, 0x70f, 0x8e2, 0x180e, 0xfeff
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,0x110bd, 0x110cd, 0xe0001
#endif
};

#define NUM_CONTROL_CHAR (sizeof(controlCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: decimal digit characters.
 */

static const crange digitRangeTable[] = {
    {0x30, 0x39}, {0x660, 0x669}, {0x6f0, 0x6f9}, {0x7c0, 0x7c9},
    {0x966, 0x96f}, {0x9e6, 0x9ef}, {0xa66, 0xa6f}, {0xae6, 0xaef},
    {0xb66, 0xb6f}, {0xbe6, 0xbef}, {0xc66, 0xc6f}, {0xce6, 0xcef},
    {0xd66, 0xd6f}, {0xde6, 0xdef}, {0xe50, 0xe59}, {0xed0, 0xed9},
    {0xf20, 0xf29}, {0x1040, 0x1049}, {0x1090, 0x1099}, {0x17e0, 0x17e9},
    {0x1810, 0x1819}, {0x1946, 0x194f}, {0x19d0, 0x19d9}, {0x1a80, 0x1a89},
    {0x1a90, 0x1a99}, {0x1b50, 0x1b59}, {0x1bb0, 0x1bb9}, {0x1c40, 0x1c49},
    {0x1c50, 0x1c59}, {0xa620, 0xa629}, {0xa8d0, 0xa8d9}, {0xa900, 0xa909},
    {0xa9d0, 0xa9d9}, {0xa9f0, 0xa9f9}, {0xaa50, 0xaa59}, {0xabf0, 0xabf9},
    {0xff10, 0xff19}
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,{0x104a0, 0x104a9}, {0x10d30, 0x10d39}, {0x11066, 0x1106f}, {0x110f0, 0x110f9},
    {0x11136, 0x1113f}, {0x111d0, 0x111d9}, {0x112f0, 0x112f9}, {0x11450, 0x11459},
    {0x114d0, 0x114d9}, {0x11650, 0x11659}, {0x116c0, 0x116c9}, {0x11730, 0x11739},
    {0x118e0, 0x118e9}, {0x11c50, 0x11c59}, {0x11d50, 0x11d59}, {0x11da0, 0x11da9},
    {0x16a60, 0x16a69}, {0x16b50, 0x16b59}, {0x1d7ce, 0x1d7ff}, {0x1e950, 0x1e959}
#endif
};

#define NUM_DIGIT_RANGE (sizeof(digitRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

/*
 * no singletons of digit characters.
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363

364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381

382
383
384
385

386
387
388
389
390
391
392
    {0x55a, 0x55f}, {0x66a, 0x66d}, {0x700, 0x70d}, {0x7f7, 0x7f9},
    {0x830, 0x83e}, {0xf04, 0xf12}, {0xf3a, 0xf3d}, {0xfd0, 0xfd4},
    {0x104a, 0x104f}, {0x1360, 0x1368}, {0x16eb, 0x16ed}, {0x17d4, 0x17d6},
    {0x17d8, 0x17da}, {0x1800, 0x180a}, {0x1aa0, 0x1aa6}, {0x1aa8, 0x1aad},
    {0x1b5a, 0x1b60}, {0x1bfc, 0x1bff}, {0x1c3b, 0x1c3f}, {0x1cc0, 0x1cc7},
    {0x2010, 0x2027}, {0x2030, 0x2043}, {0x2045, 0x2051}, {0x2053, 0x205e},
    {0x2308, 0x230b}, {0x2768, 0x2775}, {0x27e6, 0x27ef}, {0x2983, 0x2998},
    {0x29d8, 0x29db}, {0x2cf9, 0x2cfc}, {0x2e00, 0x2e2e}, {0x2e30, 0x2e49},
    {0x3001, 0x3003}, {0x3008, 0x3011}, {0x3014, 0x301f}, {0xa60d, 0xa60f},
    {0xa6f2, 0xa6f7}, {0xa874, 0xa877}, {0xa8f8, 0xa8fa}, {0xa9c1, 0xa9cd},
    {0xaa5c, 0xaa5f}, {0xfe10, 0xfe19}, {0xfe30, 0xfe52}, {0xfe54, 0xfe61},
    {0xff01, 0xff03}, {0xff05, 0xff0a}, {0xff0c, 0xff0f}, {0xff3b, 0xff3d},
    {0xff5f, 0xff65}
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,{0x10100, 0x10102}, {0x10a50, 0x10a58}, {0x10af0, 0x10af6}, {0x10b39, 0x10b3f},
    {0x10b99, 0x10b9c}, {0x11047, 0x1104d}, {0x110be, 0x110c1}, {0x11140, 0x11143},
    {0x111c5, 0x111c9}, {0x111dd, 0x111df}, {0x11238, 0x1123d}, {0x1144b, 0x1144f},
    {0x115c1, 0x115d7}, {0x11641, 0x11643}, {0x11660, 0x1166c}, {0x1173c, 0x1173e},
    {0x11a3f, 0x11a46}, {0x11a9a, 0x11a9c}, {0x11a9e, 0x11aa2}, {0x11c41, 0x11c45},
    {0x12470, 0x12474}, {0x16b37, 0x16b3b}, {0x1da87, 0x1da8b}

#endif
};

#define NUM_PUNCT_RANGE (sizeof(punctRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr punctCharTable[] = {
    0x3a, 0x3b, 0x3f, 0x40, 0x5f, 0x7b, 0x7d, 0xa1, 0xa7,
    0xab, 0xb6, 0xb7, 0xbb, 0xbf, 0x37e, 0x387, 0x589, 0x58a,
    0x5be, 0x5c0, 0x5c3, 0x5c6, 0x5f3, 0x5f4, 0x609, 0x60a, 0x60c,
    0x60d, 0x61b, 0x61e, 0x61f, 0x6d4, 0x85e, 0x964, 0x965, 0x970,
    0x9fd, 0xaf0, 0xdf4, 0xe4f, 0xe5a, 0xe5b, 0xf14, 0xf85, 0xfd9,
    0xfda, 0x10fb, 0x1400, 0x166d, 0x166e, 0x169b, 0x169c, 0x1735, 0x1736,
    0x1944, 0x1945, 0x1a1e, 0x1a1f, 0x1c7e, 0x1c7f, 0x1cd3, 0x207d, 0x207e,
    0x208d, 0x208e, 0x2329, 0x232a, 0x27c5, 0x27c6, 0x29fc, 0x29fd, 0x2cfe,
    0x2cff, 0x2d70, 0x3030, 0x303d, 0x30a0, 0x30fb, 0xa4fe, 0xa4ff, 0xa673,
    0xa67e, 0xa8ce, 0xa8cf, 0xa8fc, 0xa92e, 0xa92f, 0xa95f, 0xa9de, 0xa9df,
    0xaade, 0xaadf, 0xaaf0, 0xaaf1, 0xabeb, 0xfd3e, 0xfd3f, 0xfe63, 0xfe68,
    0xfe6a, 0xfe6b, 0xff1a, 0xff1b, 0xff1f, 0xff20, 0xff3f, 0xff5b, 0xff5d

#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,0x1039f, 0x103d0, 0x1056f, 0x10857, 0x1091f, 0x1093f, 0x10a7f, 0x110bb, 0x110bc,
    0x11174, 0x11175, 0x111cd, 0x111db, 0x112a9, 0x1145b, 0x1145d, 0x114c6, 0x11c70,
    0x11c71, 0x16a6e, 0x16a6f, 0x16af5, 0x16b44, 0x1bc9f, 0x1e95e, 0x1e95f

#endif
};

#define NUM_PUNCT_CHAR (sizeof(punctCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: white space characters.







|





|

|
|
|
|
|
>










|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|

|
|
>







344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
    {0x55a, 0x55f}, {0x66a, 0x66d}, {0x700, 0x70d}, {0x7f7, 0x7f9},
    {0x830, 0x83e}, {0xf04, 0xf12}, {0xf3a, 0xf3d}, {0xfd0, 0xfd4},
    {0x104a, 0x104f}, {0x1360, 0x1368}, {0x16eb, 0x16ed}, {0x17d4, 0x17d6},
    {0x17d8, 0x17da}, {0x1800, 0x180a}, {0x1aa0, 0x1aa6}, {0x1aa8, 0x1aad},
    {0x1b5a, 0x1b60}, {0x1bfc, 0x1bff}, {0x1c3b, 0x1c3f}, {0x1cc0, 0x1cc7},
    {0x2010, 0x2027}, {0x2030, 0x2043}, {0x2045, 0x2051}, {0x2053, 0x205e},
    {0x2308, 0x230b}, {0x2768, 0x2775}, {0x27e6, 0x27ef}, {0x2983, 0x2998},
    {0x29d8, 0x29db}, {0x2cf9, 0x2cfc}, {0x2e00, 0x2e2e}, {0x2e30, 0x2e4e},
    {0x3001, 0x3003}, {0x3008, 0x3011}, {0x3014, 0x301f}, {0xa60d, 0xa60f},
    {0xa6f2, 0xa6f7}, {0xa874, 0xa877}, {0xa8f8, 0xa8fa}, {0xa9c1, 0xa9cd},
    {0xaa5c, 0xaa5f}, {0xfe10, 0xfe19}, {0xfe30, 0xfe52}, {0xfe54, 0xfe61},
    {0xff01, 0xff03}, {0xff05, 0xff0a}, {0xff0c, 0xff0f}, {0xff3b, 0xff3d},
    {0xff5f, 0xff65}
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,{0x10100, 0x10102}, {0x10a50, 0x10a58}, {0x10af0, 0x10af6}, {0x10b39, 0x10b3f},
    {0x10b99, 0x10b9c}, {0x10f55, 0x10f59}, {0x11047, 0x1104d}, {0x110be, 0x110c1},
    {0x11140, 0x11143}, {0x111c5, 0x111c8}, {0x111dd, 0x111df}, {0x11238, 0x1123d},
    {0x1144b, 0x1144f}, {0x115c1, 0x115d7}, {0x11641, 0x11643}, {0x11660, 0x1166c},
    {0x1173c, 0x1173e}, {0x11a3f, 0x11a46}, {0x11a9a, 0x11a9c}, {0x11a9e, 0x11aa2},
    {0x11c41, 0x11c45}, {0x12470, 0x12474}, {0x16b37, 0x16b3b}, {0x16e97, 0x16e9a},
    {0x1da87, 0x1da8b}
#endif
};

#define NUM_PUNCT_RANGE (sizeof(punctRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr punctCharTable[] = {
    0x3a, 0x3b, 0x3f, 0x40, 0x5f, 0x7b, 0x7d, 0xa1, 0xa7,
    0xab, 0xb6, 0xb7, 0xbb, 0xbf, 0x37e, 0x387, 0x589, 0x58a,
    0x5be, 0x5c0, 0x5c3, 0x5c6, 0x5f3, 0x5f4, 0x609, 0x60a, 0x60c,
    0x60d, 0x61b, 0x61e, 0x61f, 0x6d4, 0x85e, 0x964, 0x965, 0x970,
    0x9fd, 0xa76, 0xaf0, 0xc84, 0xdf4, 0xe4f, 0xe5a, 0xe5b, 0xf14,
    0xf85, 0xfd9, 0xfda, 0x10fb, 0x1400, 0x166d, 0x166e, 0x169b, 0x169c,
    0x1735, 0x1736, 0x1944, 0x1945, 0x1a1e, 0x1a1f, 0x1c7e, 0x1c7f, 0x1cd3,
    0x207d, 0x207e, 0x208d, 0x208e, 0x2329, 0x232a, 0x27c5, 0x27c6, 0x29fc,
    0x29fd, 0x2cfe, 0x2cff, 0x2d70, 0x3030, 0x303d, 0x30a0, 0x30fb, 0xa4fe,
    0xa4ff, 0xa673, 0xa67e, 0xa8ce, 0xa8cf, 0xa8fc, 0xa92e, 0xa92f, 0xa95f,
    0xa9de, 0xa9df, 0xaade, 0xaadf, 0xaaf0, 0xaaf1, 0xabeb, 0xfd3e, 0xfd3f,
    0xfe63, 0xfe68, 0xfe6a, 0xfe6b, 0xff1a, 0xff1b, 0xff1f, 0xff20, 0xff3f,
    0xff5b, 0xff5d
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,0x1039f, 0x103d0, 0x1056f, 0x10857, 0x1091f, 0x1093f, 0x10a7f, 0x110bb, 0x110bc,
    0x11174, 0x11175, 0x111cd, 0x111db, 0x112a9, 0x1145b, 0x1145d, 0x114c6, 0x1183b,
    0x11c70, 0x11c71, 0x11ef7, 0x11ef8, 0x16a6e, 0x16a6f, 0x16af5, 0x16b44, 0x1bc9f,
    0x1e95e, 0x1e95f
#endif
};

#define NUM_PUNCT_CHAR (sizeof(punctCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: white space characters.
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
 * Unicode: lowercase characters.
 */

static const crange lowerRangeTable[] = {
    {0x61, 0x7a}, {0xdf, 0xf6}, {0xf8, 0xff}, {0x17e, 0x180},
    {0x199, 0x19b}, {0x1bd, 0x1bf}, {0x233, 0x239}, {0x24f, 0x293},
    {0x295, 0x2af}, {0x37b, 0x37d}, {0x3ac, 0x3ce}, {0x3d5, 0x3d7},
    {0x3ef, 0x3f3}, {0x430, 0x45f}, {0x561, 0x587}, {0x13f8, 0x13fd},
    {0x1c80, 0x1c88}, {0x1d00, 0x1d2b}, {0x1d6b, 0x1d77}, {0x1d79, 0x1d9a},
    {0x1e95, 0x1e9d}, {0x1eff, 0x1f07}, {0x1f10, 0x1f15}, {0x1f20, 0x1f27},
    {0x1f30, 0x1f37}, {0x1f40, 0x1f45}, {0x1f50, 0x1f57}, {0x1f60, 0x1f67},
    {0x1f70, 0x1f7d}, {0x1f80, 0x1f87}, {0x1f90, 0x1f97}, {0x1fa0, 0x1fa7},
    {0x1fb0, 0x1fb4}, {0x1fc2, 0x1fc4}, {0x1fd0, 0x1fd3}, {0x1fe0, 0x1fe7},
    {0x1ff2, 0x1ff4}, {0x2146, 0x2149}, {0x2c30, 0x2c5e}, {0x2c76, 0x2c7b},
    {0x2d00, 0x2d25}, {0xa72f, 0xa731}, {0xa771, 0xa778}, {0xa793, 0xa795},
    {0xab30, 0xab5a}, {0xab60, 0xab65}, {0xab70, 0xabbf}, {0xfb00, 0xfb06},
    {0xfb13, 0xfb17}, {0xff41, 0xff5a}
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,{0x10428, 0x1044f}, {0x104d8, 0x104fb}, {0x10cc0, 0x10cf2}, {0x118c0, 0x118df},
    {0x1d41a, 0x1d433}, {0x1d44e, 0x1d454}, {0x1d456, 0x1d467}, {0x1d482, 0x1d49b},
    {0x1d4b6, 0x1d4b9}, {0x1d4bd, 0x1d4c3}, {0x1d4c5, 0x1d4cf}, {0x1d4ea, 0x1d503},
    {0x1d51e, 0x1d537}, {0x1d552, 0x1d56b}, {0x1d586, 0x1d59f}, {0x1d5ba, 0x1d5d3},
    {0x1d5ee, 0x1d607}, {0x1d622, 0x1d63b}, {0x1d656, 0x1d66f}, {0x1d68a, 0x1d6a5},
    {0x1d6c2, 0x1d6da}, {0x1d6dc, 0x1d6e1}, {0x1d6fc, 0x1d714}, {0x1d716, 0x1d71b},
    {0x1d736, 0x1d74e}, {0x1d750, 0x1d755}, {0x1d770, 0x1d788}, {0x1d78a, 0x1d78f},
    {0x1d7aa, 0x1d7c2}, {0x1d7c4, 0x1d7c9}, {0x1e922, 0x1e943}
#endif
};

#define NUM_LOWER_RANGE (sizeof(lowerRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr lowerCharTable[] = {
    0xb5, 0x101, 0x103, 0x105, 0x107, 0x109, 0x10b, 0x10d, 0x10f,







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|







412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
 * Unicode: lowercase characters.
 */

static const crange lowerRangeTable[] = {
    {0x61, 0x7a}, {0xdf, 0xf6}, {0xf8, 0xff}, {0x17e, 0x180},
    {0x199, 0x19b}, {0x1bd, 0x1bf}, {0x233, 0x239}, {0x24f, 0x293},
    {0x295, 0x2af}, {0x37b, 0x37d}, {0x3ac, 0x3ce}, {0x3d5, 0x3d7},
    {0x3ef, 0x3f3}, {0x430, 0x45f}, {0x560, 0x588}, {0x10d0, 0x10fa},
    {0x10fd, 0x10ff}, {0x13f8, 0x13fd}, {0x1c80, 0x1c88}, {0x1d00, 0x1d2b},
    {0x1d6b, 0x1d77}, {0x1d79, 0x1d9a}, {0x1e95, 0x1e9d}, {0x1eff, 0x1f07},
    {0x1f10, 0x1f15}, {0x1f20, 0x1f27}, {0x1f30, 0x1f37}, {0x1f40, 0x1f45},
    {0x1f50, 0x1f57}, {0x1f60, 0x1f67}, {0x1f70, 0x1f7d}, {0x1f80, 0x1f87},
    {0x1f90, 0x1f97}, {0x1fa0, 0x1fa7}, {0x1fb0, 0x1fb4}, {0x1fc2, 0x1fc4},
    {0x1fd0, 0x1fd3}, {0x1fe0, 0x1fe7}, {0x1ff2, 0x1ff4}, {0x2146, 0x2149},
    {0x2c30, 0x2c5e}, {0x2c76, 0x2c7b}, {0x2d00, 0x2d25}, {0xa72f, 0xa731},
    {0xa771, 0xa778}, {0xa793, 0xa795}, {0xab30, 0xab5a}, {0xab60, 0xab65},
    {0xab70, 0xabbf}, {0xfb00, 0xfb06}, {0xfb13, 0xfb17}, {0xff41, 0xff5a}
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,{0x10428, 0x1044f}, {0x104d8, 0x104fb}, {0x10cc0, 0x10cf2}, {0x118c0, 0x118df},
    {0x16e60, 0x16e7f}, {0x1d41a, 0x1d433}, {0x1d44e, 0x1d454}, {0x1d456, 0x1d467},
    {0x1d482, 0x1d49b}, {0x1d4b6, 0x1d4b9}, {0x1d4bd, 0x1d4c3}, {0x1d4c5, 0x1d4cf},
    {0x1d4ea, 0x1d503}, {0x1d51e, 0x1d537}, {0x1d552, 0x1d56b}, {0x1d586, 0x1d59f},
    {0x1d5ba, 0x1d5d3}, {0x1d5ee, 0x1d607}, {0x1d622, 0x1d63b}, {0x1d656, 0x1d66f},
    {0x1d68a, 0x1d6a5}, {0x1d6c2, 0x1d6da}, {0x1d6dc, 0x1d6e1}, {0x1d6fc, 0x1d714},
    {0x1d716, 0x1d71b}, {0x1d736, 0x1d74e}, {0x1d750, 0x1d755}, {0x1d770, 0x1d788},
    {0x1d78a, 0x1d78f}, {0x1d7aa, 0x1d7c2}, {0x1d7c4, 0x1d7c9}, {0x1e922, 0x1e943}
#endif
};

#define NUM_LOWER_RANGE (sizeof(lowerRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr lowerCharTable[] = {
    0xb5, 0x101, 0x103, 0x105, 0x107, 0x109, 0x10b, 0x10d, 0x10f,
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520

521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534

535
536
537
538
539
540
541
    0xa691, 0xa693, 0xa695, 0xa697, 0xa699, 0xa69b, 0xa723, 0xa725, 0xa727,
    0xa729, 0xa72b, 0xa72d, 0xa733, 0xa735, 0xa737, 0xa739, 0xa73b, 0xa73d,
    0xa73f, 0xa741, 0xa743, 0xa745, 0xa747, 0xa749, 0xa74b, 0xa74d, 0xa74f,
    0xa751, 0xa753, 0xa755, 0xa757, 0xa759, 0xa75b, 0xa75d, 0xa75f, 0xa761,
    0xa763, 0xa765, 0xa767, 0xa769, 0xa76b, 0xa76d, 0xa76f, 0xa77a, 0xa77c,
    0xa77f, 0xa781, 0xa783, 0xa785, 0xa787, 0xa78c, 0xa78e, 0xa791, 0xa797,
    0xa799, 0xa79b, 0xa79d, 0xa79f, 0xa7a1, 0xa7a3, 0xa7a5, 0xa7a7, 0xa7a9,
    0xa7b5, 0xa7b7, 0xa7fa
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,0x1d4bb, 0x1d7cb
#endif
};

#define NUM_LOWER_CHAR (sizeof(lowerCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: uppercase characters.
 */

static const crange upperRangeTable[] = {
    {0x41, 0x5a}, {0xc0, 0xd6}, {0xd8, 0xde}, {0x189, 0x18b},
    {0x18e, 0x191}, {0x196, 0x198}, {0x1b1, 0x1b3}, {0x1f6, 0x1f8},
    {0x243, 0x246}, {0x388, 0x38a}, {0x391, 0x3a1}, {0x3a3, 0x3ab},
    {0x3d2, 0x3d4}, {0x3fd, 0x42f}, {0x531, 0x556}, {0x10a0, 0x10c5},

    {0x13a0, 0x13f5}, {0x1f08, 0x1f0f}, {0x1f18, 0x1f1d}, {0x1f28, 0x1f2f},
    {0x1f38, 0x1f3f}, {0x1f48, 0x1f4d}, {0x1f68, 0x1f6f}, {0x1fb8, 0x1fbb},
    {0x1fc8, 0x1fcb}, {0x1fd8, 0x1fdb}, {0x1fe8, 0x1fec}, {0x1ff8, 0x1ffb},
    {0x210b, 0x210d}, {0x2110, 0x2112}, {0x2119, 0x211d}, {0x212a, 0x212d},
    {0x2130, 0x2133}, {0x2c00, 0x2c2e}, {0x2c62, 0x2c64}, {0x2c6d, 0x2c70},
    {0x2c7e, 0x2c80}, {0xa7aa, 0xa7ae}, {0xa7b0, 0xa7b4}, {0xff21, 0xff3a}
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,{0x10400, 0x10427}, {0x104b0, 0x104d3}, {0x10c80, 0x10cb2}, {0x118a0, 0x118bf},
    {0x1d400, 0x1d419}, {0x1d434, 0x1d44d}, {0x1d468, 0x1d481}, {0x1d4a9, 0x1d4ac},
    {0x1d4ae, 0x1d4b5}, {0x1d4d0, 0x1d4e9}, {0x1d507, 0x1d50a}, {0x1d50d, 0x1d514},
    {0x1d516, 0x1d51c}, {0x1d53b, 0x1d53e}, {0x1d540, 0x1d544}, {0x1d54a, 0x1d550},
    {0x1d56c, 0x1d585}, {0x1d5a0, 0x1d5b9}, {0x1d5d4, 0x1d5ed}, {0x1d608, 0x1d621},
    {0x1d63c, 0x1d655}, {0x1d670, 0x1d689}, {0x1d6a8, 0x1d6c0}, {0x1d6e2, 0x1d6fa},
    {0x1d71c, 0x1d734}, {0x1d756, 0x1d76e}, {0x1d790, 0x1d7a8}, {0x1e900, 0x1e921}

#endif
};

#define NUM_UPPER_RANGE (sizeof(upperRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr upperCharTable[] = {
    0x100, 0x102, 0x104, 0x106, 0x108, 0x10a, 0x10c, 0x10e, 0x110,







|
|















>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
>







500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
    0xa691, 0xa693, 0xa695, 0xa697, 0xa699, 0xa69b, 0xa723, 0xa725, 0xa727,
    0xa729, 0xa72b, 0xa72d, 0xa733, 0xa735, 0xa737, 0xa739, 0xa73b, 0xa73d,
    0xa73f, 0xa741, 0xa743, 0xa745, 0xa747, 0xa749, 0xa74b, 0xa74d, 0xa74f,
    0xa751, 0xa753, 0xa755, 0xa757, 0xa759, 0xa75b, 0xa75d, 0xa75f, 0xa761,
    0xa763, 0xa765, 0xa767, 0xa769, 0xa76b, 0xa76d, 0xa76f, 0xa77a, 0xa77c,
    0xa77f, 0xa781, 0xa783, 0xa785, 0xa787, 0xa78c, 0xa78e, 0xa791, 0xa797,
    0xa799, 0xa79b, 0xa79d, 0xa79f, 0xa7a1, 0xa7a3, 0xa7a5, 0xa7a7, 0xa7a9,
    0xa7af, 0xa7b5, 0xa7b7, 0xa7b9, 0xa7fa
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,0x1d4bb, 0x1d7cb
#endif
};

#define NUM_LOWER_CHAR (sizeof(lowerCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: uppercase characters.
 */

static const crange upperRangeTable[] = {
    {0x41, 0x5a}, {0xc0, 0xd6}, {0xd8, 0xde}, {0x189, 0x18b},
    {0x18e, 0x191}, {0x196, 0x198}, {0x1b1, 0x1b3}, {0x1f6, 0x1f8},
    {0x243, 0x246}, {0x388, 0x38a}, {0x391, 0x3a1}, {0x3a3, 0x3ab},
    {0x3d2, 0x3d4}, {0x3fd, 0x42f}, {0x531, 0x556}, {0x10a0, 0x10c5},
    {0x13a0, 0x13f5}, {0x1c90, 0x1cba}, {0x1cbd, 0x1cbf}, {0x1f08, 0x1f0f},
    {0x1f18, 0x1f1d}, {0x1f28, 0x1f2f}, {0x1f38, 0x1f3f}, {0x1f48, 0x1f4d},
    {0x1f68, 0x1f6f}, {0x1fb8, 0x1fbb}, {0x1fc8, 0x1fcb}, {0x1fd8, 0x1fdb},
    {0x1fe8, 0x1fec}, {0x1ff8, 0x1ffb}, {0x210b, 0x210d}, {0x2110, 0x2112},
    {0x2119, 0x211d}, {0x212a, 0x212d}, {0x2130, 0x2133}, {0x2c00, 0x2c2e},
    {0x2c62, 0x2c64}, {0x2c6d, 0x2c70}, {0x2c7e, 0x2c80}, {0xa7aa, 0xa7ae},
    {0xa7b0, 0xa7b4}, {0xff21, 0xff3a}
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,{0x10400, 0x10427}, {0x104b0, 0x104d3}, {0x10c80, 0x10cb2}, {0x118a0, 0x118bf},
    {0x16e40, 0x16e5f}, {0x1d400, 0x1d419}, {0x1d434, 0x1d44d}, {0x1d468, 0x1d481},
    {0x1d4a9, 0x1d4ac}, {0x1d4ae, 0x1d4b5}, {0x1d4d0, 0x1d4e9}, {0x1d507, 0x1d50a},
    {0x1d50d, 0x1d514}, {0x1d516, 0x1d51c}, {0x1d53b, 0x1d53e}, {0x1d540, 0x1d544},
    {0x1d54a, 0x1d550}, {0x1d56c, 0x1d585}, {0x1d5a0, 0x1d5b9}, {0x1d5d4, 0x1d5ed},
    {0x1d608, 0x1d621}, {0x1d63c, 0x1d655}, {0x1d670, 0x1d689}, {0x1d6a8, 0x1d6c0},
    {0x1d6e2, 0x1d6fa}, {0x1d71c, 0x1d734}, {0x1d756, 0x1d76e}, {0x1d790, 0x1d7a8},
    {0x1e900, 0x1e921}
#endif
};

#define NUM_UPPER_RANGE (sizeof(upperRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr upperCharTable[] = {
    0x100, 0x102, 0x104, 0x106, 0x108, 0x10a, 0x10c, 0x10e, 0x110,
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603

604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712

713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727

728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742

743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755

756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776

777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
    0xa686, 0xa688, 0xa68a, 0xa68c, 0xa68e, 0xa690, 0xa692, 0xa694, 0xa696,
    0xa698, 0xa69a, 0xa722, 0xa724, 0xa726, 0xa728, 0xa72a, 0xa72c, 0xa72e,
    0xa732, 0xa734, 0xa736, 0xa738, 0xa73a, 0xa73c, 0xa73e, 0xa740, 0xa742,
    0xa744, 0xa746, 0xa748, 0xa74a, 0xa74c, 0xa74e, 0xa750, 0xa752, 0xa754,
    0xa756, 0xa758, 0xa75a, 0xa75c, 0xa75e, 0xa760, 0xa762, 0xa764, 0xa766,
    0xa768, 0xa76a, 0xa76c, 0xa76e, 0xa779, 0xa77b, 0xa77d, 0xa77e, 0xa780,
    0xa782, 0xa784, 0xa786, 0xa78b, 0xa78d, 0xa790, 0xa792, 0xa796, 0xa798,
    0xa79a, 0xa79c, 0xa79e, 0xa7a0, 0xa7a2, 0xa7a4, 0xa7a6, 0xa7a8, 0xa7b6

#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,0x1d49c, 0x1d49e, 0x1d49f, 0x1d4a2, 0x1d4a5, 0x1d4a6, 0x1d504, 0x1d505, 0x1d538,
    0x1d539, 0x1d546, 0x1d7ca
#endif
};

#define NUM_UPPER_CHAR (sizeof(upperCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: unicode print characters excluding space.
 */

static const crange graphRangeTable[] = {
    {0x21, 0x7e}, {0xa1, 0xac}, {0xae, 0x377}, {0x37a, 0x37f},
    {0x384, 0x38a}, {0x38e, 0x3a1}, {0x3a3, 0x52f}, {0x531, 0x556},
    {0x559, 0x55f}, {0x561, 0x587}, {0x58d, 0x58f}, {0x591, 0x5c7},
    {0x5d0, 0x5ea}, {0x5f0, 0x5f4}, {0x606, 0x61b}, {0x61e, 0x6dc},
    {0x6de, 0x70d}, {0x710, 0x74a}, {0x74d, 0x7b1}, {0x7c0, 0x7fa},
    {0x800, 0x82d}, {0x830, 0x83e}, {0x840, 0x85b}, {0x860, 0x86a},
    {0x8a0, 0x8b4}, {0x8b6, 0x8bd}, {0x8d4, 0x8e1}, {0x8e3, 0x983},
    {0x985, 0x98c}, {0x993, 0x9a8}, {0x9aa, 0x9b0}, {0x9b6, 0x9b9},
    {0x9bc, 0x9c4}, {0x9cb, 0x9ce}, {0x9df, 0x9e3}, {0x9e6, 0x9fd},
    {0xa01, 0xa03}, {0xa05, 0xa0a}, {0xa13, 0xa28}, {0xa2a, 0xa30},
    {0xa3e, 0xa42}, {0xa4b, 0xa4d}, {0xa59, 0xa5c}, {0xa66, 0xa75},
    {0xa81, 0xa83}, {0xa85, 0xa8d}, {0xa8f, 0xa91}, {0xa93, 0xaa8},
    {0xaaa, 0xab0}, {0xab5, 0xab9}, {0xabc, 0xac5}, {0xac7, 0xac9},
    {0xacb, 0xacd}, {0xae0, 0xae3}, {0xae6, 0xaf1}, {0xaf9, 0xaff},
    {0xb01, 0xb03}, {0xb05, 0xb0c}, {0xb13, 0xb28}, {0xb2a, 0xb30},
    {0xb35, 0xb39}, {0xb3c, 0xb44}, {0xb4b, 0xb4d}, {0xb5f, 0xb63},
    {0xb66, 0xb77}, {0xb85, 0xb8a}, {0xb8e, 0xb90}, {0xb92, 0xb95},
    {0xba8, 0xbaa}, {0xbae, 0xbb9}, {0xbbe, 0xbc2}, {0xbc6, 0xbc8},
    {0xbca, 0xbcd}, {0xbe6, 0xbfa}, {0xc00, 0xc03}, {0xc05, 0xc0c},
    {0xc0e, 0xc10}, {0xc12, 0xc28}, {0xc2a, 0xc39}, {0xc3d, 0xc44},
    {0xc46, 0xc48}, {0xc4a, 0xc4d}, {0xc58, 0xc5a}, {0xc60, 0xc63},
    {0xc66, 0xc6f}, {0xc78, 0xc83}, {0xc85, 0xc8c}, {0xc8e, 0xc90},
    {0xc92, 0xca8}, {0xcaa, 0xcb3}, {0xcb5, 0xcb9}, {0xcbc, 0xcc4},
    {0xcc6, 0xcc8}, {0xcca, 0xccd}, {0xce0, 0xce3}, {0xce6, 0xcef},
    {0xd00, 0xd03}, {0xd05, 0xd0c}, {0xd0e, 0xd10}, {0xd12, 0xd44},
    {0xd46, 0xd48}, {0xd4a, 0xd4f}, {0xd54, 0xd63}, {0xd66, 0xd7f},
    {0xd85, 0xd96}, {0xd9a, 0xdb1}, {0xdb3, 0xdbb}, {0xdc0, 0xdc6},
    {0xdcf, 0xdd4}, {0xdd8, 0xddf}, {0xde6, 0xdef}, {0xdf2, 0xdf4},
    {0xe01, 0xe3a}, {0xe3f, 0xe5b}, {0xe94, 0xe97}, {0xe99, 0xe9f},
    {0xea1, 0xea3}, {0xead, 0xeb9}, {0xebb, 0xebd}, {0xec0, 0xec4},
    {0xec8, 0xecd}, {0xed0, 0xed9}, {0xedc, 0xedf}, {0xf00, 0xf47},
    {0xf49, 0xf6c}, {0xf71, 0xf97}, {0xf99, 0xfbc}, {0xfbe, 0xfcc},
    {0xfce, 0xfda}, {0x1000, 0x10c5}, {0x10d0, 0x1248}, {0x124a, 0x124d},
    {0x1250, 0x1256}, {0x125a, 0x125d}, {0x1260, 0x1288}, {0x128a, 0x128d},
    {0x1290, 0x12b0}, {0x12b2, 0x12b5}, {0x12b8, 0x12be}, {0x12c2, 0x12c5},
    {0x12c8, 0x12d6}, {0x12d8, 0x1310}, {0x1312, 0x1315}, {0x1318, 0x135a},
    {0x135d, 0x137c}, {0x1380, 0x1399}, {0x13a0, 0x13f5}, {0x13f8, 0x13fd},
    {0x1400, 0x167f}, {0x1681, 0x169c}, {0x16a0, 0x16f8}, {0x1700, 0x170c},
    {0x170e, 0x1714}, {0x1720, 0x1736}, {0x1740, 0x1753}, {0x1760, 0x176c},
    {0x176e, 0x1770}, {0x1780, 0x17dd}, {0x17e0, 0x17e9}, {0x17f0, 0x17f9},
    {0x1800, 0x180d}, {0x1810, 0x1819}, {0x1820, 0x1877}, {0x1880, 0x18aa},
    {0x18b0, 0x18f5}, {0x1900, 0x191e}, {0x1920, 0x192b}, {0x1930, 0x193b},
    {0x1944, 0x196d}, {0x1970, 0x1974}, {0x1980, 0x19ab}, {0x19b0, 0x19c9},
    {0x19d0, 0x19da}, {0x19de, 0x1a1b}, {0x1a1e, 0x1a5e}, {0x1a60, 0x1a7c},
    {0x1a7f, 0x1a89}, {0x1a90, 0x1a99}, {0x1aa0, 0x1aad}, {0x1ab0, 0x1abe},
    {0x1b00, 0x1b4b}, {0x1b50, 0x1b7c}, {0x1b80, 0x1bf3}, {0x1bfc, 0x1c37},
    {0x1c3b, 0x1c49}, {0x1c4d, 0x1c88}, {0x1cc0, 0x1cc7}, {0x1cd0, 0x1cf9},
    {0x1d00, 0x1df9}, {0x1dfb, 0x1f15}, {0x1f18, 0x1f1d}, {0x1f20, 0x1f45},
    {0x1f48, 0x1f4d}, {0x1f50, 0x1f57}, {0x1f5f, 0x1f7d}, {0x1f80, 0x1fb4},
    {0x1fb6, 0x1fc4}, {0x1fc6, 0x1fd3}, {0x1fd6, 0x1fdb}, {0x1fdd, 0x1fef},
    {0x1ff2, 0x1ff4}, {0x1ff6, 0x1ffe}, {0x2010, 0x2027}, {0x2030, 0x205e},
    {0x2074, 0x208e}, {0x2090, 0x209c}, {0x20a0, 0x20bf}, {0x20d0, 0x20f0},
    {0x2100, 0x218b}, {0x2190, 0x2426}, {0x2440, 0x244a}, {0x2460, 0x2b73},
    {0x2b76, 0x2b95}, {0x2b98, 0x2bb9}, {0x2bbd, 0x2bc8}, {0x2bca, 0x2bd2},
    {0x2bec, 0x2bef}, {0x2c00, 0x2c2e}, {0x2c30, 0x2c5e}, {0x2c60, 0x2cf3},
    {0x2cf9, 0x2d25}, {0x2d30, 0x2d67}, {0x2d7f, 0x2d96}, {0x2da0, 0x2da6},
    {0x2da8, 0x2dae}, {0x2db0, 0x2db6}, {0x2db8, 0x2dbe}, {0x2dc0, 0x2dc6},
    {0x2dc8, 0x2dce}, {0x2dd0, 0x2dd6}, {0x2dd8, 0x2dde}, {0x2de0, 0x2e49},
    {0x2e80, 0x2e99}, {0x2e9b, 0x2ef3}, {0x2f00, 0x2fd5}, {0x2ff0, 0x2ffb},
    {0x3001, 0x303f}, {0x3041, 0x3096}, {0x3099, 0x30ff}, {0x3105, 0x312e},
    {0x3131, 0x318e}, {0x3190, 0x31ba}, {0x31c0, 0x31e3}, {0x31f0, 0x321e},
    {0x3220, 0x32fe}, {0x3300, 0x4db5}, {0x4dc0, 0x9fea}, {0xa000, 0xa48c},
    {0xa490, 0xa4c6}, {0xa4d0, 0xa62b}, {0xa640, 0xa6f7}, {0xa700, 0xa7ae},
    {0xa7b0, 0xa7b7}, {0xa7f7, 0xa82b}, {0xa830, 0xa839}, {0xa840, 0xa877},
    {0xa880, 0xa8c5}, {0xa8ce, 0xa8d9}, {0xa8e0, 0xa8fd}, {0xa900, 0xa953},
    {0xa95f, 0xa97c}, {0xa980, 0xa9cd}, {0xa9cf, 0xa9d9}, {0xa9de, 0xa9fe},
    {0xaa00, 0xaa36}, {0xaa40, 0xaa4d}, {0xaa50, 0xaa59}, {0xaa5c, 0xaac2},
    {0xaadb, 0xaaf6}, {0xab01, 0xab06}, {0xab09, 0xab0e}, {0xab11, 0xab16},
    {0xab20, 0xab26}, {0xab28, 0xab2e}, {0xab30, 0xab65}, {0xab70, 0xabed},
    {0xabf0, 0xabf9}, {0xac00, 0xd7a3}, {0xd7b0, 0xd7c6}, {0xd7cb, 0xd7fb},
    {0xdc00, 0xdc3e}, {0xdc40, 0xdc7e}, {0xdc80, 0xdcbe}, {0xdcc0, 0xdcfe},
    {0xdd00, 0xdd3e}, {0xdd40, 0xdd7e}, {0xdd80, 0xddbe}, {0xddc0, 0xddfe},
    {0xde00, 0xde3e}, {0xde40, 0xde7e}, {0xde80, 0xdebe}, {0xdec0, 0xdefe},
    {0xdf00, 0xdf3e}, {0xdf40, 0xdf7e}, {0xdf80, 0xdfbe}, {0xdfc0, 0xdffe},
    {0xf900, 0xfa6d}, {0xfa70, 0xfad9}, {0xfb00, 0xfb06}, {0xfb13, 0xfb17},
    {0xfb1d, 0xfb36}, {0xfb38, 0xfb3c}, {0xfb46, 0xfbc1}, {0xfbd3, 0xfd3f},
    {0xfd50, 0xfd8f}, {0xfd92, 0xfdc7}, {0xfdf0, 0xfdfd}, {0xfe00, 0xfe19},
    {0xfe20, 0xfe52}, {0xfe54, 0xfe66}, {0xfe68, 0xfe6b}, {0xfe70, 0xfe74},
    {0xfe76, 0xfefc}, {0xff01, 0xffbe}, {0xffc2, 0xffc7}, {0xffca, 0xffcf},
    {0xffd2, 0xffd7}, {0xffda, 0xffdc}, {0xffe0, 0xffe6}, {0xffe8, 0xffee}
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,{0x10000, 0x1000b}, {0x1000d, 0x10026}, {0x10028, 0x1003a}, {0x1003f, 0x1004d},
    {0x10050, 0x1005d}, {0x10080, 0x100fa}, {0x10100, 0x10102}, {0x10107, 0x10133},
    {0x10137, 0x1018e}, {0x10190, 0x1019b}, {0x101d0, 0x101fd}, {0x10280, 0x1029c},
    {0x102a0, 0x102d0}, {0x102e0, 0x102fb}, {0x10300, 0x10323}, {0x1032d, 0x1034a},
    {0x10350, 0x1037a}, {0x10380, 0x1039d}, {0x1039f, 0x103c3}, {0x103c8, 0x103d5},
    {0x10400, 0x1049d}, {0x104a0, 0x104a9}, {0x104b0, 0x104d3}, {0x104d8, 0x104fb},
    {0x10500, 0x10527}, {0x10530, 0x10563}, {0x10600, 0x10736}, {0x10740, 0x10755},
    {0x10760, 0x10767}, {0x10800, 0x10805}, {0x1080a, 0x10835}, {0x1083f, 0x10855},
    {0x10857, 0x1089e}, {0x108a7, 0x108af}, {0x108e0, 0x108f2}, {0x108fb, 0x1091b},
    {0x1091f, 0x10939}, {0x10980, 0x109b7}, {0x109bc, 0x109cf}, {0x109d2, 0x10a03},
    {0x10a0c, 0x10a13}, {0x10a15, 0x10a17}, {0x10a19, 0x10a33}, {0x10a38, 0x10a3a},
    {0x10a3f, 0x10a47}, {0x10a50, 0x10a58}, {0x10a60, 0x10a9f}, {0x10ac0, 0x10ae6},
    {0x10aeb, 0x10af6}, {0x10b00, 0x10b35}, {0x10b39, 0x10b55}, {0x10b58, 0x10b72},
    {0x10b78, 0x10b91}, {0x10b99, 0x10b9c}, {0x10ba9, 0x10baf}, {0x10c00, 0x10c48},
    {0x10c80, 0x10cb2}, {0x10cc0, 0x10cf2}, {0x10cfa, 0x10cff}, {0x10e60, 0x10e7e},

    {0x11000, 0x1104d}, {0x11052, 0x1106f}, {0x1107f, 0x110bc}, {0x110be, 0x110c1},
    {0x110d0, 0x110e8}, {0x110f0, 0x110f9}, {0x11100, 0x11134}, {0x11136, 0x11143},
    {0x11150, 0x11176}, {0x11180, 0x111cd}, {0x111d0, 0x111df}, {0x111e1, 0x111f4},
    {0x11200, 0x11211}, {0x11213, 0x1123e}, {0x11280, 0x11286}, {0x1128a, 0x1128d},
    {0x1128f, 0x1129d}, {0x1129f, 0x112a9}, {0x112b0, 0x112ea}, {0x112f0, 0x112f9},
    {0x11300, 0x11303}, {0x11305, 0x1130c}, {0x11313, 0x11328}, {0x1132a, 0x11330},
    {0x11335, 0x11339}, {0x1133c, 0x11344}, {0x1134b, 0x1134d}, {0x1135d, 0x11363},
    {0x11366, 0x1136c}, {0x11370, 0x11374}, {0x11400, 0x11459}, {0x11480, 0x114c7},
    {0x114d0, 0x114d9}, {0x11580, 0x115b5}, {0x115b8, 0x115dd}, {0x11600, 0x11644},
    {0x11650, 0x11659}, {0x11660, 0x1166c}, {0x11680, 0x116b7}, {0x116c0, 0x116c9},
    {0x11700, 0x11719}, {0x1171d, 0x1172b}, {0x11730, 0x1173f}, {0x118a0, 0x118f2},
    {0x11a00, 0x11a47}, {0x11a50, 0x11a83}, {0x11a86, 0x11a9c}, {0x11a9e, 0x11aa2},
    {0x11ac0, 0x11af8}, {0x11c00, 0x11c08}, {0x11c0a, 0x11c36}, {0x11c38, 0x11c45},
    {0x11c50, 0x11c6c}, {0x11c70, 0x11c8f}, {0x11c92, 0x11ca7}, {0x11ca9, 0x11cb6},
    {0x11d00, 0x11d06}, {0x11d0b, 0x11d36}, {0x11d3f, 0x11d47}, {0x11d50, 0x11d59},

    {0x12000, 0x12399}, {0x12400, 0x1246e}, {0x12470, 0x12474}, {0x12480, 0x12543},
    {0x13000, 0x1342e}, {0x14400, 0x14646}, {0x16800, 0x16a38}, {0x16a40, 0x16a5e},
    {0x16a60, 0x16a69}, {0x16ad0, 0x16aed}, {0x16af0, 0x16af5}, {0x16b00, 0x16b45},
    {0x16b50, 0x16b59}, {0x16b5b, 0x16b61}, {0x16b63, 0x16b77}, {0x16b7d, 0x16b8f},
    {0x16f00, 0x16f44}, {0x16f50, 0x16f7e}, {0x16f8f, 0x16f9f}, {0x17000, 0x187ec},
    {0x18800, 0x18af2}, {0x1b000, 0x1b11e}, {0x1b170, 0x1b2fb}, {0x1bc00, 0x1bc6a},
    {0x1bc70, 0x1bc7c}, {0x1bc80, 0x1bc88}, {0x1bc90, 0x1bc99}, {0x1bc9c, 0x1bc9f},
    {0x1d000, 0x1d0f5}, {0x1d100, 0x1d126}, {0x1d129, 0x1d172}, {0x1d17b, 0x1d1e8},
    {0x1d200, 0x1d245}, {0x1d300, 0x1d356}, {0x1d360, 0x1d371}, {0x1d400, 0x1d454},
    {0x1d456, 0x1d49c}, {0x1d4a9, 0x1d4ac}, {0x1d4ae, 0x1d4b9}, {0x1d4bd, 0x1d4c3},
    {0x1d4c5, 0x1d505}, {0x1d507, 0x1d50a}, {0x1d50d, 0x1d514}, {0x1d516, 0x1d51c},
    {0x1d51e, 0x1d539}, {0x1d53b, 0x1d53e}, {0x1d540, 0x1d544}, {0x1d54a, 0x1d550},
    {0x1d552, 0x1d6a5}, {0x1d6a8, 0x1d7cb}, {0x1d7ce, 0x1da8b}, {0x1da9b, 0x1da9f},
    {0x1daa1, 0x1daaf}, {0x1e000, 0x1e006}, {0x1e008, 0x1e018}, {0x1e01b, 0x1e021},
    {0x1e026, 0x1e02a}, {0x1e800, 0x1e8c4}, {0x1e8c7, 0x1e8d6}, {0x1e900, 0x1e94a},

    {0x1e950, 0x1e959}, {0x1ee00, 0x1ee03}, {0x1ee05, 0x1ee1f}, {0x1ee29, 0x1ee32},
    {0x1ee34, 0x1ee37}, {0x1ee4d, 0x1ee4f}, {0x1ee67, 0x1ee6a}, {0x1ee6c, 0x1ee72},
    {0x1ee74, 0x1ee77}, {0x1ee79, 0x1ee7c}, {0x1ee80, 0x1ee89}, {0x1ee8b, 0x1ee9b},
    {0x1eea1, 0x1eea3}, {0x1eea5, 0x1eea9}, {0x1eeab, 0x1eebb}, {0x1f000, 0x1f02b},
    {0x1f030, 0x1f093}, {0x1f0a0, 0x1f0ae}, {0x1f0b1, 0x1f0bf}, {0x1f0c1, 0x1f0cf},
    {0x1f0d1, 0x1f0f5}, {0x1f100, 0x1f10c}, {0x1f110, 0x1f12e}, {0x1f130, 0x1f16b},
    {0x1f170, 0x1f1ac}, {0x1f1e6, 0x1f202}, {0x1f210, 0x1f23b}, {0x1f240, 0x1f248},
    {0x1f260, 0x1f265}, {0x1f300, 0x1f6d4}, {0x1f6e0, 0x1f6ec}, {0x1f6f0, 0x1f6f8},
    {0x1f700, 0x1f773}, {0x1f780, 0x1f7d4}, {0x1f800, 0x1f80b}, {0x1f810, 0x1f847},
    {0x1f850, 0x1f859}, {0x1f860, 0x1f887}, {0x1f890, 0x1f8ad}, {0x1f900, 0x1f90b},
    {0x1f910, 0x1f93e}, {0x1f940, 0x1f94c}, {0x1f950, 0x1f96b}, {0x1f980, 0x1f997},
    {0x1f9d0, 0x1f9e6}, {0x20000, 0x2a6d6}, {0x2a700, 0x2b734}, {0x2b740, 0x2b81d},
    {0x2b820, 0x2cea1}, {0x2ceb0, 0x2ebe0}, {0x2f800, 0x2fa1d}, {0xe0100, 0xe01ef}

#endif
};

#define NUM_GRAPH_RANGE (sizeof(graphRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr graphCharTable[] = {
    0x38c, 0x589, 0x58a, 0x85e, 0x98f, 0x990, 0x9b2, 0x9c7, 0x9c8,
    0x9d7, 0x9dc, 0x9dd, 0xa0f, 0xa10, 0xa32, 0xa33, 0xa35, 0xa36,
    0xa38, 0xa39, 0xa3c, 0xa47, 0xa48, 0xa51, 0xa5e, 0xab2, 0xab3,
    0xad0, 0xb0f, 0xb10, 0xb32, 0xb33, 0xb47, 0xb48, 0xb56, 0xb57,
    0xb5c, 0xb5d, 0xb82, 0xb83, 0xb99, 0xb9a, 0xb9c, 0xb9e, 0xb9f,
    0xba3, 0xba4, 0xbd0, 0xbd7, 0xc55, 0xc56, 0xcd5, 0xcd6, 0xcde,
    0xcf1, 0xcf2, 0xd82, 0xd83, 0xdbd, 0xdca, 0xdd6, 0xe81, 0xe82,
    0xe84, 0xe87, 0xe88, 0xe8a, 0xe8d, 0xea5, 0xea7, 0xeaa, 0xeab,
    0xec6, 0x10c7, 0x10cd, 0x1258, 0x12c0, 0x1772, 0x1773, 0x1940, 0x1f59,
    0x1f5b, 0x1f5d, 0x2070, 0x2071, 0x2d27, 0x2d2d, 0x2d6f, 0x2d70, 0xfb3e,
    0xfb40, 0xfb41, 0xfb43, 0xfb44, 0xfffc, 0xfffd
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
    ,0x1003c, 0x1003d, 0x101a0, 0x1056f, 0x10808, 0x10837, 0x10838, 0x1083c, 0x108f4,
    0x108f5, 0x1093f, 0x10a05, 0x10a06, 0x11288, 0x1130f, 0x11310, 0x11332, 0x11333,
    0x11347, 0x11348, 0x11350, 0x11357, 0x1145b, 0x1145d, 0x118ff, 0x11d08, 0x11d09,

    0x11d3a, 0x11d3c, 0x11d3d, 0x16a6e, 0x16a6f, 0x16fe0, 0x16fe1, 0x1d49e, 0x1d49f,
    0x1d4a2, 0x1d4a5, 0x1d4a6, 0x1d4bb, 0x1d546, 0x1e023, 0x1e024, 0x1e95e, 0x1e95f,
    0x1ee21, 0x1ee22, 0x1ee24, 0x1ee27, 0x1ee39, 0x1ee3b, 0x1ee42, 0x1ee47, 0x1ee49,
    0x1ee4b, 0x1ee51, 0x1ee52, 0x1ee54, 0x1ee57, 0x1ee59, 0x1ee5b, 0x1ee5d, 0x1ee5f,
    0x1ee61, 0x1ee62, 0x1ee64, 0x1ee7e, 0x1eef0, 0x1eef1, 0x1f250, 0x1f251, 0x1f9c0
#endif
};

#define NUM_GRAPH_CHAR (sizeof(graphCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 *	End of auto-generated Unicode character ranges declarations.







|
>
|














|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|

|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
|
|
|










|
|


|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>






|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|


|
>
|
|
|
|
|







601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643

644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691




692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
    0xa686, 0xa688, 0xa68a, 0xa68c, 0xa68e, 0xa690, 0xa692, 0xa694, 0xa696,
    0xa698, 0xa69a, 0xa722, 0xa724, 0xa726, 0xa728, 0xa72a, 0xa72c, 0xa72e,
    0xa732, 0xa734, 0xa736, 0xa738, 0xa73a, 0xa73c, 0xa73e, 0xa740, 0xa742,
    0xa744, 0xa746, 0xa748, 0xa74a, 0xa74c, 0xa74e, 0xa750, 0xa752, 0xa754,
    0xa756, 0xa758, 0xa75a, 0xa75c, 0xa75e, 0xa760, 0xa762, 0xa764, 0xa766,
    0xa768, 0xa76a, 0xa76c, 0xa76e, 0xa779, 0xa77b, 0xa77d, 0xa77e, 0xa780,
    0xa782, 0xa784, 0xa786, 0xa78b, 0xa78d, 0xa790, 0xa792, 0xa796, 0xa798,
    0xa79a, 0xa79c, 0xa79e, 0xa7a0, 0xa7a2, 0xa7a4, 0xa7a6, 0xa7a8, 0xa7b6,
    0xa7b8
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,0x1d49c, 0x1d49e, 0x1d49f, 0x1d4a2, 0x1d4a5, 0x1d4a6, 0x1d504, 0x1d505, 0x1d538,
    0x1d539, 0x1d546, 0x1d7ca
#endif
};

#define NUM_UPPER_CHAR (sizeof(upperCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 * Unicode: unicode print characters excluding space.
 */

static const crange graphRangeTable[] = {
    {0x21, 0x7e}, {0xa1, 0xac}, {0xae, 0x377}, {0x37a, 0x37f},
    {0x384, 0x38a}, {0x38e, 0x3a1}, {0x3a3, 0x52f}, {0x531, 0x556},
    {0x559, 0x58a}, {0x58d, 0x58f}, {0x591, 0x5c7}, {0x5d0, 0x5ea},
    {0x5ef, 0x5f4}, {0x606, 0x61b}, {0x61e, 0x6dc}, {0x6de, 0x70d},
    {0x710, 0x74a}, {0x74d, 0x7b1}, {0x7c0, 0x7fa}, {0x7fd, 0x82d},
    {0x830, 0x83e}, {0x840, 0x85b}, {0x860, 0x86a}, {0x8a0, 0x8b4},
    {0x8b6, 0x8bd}, {0x8d3, 0x8e1}, {0x8e3, 0x983}, {0x985, 0x98c},
    {0x993, 0x9a8}, {0x9aa, 0x9b0}, {0x9b6, 0x9b9}, {0x9bc, 0x9c4},
    {0x9cb, 0x9ce}, {0x9df, 0x9e3}, {0x9e6, 0x9fe}, {0xa01, 0xa03},
    {0xa05, 0xa0a}, {0xa13, 0xa28}, {0xa2a, 0xa30}, {0xa3e, 0xa42},
    {0xa4b, 0xa4d}, {0xa59, 0xa5c}, {0xa66, 0xa76}, {0xa81, 0xa83},
    {0xa85, 0xa8d}, {0xa8f, 0xa91}, {0xa93, 0xaa8}, {0xaaa, 0xab0},
    {0xab5, 0xab9}, {0xabc, 0xac5}, {0xac7, 0xac9}, {0xacb, 0xacd},
    {0xae0, 0xae3}, {0xae6, 0xaf1}, {0xaf9, 0xaff}, {0xb01, 0xb03},
    {0xb05, 0xb0c}, {0xb13, 0xb28}, {0xb2a, 0xb30}, {0xb35, 0xb39},
    {0xb3c, 0xb44}, {0xb4b, 0xb4d}, {0xb5f, 0xb63}, {0xb66, 0xb77},
    {0xb85, 0xb8a}, {0xb8e, 0xb90}, {0xb92, 0xb95}, {0xba8, 0xbaa},
    {0xbae, 0xbb9}, {0xbbe, 0xbc2}, {0xbc6, 0xbc8}, {0xbca, 0xbcd},
    {0xbe6, 0xbfa}, {0xc00, 0xc0c}, {0xc0e, 0xc10}, {0xc12, 0xc28},
    {0xc2a, 0xc39}, {0xc3d, 0xc44}, {0xc46, 0xc48}, {0xc4a, 0xc4d},
    {0xc58, 0xc5a}, {0xc60, 0xc63}, {0xc66, 0xc6f}, {0xc78, 0xc8c},

    {0xc8e, 0xc90}, {0xc92, 0xca8}, {0xcaa, 0xcb3}, {0xcb5, 0xcb9},
    {0xcbc, 0xcc4}, {0xcc6, 0xcc8}, {0xcca, 0xccd}, {0xce0, 0xce3},
    {0xce6, 0xcef}, {0xd00, 0xd03}, {0xd05, 0xd0c}, {0xd0e, 0xd10},
    {0xd12, 0xd44}, {0xd46, 0xd48}, {0xd4a, 0xd4f}, {0xd54, 0xd63},
    {0xd66, 0xd7f}, {0xd85, 0xd96}, {0xd9a, 0xdb1}, {0xdb3, 0xdbb},
    {0xdc0, 0xdc6}, {0xdcf, 0xdd4}, {0xdd8, 0xddf}, {0xde6, 0xdef},
    {0xdf2, 0xdf4}, {0xe01, 0xe3a}, {0xe3f, 0xe5b}, {0xe94, 0xe97},
    {0xe99, 0xe9f}, {0xea1, 0xea3}, {0xead, 0xeb9}, {0xebb, 0xebd},
    {0xec0, 0xec4}, {0xec8, 0xecd}, {0xed0, 0xed9}, {0xedc, 0xedf},
    {0xf00, 0xf47}, {0xf49, 0xf6c}, {0xf71, 0xf97}, {0xf99, 0xfbc},
    {0xfbe, 0xfcc}, {0xfce, 0xfda}, {0x1000, 0x10c5}, {0x10d0, 0x1248},
    {0x124a, 0x124d}, {0x1250, 0x1256}, {0x125a, 0x125d}, {0x1260, 0x1288},
    {0x128a, 0x128d}, {0x1290, 0x12b0}, {0x12b2, 0x12b5}, {0x12b8, 0x12be},
    {0x12c2, 0x12c5}, {0x12c8, 0x12d6}, {0x12d8, 0x1310}, {0x1312, 0x1315},
    {0x1318, 0x135a}, {0x135d, 0x137c}, {0x1380, 0x1399}, {0x13a0, 0x13f5},
    {0x13f8, 0x13fd}, {0x1400, 0x167f}, {0x1681, 0x169c}, {0x16a0, 0x16f8},
    {0x1700, 0x170c}, {0x170e, 0x1714}, {0x1720, 0x1736}, {0x1740, 0x1753},
    {0x1760, 0x176c}, {0x176e, 0x1770}, {0x1780, 0x17dd}, {0x17e0, 0x17e9},
    {0x17f0, 0x17f9}, {0x1800, 0x180d}, {0x1810, 0x1819}, {0x1820, 0x1878},
    {0x1880, 0x18aa}, {0x18b0, 0x18f5}, {0x1900, 0x191e}, {0x1920, 0x192b},
    {0x1930, 0x193b}, {0x1944, 0x196d}, {0x1970, 0x1974}, {0x1980, 0x19ab},
    {0x19b0, 0x19c9}, {0x19d0, 0x19da}, {0x19de, 0x1a1b}, {0x1a1e, 0x1a5e},
    {0x1a60, 0x1a7c}, {0x1a7f, 0x1a89}, {0x1a90, 0x1a99}, {0x1aa0, 0x1aad},
    {0x1ab0, 0x1abe}, {0x1b00, 0x1b4b}, {0x1b50, 0x1b7c}, {0x1b80, 0x1bf3},
    {0x1bfc, 0x1c37}, {0x1c3b, 0x1c49}, {0x1c4d, 0x1c88}, {0x1c90, 0x1cba},
    {0x1cbd, 0x1cc7}, {0x1cd0, 0x1cf9}, {0x1d00, 0x1df9}, {0x1dfb, 0x1f15},
    {0x1f18, 0x1f1d}, {0x1f20, 0x1f45}, {0x1f48, 0x1f4d}, {0x1f50, 0x1f57},
    {0x1f5f, 0x1f7d}, {0x1f80, 0x1fb4}, {0x1fb6, 0x1fc4}, {0x1fc6, 0x1fd3},
    {0x1fd6, 0x1fdb}, {0x1fdd, 0x1fef}, {0x1ff2, 0x1ff4}, {0x1ff6, 0x1ffe},
    {0x2010, 0x2027}, {0x2030, 0x205e}, {0x2074, 0x208e}, {0x2090, 0x209c},
    {0x20a0, 0x20bf}, {0x20d0, 0x20f0}, {0x2100, 0x218b}, {0x2190, 0x2426},
    {0x2440, 0x244a}, {0x2460, 0x2b73}, {0x2b76, 0x2b95}, {0x2b98, 0x2bc8},
    {0x2bca, 0x2bfe}, {0x2c00, 0x2c2e}, {0x2c30, 0x2c5e}, {0x2c60, 0x2cf3},
    {0x2cf9, 0x2d25}, {0x2d30, 0x2d67}, {0x2d7f, 0x2d96}, {0x2da0, 0x2da6},
    {0x2da8, 0x2dae}, {0x2db0, 0x2db6}, {0x2db8, 0x2dbe}, {0x2dc0, 0x2dc6},
    {0x2dc8, 0x2dce}, {0x2dd0, 0x2dd6}, {0x2dd8, 0x2dde}, {0x2de0, 0x2e4e},
    {0x2e80, 0x2e99}, {0x2e9b, 0x2ef3}, {0x2f00, 0x2fd5}, {0x2ff0, 0x2ffb},
    {0x3001, 0x303f}, {0x3041, 0x3096}, {0x3099, 0x30ff}, {0x3105, 0x312f},
    {0x3131, 0x318e}, {0x3190, 0x31ba}, {0x31c0, 0x31e3}, {0x31f0, 0x321e},
    {0x3220, 0x32fe}, {0x3300, 0x4db5}, {0x4dc0, 0x9fef}, {0xa000, 0xa48c},
    {0xa490, 0xa4c6}, {0xa4d0, 0xa62b}, {0xa640, 0xa6f7}, {0xa700, 0xa7b9},
    {0xa7f7, 0xa82b}, {0xa830, 0xa839}, {0xa840, 0xa877}, {0xa880, 0xa8c5},
    {0xa8ce, 0xa8d9}, {0xa8e0, 0xa953}, {0xa95f, 0xa97c}, {0xa980, 0xa9cd},
    {0xa9cf, 0xa9d9}, {0xa9de, 0xa9fe}, {0xaa00, 0xaa36}, {0xaa40, 0xaa4d},
    {0xaa50, 0xaa59}, {0xaa5c, 0xaac2}, {0xaadb, 0xaaf6}, {0xab01, 0xab06},
    {0xab09, 0xab0e}, {0xab11, 0xab16}, {0xab20, 0xab26}, {0xab28, 0xab2e},
    {0xab30, 0xab65}, {0xab70, 0xabed}, {0xabf0, 0xabf9}, {0xac00, 0xd7a3},
    {0xd7b0, 0xd7c6}, {0xd7cb, 0xd7fb}, {0xf900, 0xfa6d}, {0xfa70, 0xfad9},




    {0xfb00, 0xfb06}, {0xfb13, 0xfb17}, {0xfb1d, 0xfb36}, {0xfb38, 0xfb3c},
    {0xfb46, 0xfbc1}, {0xfbd3, 0xfd3f}, {0xfd50, 0xfd8f}, {0xfd92, 0xfdc7},
    {0xfdf0, 0xfdfd}, {0xfe00, 0xfe19}, {0xfe20, 0xfe52}, {0xfe54, 0xfe66},
    {0xfe68, 0xfe6b}, {0xfe70, 0xfe74}, {0xfe76, 0xfefc}, {0xff01, 0xffbe},
    {0xffc2, 0xffc7}, {0xffca, 0xffcf}, {0xffd2, 0xffd7}, {0xffda, 0xffdc},
    {0xffe0, 0xffe6}, {0xffe8, 0xffee}
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,{0x10000, 0x1000b}, {0x1000d, 0x10026}, {0x10028, 0x1003a}, {0x1003f, 0x1004d},
    {0x10050, 0x1005d}, {0x10080, 0x100fa}, {0x10100, 0x10102}, {0x10107, 0x10133},
    {0x10137, 0x1018e}, {0x10190, 0x1019b}, {0x101d0, 0x101fd}, {0x10280, 0x1029c},
    {0x102a0, 0x102d0}, {0x102e0, 0x102fb}, {0x10300, 0x10323}, {0x1032d, 0x1034a},
    {0x10350, 0x1037a}, {0x10380, 0x1039d}, {0x1039f, 0x103c3}, {0x103c8, 0x103d5},
    {0x10400, 0x1049d}, {0x104a0, 0x104a9}, {0x104b0, 0x104d3}, {0x104d8, 0x104fb},
    {0x10500, 0x10527}, {0x10530, 0x10563}, {0x10600, 0x10736}, {0x10740, 0x10755},
    {0x10760, 0x10767}, {0x10800, 0x10805}, {0x1080a, 0x10835}, {0x1083f, 0x10855},
    {0x10857, 0x1089e}, {0x108a7, 0x108af}, {0x108e0, 0x108f2}, {0x108fb, 0x1091b},
    {0x1091f, 0x10939}, {0x10980, 0x109b7}, {0x109bc, 0x109cf}, {0x109d2, 0x10a03},
    {0x10a0c, 0x10a13}, {0x10a15, 0x10a17}, {0x10a19, 0x10a35}, {0x10a38, 0x10a3a},
    {0x10a3f, 0x10a48}, {0x10a50, 0x10a58}, {0x10a60, 0x10a9f}, {0x10ac0, 0x10ae6},
    {0x10aeb, 0x10af6}, {0x10b00, 0x10b35}, {0x10b39, 0x10b55}, {0x10b58, 0x10b72},
    {0x10b78, 0x10b91}, {0x10b99, 0x10b9c}, {0x10ba9, 0x10baf}, {0x10c00, 0x10c48},
    {0x10c80, 0x10cb2}, {0x10cc0, 0x10cf2}, {0x10cfa, 0x10d27}, {0x10d30, 0x10d39},
    {0x10e60, 0x10e7e}, {0x10f00, 0x10f27}, {0x10f30, 0x10f59}, {0x11000, 0x1104d},
    {0x11052, 0x1106f}, {0x1107f, 0x110bc}, {0x110be, 0x110c1}, {0x110d0, 0x110e8},
    {0x110f0, 0x110f9}, {0x11100, 0x11134}, {0x11136, 0x11146}, {0x11150, 0x11176},
    {0x11180, 0x111cd}, {0x111d0, 0x111df}, {0x111e1, 0x111f4}, {0x11200, 0x11211},
    {0x11213, 0x1123e}, {0x11280, 0x11286}, {0x1128a, 0x1128d}, {0x1128f, 0x1129d},
    {0x1129f, 0x112a9}, {0x112b0, 0x112ea}, {0x112f0, 0x112f9}, {0x11300, 0x11303},
    {0x11305, 0x1130c}, {0x11313, 0x11328}, {0x1132a, 0x11330}, {0x11335, 0x11339},
    {0x1133b, 0x11344}, {0x1134b, 0x1134d}, {0x1135d, 0x11363}, {0x11366, 0x1136c},
    {0x11370, 0x11374}, {0x11400, 0x11459}, {0x11480, 0x114c7}, {0x114d0, 0x114d9},
    {0x11580, 0x115b5}, {0x115b8, 0x115dd}, {0x11600, 0x11644}, {0x11650, 0x11659},
    {0x11660, 0x1166c}, {0x11680, 0x116b7}, {0x116c0, 0x116c9}, {0x11700, 0x1171a},
    {0x1171d, 0x1172b}, {0x11730, 0x1173f}, {0x11800, 0x1183b}, {0x118a0, 0x118f2},
    {0x11a00, 0x11a47}, {0x11a50, 0x11a83}, {0x11a86, 0x11aa2}, {0x11ac0, 0x11af8},
    {0x11c00, 0x11c08}, {0x11c0a, 0x11c36}, {0x11c38, 0x11c45}, {0x11c50, 0x11c6c},
    {0x11c70, 0x11c8f}, {0x11c92, 0x11ca7}, {0x11ca9, 0x11cb6}, {0x11d00, 0x11d06},
    {0x11d0b, 0x11d36}, {0x11d3f, 0x11d47}, {0x11d50, 0x11d59}, {0x11d60, 0x11d65},
    {0x11d6a, 0x11d8e}, {0x11d93, 0x11d98}, {0x11da0, 0x11da9}, {0x11ee0, 0x11ef8},
    {0x12000, 0x12399}, {0x12400, 0x1246e}, {0x12470, 0x12474}, {0x12480, 0x12543},
    {0x13000, 0x1342e}, {0x14400, 0x14646}, {0x16800, 0x16a38}, {0x16a40, 0x16a5e},
    {0x16a60, 0x16a69}, {0x16ad0, 0x16aed}, {0x16af0, 0x16af5}, {0x16b00, 0x16b45},
    {0x16b50, 0x16b59}, {0x16b5b, 0x16b61}, {0x16b63, 0x16b77}, {0x16b7d, 0x16b8f},
    {0x16e40, 0x16e9a}, {0x16f00, 0x16f44}, {0x16f50, 0x16f7e}, {0x16f8f, 0x16f9f},
    {0x17000, 0x187f1}, {0x18800, 0x18af2}, {0x1b000, 0x1b11e}, {0x1b170, 0x1b2fb},
    {0x1bc00, 0x1bc6a}, {0x1bc70, 0x1bc7c}, {0x1bc80, 0x1bc88}, {0x1bc90, 0x1bc99},
    {0x1bc9c, 0x1bc9f}, {0x1d000, 0x1d0f5}, {0x1d100, 0x1d126}, {0x1d129, 0x1d172},
    {0x1d17b, 0x1d1e8}, {0x1d200, 0x1d245}, {0x1d2e0, 0x1d2f3}, {0x1d300, 0x1d356},
    {0x1d360, 0x1d378}, {0x1d400, 0x1d454}, {0x1d456, 0x1d49c}, {0x1d4a9, 0x1d4ac},
    {0x1d4ae, 0x1d4b9}, {0x1d4bd, 0x1d4c3}, {0x1d4c5, 0x1d505}, {0x1d507, 0x1d50a},
    {0x1d50d, 0x1d514}, {0x1d516, 0x1d51c}, {0x1d51e, 0x1d539}, {0x1d53b, 0x1d53e},
    {0x1d540, 0x1d544}, {0x1d54a, 0x1d550}, {0x1d552, 0x1d6a5}, {0x1d6a8, 0x1d7cb},
    {0x1d7ce, 0x1da8b}, {0x1da9b, 0x1da9f}, {0x1daa1, 0x1daaf}, {0x1e000, 0x1e006},
    {0x1e008, 0x1e018}, {0x1e01b, 0x1e021}, {0x1e026, 0x1e02a}, {0x1e800, 0x1e8c4},
    {0x1e8c7, 0x1e8d6}, {0x1e900, 0x1e94a}, {0x1e950, 0x1e959}, {0x1ec71, 0x1ecb4},
    {0x1ee00, 0x1ee03}, {0x1ee05, 0x1ee1f}, {0x1ee29, 0x1ee32}, {0x1ee34, 0x1ee37},
    {0x1ee4d, 0x1ee4f}, {0x1ee67, 0x1ee6a}, {0x1ee6c, 0x1ee72}, {0x1ee74, 0x1ee77},
    {0x1ee79, 0x1ee7c}, {0x1ee80, 0x1ee89}, {0x1ee8b, 0x1ee9b}, {0x1eea1, 0x1eea3},
    {0x1eea5, 0x1eea9}, {0x1eeab, 0x1eebb}, {0x1f000, 0x1f02b}, {0x1f030, 0x1f093},
    {0x1f0a0, 0x1f0ae}, {0x1f0b1, 0x1f0bf}, {0x1f0c1, 0x1f0cf}, {0x1f0d1, 0x1f0f5},
    {0x1f100, 0x1f10c}, {0x1f110, 0x1f16b}, {0x1f170, 0x1f1ac}, {0x1f1e6, 0x1f202},
    {0x1f210, 0x1f23b}, {0x1f240, 0x1f248}, {0x1f260, 0x1f265}, {0x1f300, 0x1f6d4},
    {0x1f6e0, 0x1f6ec}, {0x1f6f0, 0x1f6f9}, {0x1f700, 0x1f773}, {0x1f780, 0x1f7d8},
    {0x1f800, 0x1f80b}, {0x1f810, 0x1f847}, {0x1f850, 0x1f859}, {0x1f860, 0x1f887},
    {0x1f890, 0x1f8ad}, {0x1f900, 0x1f90b}, {0x1f910, 0x1f93e}, {0x1f940, 0x1f970},
    {0x1f973, 0x1f976}, {0x1f97c, 0x1f9a2}, {0x1f9b0, 0x1f9b9}, {0x1f9c0, 0x1f9c2},
    {0x1f9d0, 0x1f9ff}, {0x1fa60, 0x1fa6d}, {0x20000, 0x2a6d6}, {0x2a700, 0x2b734},
    {0x2b740, 0x2b81d}, {0x2b820, 0x2cea1}, {0x2ceb0, 0x2ebe0}, {0x2f800, 0x2fa1d},
    {0xe0100, 0xe01ef}
#endif
};

#define NUM_GRAPH_RANGE (sizeof(graphRangeTable)/sizeof(crange))

static const chr graphCharTable[] = {
    0x38c, 0x85e, 0x98f, 0x990, 0x9b2, 0x9c7, 0x9c8, 0x9d7, 0x9dc,
    0x9dd, 0xa0f, 0xa10, 0xa32, 0xa33, 0xa35, 0xa36, 0xa38, 0xa39,
    0xa3c, 0xa47, 0xa48, 0xa51, 0xa5e, 0xab2, 0xab3, 0xad0, 0xb0f,
    0xb10, 0xb32, 0xb33, 0xb47, 0xb48, 0xb56, 0xb57, 0xb5c, 0xb5d,
    0xb82, 0xb83, 0xb99, 0xb9a, 0xb9c, 0xb9e, 0xb9f, 0xba3, 0xba4,
    0xbd0, 0xbd7, 0xc55, 0xc56, 0xcd5, 0xcd6, 0xcde, 0xcf1, 0xcf2,
    0xd82, 0xd83, 0xdbd, 0xdca, 0xdd6, 0xe81, 0xe82, 0xe84, 0xe87,
    0xe88, 0xe8a, 0xe8d, 0xea5, 0xea7, 0xeaa, 0xeab, 0xec6, 0x10c7,
    0x10cd, 0x1258, 0x12c0, 0x1772, 0x1773, 0x1940, 0x1f59, 0x1f5b, 0x1f5d,
    0x2070, 0x2071, 0x2d27, 0x2d2d, 0x2d6f, 0x2d70, 0xfb3e, 0xfb40, 0xfb41,
    0xfb43, 0xfb44, 0xfffc, 0xfffd
#if CHRBITS > 16
    ,0x1003c, 0x1003d, 0x101a0, 0x1056f, 0x10808, 0x10837, 0x10838, 0x1083c, 0x108f4,
    0x108f5, 0x1093f, 0x10a05, 0x10a06, 0x11288, 0x1130f, 0x11310, 0x11332, 0x11333,
    0x11347, 0x11348, 0x11350, 0x11357, 0x1145b, 0x1145d, 0x1145e, 0x118ff, 0x11d08,
    0x11d09, 0x11d3a, 0x11d3c, 0x11d3d, 0x11d67, 0x11d68, 0x11d90, 0x11d91, 0x16a6e,
    0x16a6f, 0x16fe0, 0x16fe1, 0x1d49e, 0x1d49f, 0x1d4a2, 0x1d4a5, 0x1d4a6, 0x1d4bb,
    0x1d546, 0x1e023, 0x1e024, 0x1e95e, 0x1e95f, 0x1ee21, 0x1ee22, 0x1ee24, 0x1ee27,
    0x1ee39, 0x1ee3b, 0x1ee42, 0x1ee47, 0x1ee49, 0x1ee4b, 0x1ee51, 0x1ee52, 0x1ee54,
    0x1ee57, 0x1ee59, 0x1ee5b, 0x1ee5d, 0x1ee5f, 0x1ee61, 0x1ee62, 0x1ee64, 0x1ee7e,
    0x1eef0, 0x1eef1, 0x1f250, 0x1f251, 0x1f97a
#endif
};

#define NUM_GRAPH_CHAR (sizeof(graphCharTable)/sizeof(chr))

/*
 *	End of auto-generated Unicode character ranges declarations.

Changes to generic/regcustom.h.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
typedef int celt;		/* Type to hold chr, or NOCELT */
#define	NOCELT (-1)		/* Celt value which is not valid chr */
#define	CHR(c) (UCHAR(c))	/* Turn char literal into chr literal */
#define	DIGITVAL(c) ((c)-'0')	/* Turn chr digit into its value */
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
#define	CHRBITS	32		/* Bits in a chr; must not use sizeof */
#define	CHR_MIN	0x00000000	/* Smallest and largest chr; the value */
#define	CHR_MAX	0xffffffff	/* CHR_MAX-CHR_MIN+1 should fit in uchr */
#else
#define	CHRBITS	16		/* Bits in a chr; must not use sizeof */
#define	CHR_MIN	0x0000		/* Smallest and largest chr; the value */
#define	CHR_MAX	0xffff		/* CHR_MAX-CHR_MIN+1 should fit in uchr */
#endif

/*







|







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
typedef int celt;		/* Type to hold chr, or NOCELT */
#define	NOCELT (-1)		/* Celt value which is not valid chr */
#define	CHR(c) (UCHAR(c))	/* Turn char literal into chr literal */
#define	DIGITVAL(c) ((c)-'0')	/* Turn chr digit into its value */
#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
#define	CHRBITS	32		/* Bits in a chr; must not use sizeof */
#define	CHR_MIN	0x00000000	/* Smallest and largest chr; the value */
#define	CHR_MAX	0x10ffff	/* CHR_MAX-CHR_MIN+1 should fit in uchr */
#else
#define	CHRBITS	16		/* Bits in a chr; must not use sizeof */
#define	CHR_MIN	0x0000		/* Smallest and largest chr; the value */
#define	CHR_MAX	0xffff		/* CHR_MAX-CHR_MIN+1 should fit in uchr */
#endif

/*

Changes to generic/tcl.decls.

28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
# to preserve backwards compatibility.

declare 0 {
    int Tcl_PkgProvideEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, const void *clientData)
}
declare 1 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PkgRequireEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
	    void *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 2 {
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Panic(const char *format, ...)
}
declare 3 {







|







28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
# to preserve backwards compatibility.

declare 0 {
    int Tcl_PkgProvideEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, const void *clientData)
}
declare 1 {
    const char *Tcl_PkgRequireEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
	    void *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 2 {
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Panic(const char *format, ...)
}
declare 3 {
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
}
declare 20 {
    void Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 21 {
    int Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 22 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 23 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
declare 24 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue, const char *file,
	    int line)
}
declare 25 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
declare 26 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 27 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line)
}
declare 28 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,







|














|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
}
declare 20 {
    void Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 21 {
    int Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 22 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 23 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
declare 24 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue, const char *file,
	    int line)
}
declare 25 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
declare 26 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 27 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line)
}
declare 28 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
declare 34 {
    int Tcl_GetDouble(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 35 {
    int Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    double *doublePtr)
}
declare 36 {
    int Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    CONST84 char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr)
}
declare 37 {
    int Tcl_GetInt(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *intPtr)
}
declare 38 {
    int Tcl_GetIntFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr)
}







|

|







148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
declare 34 {
    int Tcl_GetDouble(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 35 {
    int Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    double *doublePtr)
}
declare 36 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    const char *const *tablePtr, const char *msg, int flags, int *indexPtr)
}
declare 37 {
    int Tcl_GetInt(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *intPtr)
}
declare 38 {
    int Tcl_GetIntFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr)
}
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    int Tcl_ListObjLength(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
	    int *lengthPtr)
}
declare 48 {
    int Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first,
	    int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 49 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
}
declare 50 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 51 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue)
}
declare 52 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
}
declare 53 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 54 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
}
declare 55 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewObj(void)
}
declare 56 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 57 {
    void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
}
declare 58 {
    unsigned char *Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 59 {
    void Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes,
	    int length)
}
declare 60 {
    void Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue)
}
declare 61 {
    void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
}
declare 62 {
    void Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 63 {
    void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
}
declare 64 {
    void Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 65 {
    void Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 66 {
    void Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message)
}
declare 67 {
    void Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message,
	    int length)
}
declare 68 {
    void Tcl_AllowExceptions(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 69 {







|








|





|








|












|





|








|


|







194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
    int Tcl_ListObjLength(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
	    int *lengthPtr)
}
declare 48 {
    int Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first,
	    int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 49 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
}
declare 50 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 51 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue)
}
declare 52 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
}
declare 53 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 54 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
}
declare 55 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewObj(void)
}
declare 56 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 57 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
}
declare 58 {
    unsigned char *Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 59 {
    void Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes,
	    int length)
}
declare 60 {
    void Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue)
}
declare 61 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
}
declare 62 {
    void Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 63 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
}
declare 64 {
    void Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 65 {
    void Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 66 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_AddErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message)
}
declare 67 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *message,
	    int length)
}
declare 68 {
    void Tcl_AllowExceptions(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 69 {
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
}
declare 75 {
    int Tcl_AsyncReady(void)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tcl_BackgroundError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 77 {
    char Tcl_Backslash(const char *src, int *readPtr)
}
declare 78 {
    int Tcl_BadChannelOption(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
	    const char *optionList)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 80 {
    void Tcl_CancelIdleCall(Tcl_IdleProc *idleProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 81 {
    int Tcl_Close(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 82 {
    int Tcl_CommandComplete(const char *cmd)
}
declare 83 {
    char *Tcl_Concat(int argc, CONST84 char *const *argv)
}
declare 84 {
    int Tcl_ConvertElement(const char *src, char *dst, int flags)
}
declare 85 {
    int Tcl_ConvertCountedElement(const char *src, int length, char *dst,
	    int flags)
}
declare 86 {
    int Tcl_CreateAlias(Tcl_Interp *slave, const char *slaveCmd,
	    Tcl_Interp *target, const char *targetCmd, int argc,
	    CONST84 char *const *argv)
}
declare 87 {
    int Tcl_CreateAliasObj(Tcl_Interp *slave, const char *slaveCmd,
	    Tcl_Interp *target, const char *targetCmd, int objc,
	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 88 {







|




















|











|







281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
}
declare 75 {
    int Tcl_AsyncReady(void)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tcl_BackgroundError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 77 {deprecated {Use Tcl_UtfBackslash}} {
    char Tcl_Backslash(const char *src, int *readPtr)
}
declare 78 {
    int Tcl_BadChannelOption(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
	    const char *optionList)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 80 {
    void Tcl_CancelIdleCall(Tcl_IdleProc *idleProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 81 {
    int Tcl_Close(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 82 {
    int Tcl_CommandComplete(const char *cmd)
}
declare 83 {
    char *Tcl_Concat(int argc, const char *const *argv)
}
declare 84 {
    int Tcl_ConvertElement(const char *src, char *dst, int flags)
}
declare 85 {
    int Tcl_ConvertCountedElement(const char *src, int length, char *dst,
	    int flags)
}
declare 86 {
    int Tcl_CreateAlias(Tcl_Interp *slave, const char *slaveCmd,
	    Tcl_Interp *target, const char *targetCmd, int argc,
	    const char *const *argv)
}
declare 87 {
    int Tcl_CreateAliasObj(Tcl_Interp *slave, const char *slaveCmd,
	    Tcl_Interp *target, const char *targetCmd, int objc,
	    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
declare 88 {
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
}
declare 93 {
    void Tcl_CreateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 94 {
    Tcl_Interp *Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
}
declare 95 {
    void Tcl_CreateMathFunc(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    int numArgs, Tcl_ValueType *argTypes,
	    Tcl_MathProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 96 {
    Tcl_Command Tcl_CreateObjCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *cmdName,







|







348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
}
declare 93 {
    void Tcl_CreateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 94 {
    Tcl_Interp *Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
}
declare 95 {deprecated {}} {
    void Tcl_CreateMathFunc(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    int numArgs, Tcl_ValueType *argTypes,
	    Tcl_MathProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 96 {
    Tcl_Command Tcl_CreateObjCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *cmdName,
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
declare 125 {
    void Tcl_DStringStartSublist(Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 126 {
    int Tcl_Eof(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 127 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_ErrnoId(void)
}
declare 128 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err)
}
declare 129 {
    int Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script)
}
# This is obsolete, use Tcl_FSEvalFile
declare 130 {
    int Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName)
}
declare 131 {
    int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 132 {
    void Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
}
declare 133 {
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Exit(int status)







|


|




<



|







457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471

472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
declare 125 {
    void Tcl_DStringStartSublist(Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 126 {
    int Tcl_Eof(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 127 {
    const char *Tcl_ErrnoId(void)
}
declare 128 {
    const char *Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err)
}
declare 129 {
    int Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script)
}

declare 130 {
    int Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName)
}
declare 131 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 132 {
    void Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
}
declare 133 {
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Exit(int status)
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
    int Tcl_Flush(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 147 {
    void Tcl_FreeResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 148 {
    int Tcl_GetAlias(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveCmd,
	    Tcl_Interp **targetInterpPtr, CONST84 char **targetCmdPtr,
	    int *argcPtr, CONST84 char ***argvPtr)
}
declare 149 {
    int Tcl_GetAliasObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveCmd,
	    Tcl_Interp **targetInterpPtr, CONST84 char **targetCmdPtr,
	    int *objcPtr, Tcl_Obj ***objv)
}
declare 150 {
    ClientData Tcl_GetAssocData(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **procPtr)
}
declare 151 {







|
|



|







524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
    int Tcl_Flush(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 147 {
    void Tcl_FreeResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 148 {
    int Tcl_GetAlias(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveCmd,
	    Tcl_Interp **targetInterpPtr, const char **targetCmdPtr,
	    int *argcPtr, const char ***argvPtr)
}
declare 149 {
    int Tcl_GetAliasObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveCmd,
	    Tcl_Interp **targetInterpPtr, const char **targetCmdPtr,
	    int *objcPtr, Tcl_Obj ***objv)
}
declare 150 {
    ClientData Tcl_GetAssocData(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **procPtr)
}
declare 151 {
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
declare 154 {
    ClientData Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 155 {
    int Tcl_GetChannelMode(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 156 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetChannelName(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 157 {
    int Tcl_GetChannelOption(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
	    const char *optionName, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 158 {
    CONST86 Tcl_ChannelType *Tcl_GetChannelType(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 159 {
    int Tcl_GetCommandInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
	    Tcl_CmdInfo *infoPtr)
}
declare 160 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetCommandName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tcl_Command command)
}
declare 161 {
    int Tcl_GetErrno(void)
}
declare 162 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetHostName(void)
}
declare 163 {
    int Tcl_GetInterpPath(Tcl_Interp *askInterp, Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp)
}
declare 164 {
    Tcl_Interp *Tcl_GetMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}







|













|






|







554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
declare 154 {
    ClientData Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 155 {
    int Tcl_GetChannelMode(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 156 {
    const char *Tcl_GetChannelName(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 157 {
    int Tcl_GetChannelOption(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
	    const char *optionName, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 158 {
    CONST86 Tcl_ChannelType *Tcl_GetChannelType(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 159 {
    int Tcl_GetCommandInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
	    Tcl_CmdInfo *infoPtr)
}
declare 160 {
    const char *Tcl_GetCommandName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    Tcl_Command command)
}
declare 161 {
    int Tcl_GetErrno(void)
}
declare 162 {
    const char *Tcl_GetHostName(void)
}
declare 163 {
    int Tcl_GetInterpPath(Tcl_Interp *askInterp, Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp)
}
declare 164 {
    Tcl_Interp *Tcl_GetMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
declare 172 {
    Tcl_Interp *Tcl_GetSlave(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveName)
}
declare 173 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_GetStdChannel(int type)
}
declare 174 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 175 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    int flags)
}
declare 176 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags)
}
declare 177 {
    int Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command)
}
declare 178 {
    int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 179 {
    int Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
	    const char *hiddenCmdToken)
}
declare 180 {







|

|
|



|





|







618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
declare 172 {
    Tcl_Interp *Tcl_GetSlave(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *slaveName)
}
declare 173 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_GetStdChannel(int type)
}
declare 174 {
    const char *Tcl_GetStringResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 175 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    const char *Tcl_GetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    int flags)
}
declare 176 {
    const char *Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags)
}
declare 177 {
    int Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command)
}
declare 178 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 179 {
    int Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
	    const char *hiddenCmdToken)
}
declare 180 {
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
    int Tcl_InterpDeleted(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 185 {
    int Tcl_IsSafe(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
# Obsolete, use Tcl_FSJoinPath
declare 186 {
    char *Tcl_JoinPath(int argc, CONST84 char *const *argv,
	    Tcl_DString *resultPtr)
}
declare 187 {
    int Tcl_LinkVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, char *addr,
	    int type)
}








|







658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
    int Tcl_InterpDeleted(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 185 {
    int Tcl_IsSafe(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
# Obsolete, use Tcl_FSJoinPath
declare 186 {
    char *Tcl_JoinPath(int argc, const char *const *argv,
	    Tcl_DString *resultPtr)
}
declare 187 {
    int Tcl_LinkVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, char *addr,
	    int type)
}

682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
declare 190 {
    int Tcl_MakeSafe(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 191 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_MakeTcpClientChannel(ClientData tcpSocket)
}
declare 192 {
    char *Tcl_Merge(int argc, CONST84 char *const *argv)
}
declare 193 {
    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_NextHashEntry(Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr)
}
declare 194 {
    void Tcl_NotifyChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int mask)
}
declare 195 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ObjGetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr,
	    Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, int flags)
}
declare 196 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ObjSetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr,
	    Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, Tcl_Obj *newValuePtr, int flags)
}
declare 197 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_OpenCommandChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
	    CONST84 char **argv, int flags)
}
# This is obsolete, use Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel
declare 198 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_OpenFileChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName,
	    const char *modeString, int permissions)
}
declare 199 {







|

















|







681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
declare 190 {
    int Tcl_MakeSafe(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 191 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_MakeTcpClientChannel(ClientData tcpSocket)
}
declare 192 {
    char *Tcl_Merge(int argc, const char *const *argv)
}
declare 193 {
    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_NextHashEntry(Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr)
}
declare 194 {
    void Tcl_NotifyChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int mask)
}
declare 195 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ObjGetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr,
	    Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, int flags)
}
declare 196 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ObjSetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *part1Ptr,
	    Tcl_Obj *part2Ptr, Tcl_Obj *newValuePtr, int flags)
}
declare 197 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_OpenCommandChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
	    const char **argv, int flags)
}
# This is obsolete, use Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel
declare 198 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_OpenFileChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName,
	    const char *modeString, int permissions)
}
declare 199 {
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
declare 202 {
    void Tcl_PrintDouble(Tcl_Interp *interp, double value, char *dst)
}
declare 203 {
    int Tcl_PutEnv(const char *assignment)
}
declare 204 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PosixError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 205 {
    void Tcl_QueueEvent(Tcl_Event *evPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 206 {
    int Tcl_Read(Tcl_Channel chan, char *bufPtr, int toRead)
}







|







725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
declare 202 {
    void Tcl_PrintDouble(Tcl_Interp *interp, double value, char *dst)
}
declare 203 {
    int Tcl_PutEnv(const char *assignment)
}
declare 204 {
    const char *Tcl_PosixError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 205 {
    void Tcl_QueueEvent(Tcl_Event *evPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 206 {
    int Tcl_Read(Tcl_Channel chan, char *bufPtr, int toRead)
}
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
}
declare 214 {
    int Tcl_RegExpMatch(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *text,
	    const char *pattern)
}
declare 215 {
    void Tcl_RegExpRange(Tcl_RegExp regexp, int index,
	    CONST84 char **startPtr, CONST84 char **endPtr)
}
declare 216 {
    void Tcl_Release(ClientData clientData)
}
declare 217 {
    void Tcl_ResetResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 218 {
    int Tcl_ScanElement(const char *src, int *flagPtr)
}
declare 219 {
    int Tcl_ScanCountedElement(const char *src, int length, int *flagPtr)
}
# Obsolete
declare 220 {
    int Tcl_SeekOld(Tcl_Channel chan, int offset, int mode)
}
declare 221 {
    int Tcl_ServiceAll(void)
}
declare 222 {
    int Tcl_ServiceEvent(int flags)







|













<
|







761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781

782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
}
declare 214 {
    int Tcl_RegExpMatch(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *text,
	    const char *pattern)
}
declare 215 {
    void Tcl_RegExpRange(Tcl_RegExp regexp, int index,
	    const char **startPtr, const char **endPtr)
}
declare 216 {
    void Tcl_Release(ClientData clientData)
}
declare 217 {
    void Tcl_ResetResult(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 218 {
    int Tcl_ScanElement(const char *src, int *flagPtr)
}
declare 219 {
    int Tcl_ScanCountedElement(const char *src, int length, int *flagPtr)
}

declare 220 {deprecated {}} {
    int Tcl_SeekOld(Tcl_Channel chan, int offset, int mode)
}
declare 221 {
    int Tcl_ServiceAll(void)
}
declare 222 {
    int Tcl_ServiceEvent(int flags)
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
}
declare 235 {
    void Tcl_SetObjResult(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr)
}
declare 236 {
    void Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type)
}
declare 237 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    const char *newValue, int flags)
}
declare 238 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_SetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, const char *newValue, int flags)
}
declare 239 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_SignalId(int sig)
}
declare 240 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_SignalMsg(int sig)
}
declare 241 {
    void Tcl_SourceRCFile(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 242 {
    int Tcl_SplitList(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *listStr, int *argcPtr,
	    CONST84 char ***argvPtr)
}
# Obsolete, use Tcl_FSSplitPath
declare 243 {
    void Tcl_SplitPath(const char *path, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char ***argvPtr)
}
declare 244 {
    void Tcl_StaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName,
	    Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc)
}
declare 245 {
    int Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern)
}
# Obsolete
declare 246 {
    int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 247 {
    int Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tcl_TraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 249 {
    char *Tcl_TranslateFileName(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    Tcl_DString *bufferPtr)
}
declare 250 {
    int Tcl_Ungets(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *str, int len, int atHead)
}
declare 251 {
    void Tcl_UnlinkVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
}
declare 252 {
    int Tcl_UnregisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 253 {
    int Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags)
}
declare 254 {
    int Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags)
}
declare 255 {
    void Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 256 {
    void Tcl_UntraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 257 {
    void Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
}
declare 258 {
    int Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
	    const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags)
}
declare 259 {
    int Tcl_UpVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, const char *localName, int flags)
}
declare 260 {
    int Tcl_VarEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, ...)
}
declare 261 {
    ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData)
}
declare 262 {
    ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr,
	    ClientData prevClientData)







|
|



|



|


|






|



|








<
|


|




















|






|











|










|







830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868

869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
}
declare 235 {
    void Tcl_SetObjResult(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr)
}
declare 236 {
    void Tcl_SetStdChannel(Tcl_Channel channel, int type)
}
declare 237 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    const char *Tcl_SetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    const char *newValue, int flags)
}
declare 238 {
    const char *Tcl_SetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, const char *newValue, int flags)
}
declare 239 {
    const char *Tcl_SignalId(int sig)
}
declare 240 {
    const char *Tcl_SignalMsg(int sig)
}
declare 241 {
    void Tcl_SourceRCFile(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 242 {
    int Tcl_SplitList(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *listStr, int *argcPtr,
	    const char ***argvPtr)
}
# Obsolete, use Tcl_FSSplitPath
declare 243 {
    void Tcl_SplitPath(const char *path, int *argcPtr, const char ***argvPtr)
}
declare 244 {
    void Tcl_StaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName,
	    Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc)
}
declare 245 {
    int Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern)
}

declare 246 {deprecated {}} {
    int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 247 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 248 {
    int Tcl_TraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 249 {
    char *Tcl_TranslateFileName(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    Tcl_DString *bufferPtr)
}
declare 250 {
    int Tcl_Ungets(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *str, int len, int atHead)
}
declare 251 {
    void Tcl_UnlinkVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
}
declare 252 {
    int Tcl_UnregisterChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 253 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_UnsetVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags)
}
declare 254 {
    int Tcl_UnsetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags)
}
declare 255 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    void Tcl_UntraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 256 {
    void Tcl_UntraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc,
	    ClientData clientData)
}
declare 257 {
    void Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName)
}
declare 258 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_UpVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName,
	    const char *varName, const char *localName, int flags)
}
declare 259 {
    int Tcl_UpVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *frameName, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, const char *localName, int flags)
}
declare 260 {
    int Tcl_VarEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, ...)
}
declare 261 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData)
}
declare 262 {
    ClientData Tcl_VarTraceInfo2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr,
	    ClientData prevClientData)
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
}
declare 265 {
    int Tcl_DumpActiveMemory(const char *fileName)
}
declare 266 {
    void Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(const char *file, int line)
}
declare 267 {
    void Tcl_AppendResultVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 268 {
    void Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList)
}
declare 269 {
    char *Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
}
declare 270 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
	    CONST84 char **termPtr)
}
declare 271 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, int exact)
}
declare 272 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
	    void *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 273 {
    int Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version)
}
# TIP #268: The internally used new Require function is in slot 573.
declare 274 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, int exact)
}
declare 275 {
    void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 276 {
    int  Tcl_VarEvalVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 277 {
    Tcl_Pid Tcl_WaitPid(Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options)
}
declare 278 {
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_PanicVA(const char *format, va_list argList)
}
declare 279 {
    void Tcl_GetVersion(int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type)
}
declare 280 {
    void Tcl_InitMemory(Tcl_Interp *interp)







|


|






|
|

|
|



|



|




|
|


|


|





|







938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
}
declare 265 {
    int Tcl_DumpActiveMemory(const char *fileName)
}
declare 266 {
    void Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(const char *file, int line)
}
declare 267 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
    void Tcl_AppendResultVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 268 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
    void Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList)
}
declare 269 {
    char *Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
}
declare 270 {
    const char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
	    const char **termPtr)
}
declare 271 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    const char *Tcl_PkgPresent(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, int exact)
}
declare 272 {
    const char *Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *name, const char *version, int exact,
	    void *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 273 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    int Tcl_PkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version)
}
# TIP #268: The internally used new Require function is in slot 573.
declare 274 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    const char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    const char *version, int exact)
}
declare 275 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
    void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 276 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
    int  Tcl_VarEvalVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}
declare 277 {
    Tcl_Pid Tcl_WaitPid(Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options)
}
declare 278 {deprecated {see TIP #422}} {
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_PanicVA(const char *format, va_list argList)
}
declare 279 {
    void Tcl_GetVersion(int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type)
}
declare 280 {
    void Tcl_InitMemory(Tcl_Interp *interp)
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
declare 300 {
    Tcl_ThreadId Tcl_GetCurrentThread(void)
}
declare 301 {
    Tcl_Encoding Tcl_GetEncoding(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name)
}
declare 302 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetEncodingName(Tcl_Encoding encoding)
}
declare 303 {
    void Tcl_GetEncodingNames(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 304 {
    int Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    const void *tablePtr, int offset, const char *msg, int flags,







|







1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
declare 300 {
    Tcl_ThreadId Tcl_GetCurrentThread(void)
}
declare 301 {
    Tcl_Encoding Tcl_GetEncoding(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name)
}
declare 302 {
    const char *Tcl_GetEncodingName(Tcl_Encoding encoding)
}
declare 303 {
    void Tcl_GetEncodingNames(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 304 {
    int Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
	    const void *tablePtr, int offset, const char *msg, int flags,
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
    void Tcl_ThreadAlert(Tcl_ThreadId threadId)
}
declare 319 {
    void Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent(Tcl_ThreadId threadId, Tcl_Event *evPtr,
	    Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 320 {
    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_UniCharAtIndex(const char *src, int index)
}
declare 321 {
    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_UniCharToLower(int ch)
}
declare 322 {
    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_UniCharToTitle(int ch)
}
declare 323 {
    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_UniCharToUpper(int ch)
}
declare 324 {
    int Tcl_UniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
}
declare 325 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfAtIndex(const char *src, int index)
}
declare 326 {
    int Tcl_UtfCharComplete(const char *src, int length)
}
declare 327 {
    int Tcl_UtfBackslash(const char *src, int *readPtr, char *dst)
}
declare 328 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfFindFirst(const char *src, int ch)
}
declare 329 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfFindLast(const char *src, int ch)
}
declare 330 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfNext(const char *src)
}
declare 331 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_UtfPrev(const char *src, const char *start)
}
declare 332 {
    int Tcl_UtfToExternal(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Encoding encoding,
	    const char *src, int srcLen, int flags,
	    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen,
	    int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr)
}







|


|


|


|





|








|


|


|


|







1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
    void Tcl_ThreadAlert(Tcl_ThreadId threadId)
}
declare 319 {
    void Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent(Tcl_ThreadId threadId, Tcl_Event *evPtr,
	    Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 320 {
    int Tcl_UniCharAtIndex(const char *src, int index)
}
declare 321 {
    int Tcl_UniCharToLower(int ch)
}
declare 322 {
    int Tcl_UniCharToTitle(int ch)
}
declare 323 {
    int Tcl_UniCharToUpper(int ch)
}
declare 324 {
    int Tcl_UniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
}
declare 325 {
    const char *Tcl_UtfAtIndex(const char *src, int index)
}
declare 326 {
    int Tcl_UtfCharComplete(const char *src, int length)
}
declare 327 {
    int Tcl_UtfBackslash(const char *src, int *readPtr, char *dst)
}
declare 328 {
    const char *Tcl_UtfFindFirst(const char *src, int ch)
}
declare 329 {
    const char *Tcl_UtfFindLast(const char *src, int ch)
}
declare 330 {
    const char *Tcl_UtfNext(const char *src)
}
declare 331 {
    const char *Tcl_UtfPrev(const char *src, const char *start)
}
declare 332 {
    int Tcl_UtfToExternal(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Encoding encoding,
	    const char *src, int srcLen, int flags,
	    Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen,
	    int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr)
}
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
}
declare 339 {
    int Tcl_WriteObj(Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 340 {
    char *Tcl_GetString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 341 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(void)
}
declare 342 {
    void Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(const char *path)
}
declare 343 {
    void Tcl_AlertNotifier(ClientData clientData)
}
declare 344 {
    void Tcl_ServiceModeHook(int mode)







|
|

|







1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
}
declare 339 {
    int Tcl_WriteObj(Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 340 {
    char *Tcl_GetString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 341 {deprecated {Use Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath}} {
    const char *Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(void)
}
declare 342 {deprecated {Use Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath}} {
    void Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(const char *path)
}
declare 343 {
    void Tcl_AlertNotifier(ClientData clientData)
}
declare 344 {
    void Tcl_ServiceModeHook(int mode)
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(const char *src,
	    int length, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 356 {
    Tcl_RegExp Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *patObj,
	    int flags)
}
declare 357 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_EvalTokens(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
	    int count)
}
declare 358 {
    void Tcl_FreeParse(Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
}
declare 359 {
    void Tcl_LogCommandInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script,
	    const char *command, int length)
}
declare 360 {
    int Tcl_ParseBraces(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
	    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append, CONST84 char **termPtr)
}
declare 361 {
    int Tcl_ParseCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
	    int nested, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
}
declare 362 {
    int Tcl_ParseExpr(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
	    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
}
declare 363 {
    int Tcl_ParseQuotedString(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
	    int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append,
	    CONST84 char **termPtr)
}
declare 364 {
    int Tcl_ParseVarName(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
	    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append)
}
# These 4 functions are obsolete, use Tcl_FSGetCwd, Tcl_FSChdir,
# Tcl_FSAccess and Tcl_FSStat







|












|












|







1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(const char *src,
	    int length, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 356 {
    Tcl_RegExp Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *patObj,
	    int flags)
}
declare 357 {deprecated {Use Tcl_EvalTokensStandard}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_EvalTokens(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
	    int count)
}
declare 358 {
    void Tcl_FreeParse(Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
}
declare 359 {
    void Tcl_LogCommandInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script,
	    const char *command, int length)
}
declare 360 {
    int Tcl_ParseBraces(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
	    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append, const char **termPtr)
}
declare 361 {
    int Tcl_ParseCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
	    int nested, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
}
declare 362 {
    int Tcl_ParseExpr(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
	    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
}
declare 363 {
    int Tcl_ParseQuotedString(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
	    int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append,
	    const char **termPtr)
}
declare 364 {
    int Tcl_ParseVarName(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes,
	    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append)
}
# These 4 functions are obsolete, use Tcl_FSGetCwd, Tcl_FSChdir,
# Tcl_FSAccess and Tcl_FSStat
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
    void Tcl_SetUnicodeObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode,
	    int numChars)
}
declare 380 {
    int Tcl_GetCharLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 381 {
    Tcl_UniChar Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index)
}
declare 382 {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 383 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_GetRange(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last)
}
declare 384 {
    void Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode,







|

|







1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
    void Tcl_SetUnicodeObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode,
	    int numChars)
}
declare 380 {
    int Tcl_GetCharLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 381 {
    int Tcl_GetUniChar(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int index)
}
declare 382 {deprecated {No longer in use, changed to macro}} {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 383 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_GetRange(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int first, int last)
}
declare 384 {
    void Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const Tcl_UniChar *unicode,
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
declare 396 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_GetTopChannel(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 397 {
    int Tcl_ChannelBuffered(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 398 {
    CONST84_RETURN char *Tcl_ChannelName(const Tcl_ChannelType *chanTypePtr)
}
declare 399 {
    Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion Tcl_ChannelVersion(
	    const Tcl_ChannelType *chanTypePtr)
}
declare 400 {
    Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc(







|







1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
declare 396 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_GetTopChannel(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 397 {
    int Tcl_ChannelBuffered(Tcl_Channel chan)
}
declare 398 {
    const char *Tcl_ChannelName(const Tcl_ChannelType *chanTypePtr)
}
declare 399 {
    Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion Tcl_ChannelVersion(
	    const Tcl_ChannelType *chanTypePtr)
}
declare 400 {
    Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc(
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563

# introduced in 8.4a3
declare 434 {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr)
}

# TIP#15 (math function introspection) dkf
declare 435 {
    int Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    int *numArgsPtr, Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr,
	    Tcl_MathProc **procPtr, ClientData *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 436 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ListMathFuncs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern)
}

# TIP#36 (better access to 'subst') dkf
declare 437 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SubstObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags)
}







|




|







1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560

# introduced in 8.4a3
declare 434 {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr)
}

# TIP#15 (math function introspection) dkf
declare 435 {deprecated {}} {
    int Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
	    int *numArgsPtr, Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr,
	    Tcl_MathProc **procPtr, ClientData *clientDataPtr)
}
declare 436 {deprecated {}} {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ListMathFuncs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern)
}

# TIP#36 (better access to 'subst') dkf
declare 437 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SubstObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags)
}
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336






2337


2338













2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
# TIP #456
declare 631 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *service,
	    const char *host, unsigned int flags, Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc,
	    ClientData callbackData)
}

# ----- BASELINE -- FOR -- 8.7.0 ----- #
























##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific public Tcl interface. These functions are only
# available on the designated platform.

interface tclPlat







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
# TIP #456
declare 631 {
    Tcl_Channel Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *service,
	    const char *host, unsigned int flags, Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *acceptProc,
	    ClientData callbackData)
}

# TIP #430
declare 632 {
    int TclZipfs_Mount(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *mntpt,
    const char *zipname,
    const char *passwd)
}
declare 633 {
    int TclZipfs_Unmount(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *zipname)
}
declare 634 {
    Tcl_Obj *TclZipfs_TclLibrary(void)
}
declare 635 {
    int TclZipfs_Mount_Buffer(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *mntpt,
    unsigned char *data,
    size_t datalen,
    int copy)
}

# ----- BASELINE -- FOR -- 8.7.0 ----- #

##############################################################################

# Define the platform specific public Tcl interface. These functions are only
# available on the designated platform.

interface tclPlat
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383




2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
##############################################################################

# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.

export {
    void Tcl_Main(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc)
}




export {
    const char *Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
	int exact)
}
export {
    const char *TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp* interp,
	const char* version, int epoch, int revision)







>
>
>
>







2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
##############################################################################

# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.

export {
    void Tcl_Main(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc)
}
export {
    void Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
export {
    const char *Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
	int exact)
}
export {
    const char *TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp* interp,
	const char* version, int epoch, int revision)

Changes to generic/tcl.h.

48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
 * macosx/Tcl.xcode/default.pbxuser (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * macosx/Tcl-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * win/README		(not patchlevel) (sections 0 and 2)
 * unix/tcl.spec	(1 LOC patch)
 * tools/tcl.hpj.in	(not patchlevel, for windows installer)
 */

#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION   9
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION   0
#define TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL   TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL  0

#define TCL_VERSION	    "9.0"
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL	    "9.0a0"

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || defined(RC_INVOKED)
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following definitions set up the proper options for Windows compilers.
 * We use this method because there is no autoconf equivalent.
 */







|
|

|

|
|







48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
 * macosx/Tcl.xcode/default.pbxuser (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * macosx/Tcl-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
 * win/README		(not patchlevel) (sections 0 and 2)
 * unix/tcl.spec	(1 LOC patch)
 * tools/tcl.hpj.in	(not patchlevel, for windows installer)
 */

#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION   8
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION   7
#define TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL   TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL  2

#define TCL_VERSION	    "8.7"
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL	    "8.7a2"

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || defined(RC_INVOKED)
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following definitions set up the proper options for Windows compilers.
 * We use this method because there is no autoconf equivalent.
 */
85
86
87
88
89
90
91




92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
#  define STRINGIFY(x) STRINGIFY1(x)
#  define STRINGIFY1(x) #x
#endif
#ifndef JOIN
#  define JOIN(a,b) JOIN1(a,b)
#  define JOIN1(a,b) a##b
#endif




#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool.
 *
 * Resource compilers don't like all the C stuff, like typedefs and function
 * declarations, that occur below, so block them out.
 */

#ifndef RC_INVOKED

/*
 * Special macro to define mutexes, that doesn't do anything if we are not
 * using threads.
 */

#ifdef TCL_THREADS
#define TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(name) static Tcl_Mutex name;
#else
#define TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(name)
#endif

/*
 * Tcl's public routine Tcl_FSSeek() uses the values SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, and
 * SEEK_END, all #define'd by stdio.h .
 *
 * Also, many extensions need stdio.h, and they've grown accustomed to tcl.h
 * providing it for them rather than #include-ing it themselves as they







>
>
>
>














|
<


<

<
<
<







85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110

111
112

113



114
115
116
117
118
119
120
#  define STRINGIFY(x) STRINGIFY1(x)
#  define STRINGIFY1(x) #x
#endif
#ifndef JOIN
#  define JOIN(a,b) JOIN1(a,b)
#  define JOIN1(a,b) a##b
#endif

#ifndef TCL_THREADS
#   define TCL_THREADS 1
#endif
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
 * windows resource files so that they can obtain version information.
 * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool.
 *
 * Resource compilers don't like all the C stuff, like typedefs and function
 * declarations, that occur below, so block them out.
 */

#ifndef RC_INVOKED

/*
 * Special macro to define mutexes.

 */


#define TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(name) static Tcl_Mutex name;




/*
 * Tcl's public routine Tcl_FSSeek() uses the values SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, and
 * SEEK_END, all #define'd by stdio.h .
 *
 * Also, many extensions need stdio.h, and they've grown accustomed to tcl.h
 * providing it for them rather than #include-ing it themselves as they
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
 * written for older versions of Tcl where the macros permitted
 * support for the varargs.h system as well as stdarg.h .
 *
 * New code should just directly be written to use stdarg.h conventions.
 */

#include <stdarg.h>
#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#    define TCL_VARARGS(type, name) (type name, ...)
#    define TCL_VARARGS_DEF(type, name) (type name, ...)
#    define TCL_VARARGS_START(type, name, list) (va_start(list, name), name)
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
#   define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, a, b)))
#   define TCL_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))







|







132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
 * written for older versions of Tcl where the macros permitted
 * support for the varargs.h system as well as stdarg.h .
 *
 * New code should just directly be written to use stdarg.h conventions.
 */

#include <stdarg.h>
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#    define TCL_VARARGS(type, name) (type name, ...)
#    define TCL_VARARGS_DEF(type, name) (type name, ...)
#    define TCL_VARARGS_START(type, name, list) (va_start(list, name), name)
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
#   define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, a, b)))
#   define TCL_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
 * The following _ANSI_ARGS_ macro is to support old extensions
 * written for older versions of Tcl where it permitted support
 * for compilers written in the pre-prototype era of C.
 *
 * New code should use prototypes.
 */

#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#   undef _ANSI_ARGS_
#   define _ANSI_ARGS_(x)	x
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 * Definitions that allow this header file to be used either with or without
 * ANSI C features.
 */

#ifndef INLINE
#   define INLINE
#endif

#ifdef NO_CONST
#   ifndef const
#      define const
#   endif
#endif
#ifndef CONST
#   define CONST const
#endif

#ifdef USE_NON_CONST
#   ifdef USE_COMPAT_CONST
#      error define at most one of USE_NON_CONST and USE_COMPAT_CONST
#   endif
#   define CONST84
#   define CONST84_RETURN
#else
#   ifdef USE_COMPAT_CONST
#      define CONST84
#      define CONST84_RETURN const
#   else
#      define CONST84 const
#      define CONST84_RETURN const
#   endif
#endif

#ifndef CONST86
#      define CONST86 CONST84
#endif

/*
 * Make sure EXTERN isn't defined elsewhere.
 */

#ifdef EXTERN







|


<









<
<
<
<
<
<




<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|


|







249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258

259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267






268
269
270
271














272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
 * The following _ANSI_ARGS_ macro is to support old extensions
 * written for older versions of Tcl where it permitted support
 * for compilers written in the pre-prototype era of C.
 *
 * New code should use prototypes.
 */

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#   undef _ANSI_ARGS_
#   define _ANSI_ARGS_(x)	x


/*
 * Definitions that allow this header file to be used either with or without
 * ANSI C features.
 */

#ifndef INLINE
#   define INLINE
#endif






#ifndef CONST
#   define CONST const
#endif















#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

#ifndef CONST86
#      define CONST86 const
#endif

/*
 * Make sure EXTERN isn't defined elsewhere.
 */

#ifdef EXTERN
314
315
316
317
318
319
320

321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341

342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following code is copied from winnt.h. If we don't replicate it here,
 * then <windows.h> can't be included after tcl.h, since tcl.h also defines
 * VOID. This block is skipped under Cygwin and Mingw.
 */


#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID)
#ifndef VOID
#define VOID void
typedef char CHAR;
typedef short SHORT;
typedef long LONG;
#endif
#endif /* _WIN32 && !HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID */

/*
 * Macro to use instead of "void" for arguments that must have type "void *"
 * in ANSI C; maps them to type "char *" in non-ANSI systems.
 */

#ifndef __VXWORKS__
#   ifndef NO_VOID
#	define VOID void
#   else
#	define VOID char
#   endif
#endif


/*
 * Miscellaneous declarations.
 */

#ifndef _CLIENTDATA
#   ifndef NO_VOID
	typedef void *ClientData;
#   else
	typedef int *ClientData;
#   endif
#   define _CLIENTDATA
#endif

/*
 * Darwin specific configure overrides (to support fat compiles, where
 * configure runs only once for multiple architectures):
 */







>















<
|
<
<
<

>






<
|
<
<
<







292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314

315



316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323

324



325
326
327
328
329
330
331
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following code is copied from winnt.h. If we don't replicate it here,
 * then <windows.h> can't be included after tcl.h, since tcl.h also defines
 * VOID. This block is skipped under Cygwin and Mingw.
 */

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID)
#ifndef VOID
#define VOID void
typedef char CHAR;
typedef short SHORT;
typedef long LONG;
#endif
#endif /* _WIN32 && !HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID */

/*
 * Macro to use instead of "void" for arguments that must have type "void *"
 * in ANSI C; maps them to type "char *" in non-ANSI systems.
 */

#ifndef __VXWORKS__

#   define VOID void



#endif
#endif /* !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9 */

/*
 * Miscellaneous declarations.
 */

#ifndef _CLIENTDATA

    typedef void *ClientData;



#   define _CLIENTDATA
#endif

/*
 * Darwin specific configure overrides (to support fat compiles, where
 * configure runs only once for multiple architectures):
 */
392
393
394
395
396
397
398



399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432

433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
 * sprintf(...,"%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d",...).
 */

#if !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE)&&!defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG)
#   if defined(_WIN32)
#      define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE __int64
#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"I64"



#   elif defined(__GNUC__)
#      define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE long long
#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"ll"
#   else /* ! _WIN32 && ! __GNUC__ */
/*
 * Don't know what platform it is and configure hasn't discovered what is
 * going on for us. Try to guess...
 */
#      include <limits.h>
#      if (INT_MAX < LONG_MAX)
#         define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG	1
#      else
#         define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE long long
#      endif
#   endif /* _WIN32 */
#endif /* !TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE & !TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */
#ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
#   undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
#   define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE	long
#endif /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */

typedef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE		Tcl_WideInt;
typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE	Tcl_WideUInt;

#ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
#   ifndef TCL_LL_MODIFIER
#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER		"l"
#   endif /* !TCL_LL_MODIFIER */
#else /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */
/*
 * The next short section of defines are only done when not running on Windows
 * or some other strange platform.
 */
#   ifndef TCL_LL_MODIFIER

#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER		"ll"
#   endif /* !TCL_LL_MODIFIER */
#endif /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */

#define Tcl_WideAsLong(val)	((long)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_LongAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((long)(val)))
#define Tcl_WideAsDouble(val)	((double)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_DoubleAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((double)(val)))

#if defined(_WIN32)
#   ifdef __BORLANDC__







>
>
>

<
|






|

<
<



|
|
|
|




<
|
|
|
|
<
|
<
<
|
>
|
|
|
<







364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374

375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383


384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394

395
396
397
398

399


400
401
402
403
404

405
406
407
408
409
410
411
 * sprintf(...,"%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d",...).
 */

#if !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE)&&!defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG)
#   if defined(_WIN32)
#      define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE __int64
#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"I64"
#      if defined(_WIN64)
#         define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"I"
#      endif
#   elif defined(__GNUC__)

#      define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"z"
#   else /* ! _WIN32 && ! __GNUC__ */
/*
 * Don't know what platform it is and configure hasn't discovered what is
 * going on for us. Try to guess...
 */
#      include <limits.h>
#      if defined(LLONG_MAX) && (LLONG_MAX == LONG_MAX)
#         define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG	1


#      endif
#   endif /* _WIN32 */
#endif /* !TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE & !TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */

#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
#   define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE		long long
#endif /* !TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE */

typedef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE		Tcl_WideInt;
typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE	Tcl_WideUInt;


#ifndef TCL_LL_MODIFIER
#   define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"ll"
#endif /* !TCL_LL_MODIFIER */
#ifndef TCL_Z_MODIFIER

#   if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_WIN32)


#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"z"
#   else
#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	""
#   endif
#endif /* !TCL_Z_MODIFIER */

#define Tcl_WideAsLong(val)	((long)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_LongAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((long)(val)))
#define Tcl_WideAsDouble(val)	((double)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_DoubleAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((double)(val)))

#if defined(_WIN32)
#   ifdef __BORLANDC__
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495










496
497
498
499
500
501
502
 * "real" definition in tclInt.h.
 *
 * Note: Tcl_ObjCmdProc functions do not directly set result and freeProc.
 * Instead, they set a Tcl_Obj member in the "real" structure that can be
 * accessed with Tcl_GetObjResult() and Tcl_SetObjResult().
 */

typedef struct Tcl_Interp Tcl_Interp;











typedef struct Tcl_AsyncHandler_ *Tcl_AsyncHandler;
typedef struct Tcl_Channel_ *Tcl_Channel;
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion_ *Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion;
typedef struct Tcl_Command_ *Tcl_Command;
typedef struct Tcl_Condition_ *Tcl_Condition;
typedef struct Tcl_Dict_ *Tcl_Dict;







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
 * "real" definition in tclInt.h.
 *
 * Note: Tcl_ObjCmdProc functions do not directly set result and freeProc.
 * Instead, they set a Tcl_Obj member in the "real" structure that can be
 * accessed with Tcl_GetObjResult() and Tcl_SetObjResult().
 */

typedef struct Tcl_Interp
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
{
    /* TIP #330: Strongly discourage extensions from using the string
     * result. */
    char *resultDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
    void (*freeProcDontUse) (char *); /* Don't use in extensions! */
    int errorLineDontUse; /* Don't use in extensions! */
}
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
Tcl_Interp;

typedef struct Tcl_AsyncHandler_ *Tcl_AsyncHandler;
typedef struct Tcl_Channel_ *Tcl_Channel;
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion_ *Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion;
typedef struct Tcl_Command_ *Tcl_Command;
typedef struct Tcl_Condition_ *Tcl_Condition;
typedef struct Tcl_Dict_ *Tcl_Dict;
637
638
639
640
641
642
643




644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657

658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668




669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699

#define TCL_OK			0
#define TCL_ERROR		1
#define TCL_RETURN		2
#define TCL_BREAK		3
#define TCL_CONTINUE		4





/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Flags to control what substitutions are performed by Tcl_SubstObj():
 */

#define TCL_SUBST_COMMANDS	001
#define TCL_SUBST_VARIABLES	002
#define TCL_SUBST_BACKSLASHES	004
#define TCL_SUBST_ALL		007

/*
 * Argument descriptors for math function callbacks in expressions:
 */


typedef enum {
    TCL_INT, TCL_DOUBLE, TCL_EITHER, TCL_WIDE_INT
} Tcl_ValueType;

typedef struct Tcl_Value {
    Tcl_ValueType type;		/* Indicates intValue or doubleValue is valid,
				 * or both. */
    long intValue;		/* Integer value. */
    double doubleValue;		/* Double-precision floating value. */
    Tcl_WideInt wideValue;	/* Wide (min. 64-bit) integer value. */
} Tcl_Value;





/*
 * Forward declaration of Tcl_Obj to prevent an error when the forward
 * reference to Tcl_Obj is encountered in the function types declared below.
 */

struct Tcl_Obj;

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Function types defined by Tcl:
 */

typedef int (Tcl_AppInitProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp);
typedef int (Tcl_AsyncProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	int code);
typedef void (Tcl_ChannelProc) (ClientData clientData, int mask);
typedef void (Tcl_CloseProc) (ClientData data);
typedef void (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef int (Tcl_CmdProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
typedef void (Tcl_CmdTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	int level, char *command, Tcl_CmdProc *proc,
	ClientData cmdClientData, int argc, CONST84 char *argv[]);
typedef int (Tcl_CmdObjTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	int level, const char *command, Tcl_Command commandInfo, int objc,
	struct Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
typedef void (Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef void (Tcl_DupInternalRepProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
	struct Tcl_Obj *dupPtr);
typedef int (Tcl_EncodingConvertProc) (ClientData clientData, const char *src,







>
>
>
>














>











>
>
>
>




















|


|







615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686

#define TCL_OK			0
#define TCL_ERROR		1
#define TCL_RETURN		2
#define TCL_BREAK		3
#define TCL_CONTINUE		4

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#define TCL_RESULT_SIZE		200
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Flags to control what substitutions are performed by Tcl_SubstObj():
 */

#define TCL_SUBST_COMMANDS	001
#define TCL_SUBST_VARIABLES	002
#define TCL_SUBST_BACKSLASHES	004
#define TCL_SUBST_ALL		007

/*
 * Argument descriptors for math function callbacks in expressions:
 */

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
typedef enum {
    TCL_INT, TCL_DOUBLE, TCL_EITHER, TCL_WIDE_INT
} Tcl_ValueType;

typedef struct Tcl_Value {
    Tcl_ValueType type;		/* Indicates intValue or doubleValue is valid,
				 * or both. */
    long intValue;		/* Integer value. */
    double doubleValue;		/* Double-precision floating value. */
    Tcl_WideInt wideValue;	/* Wide (min. 64-bit) integer value. */
} Tcl_Value;
#else
#define Tcl_ValueType void /* Just enough to prevent compilation error in Tcl */
#define Tcl_Value void /* Just enough to prevent compilation error in Tcl */
#endif

/*
 * Forward declaration of Tcl_Obj to prevent an error when the forward
 * reference to Tcl_Obj is encountered in the function types declared below.
 */

struct Tcl_Obj;

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Function types defined by Tcl:
 */

typedef int (Tcl_AppInitProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp);
typedef int (Tcl_AsyncProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	int code);
typedef void (Tcl_ChannelProc) (ClientData clientData, int mask);
typedef void (Tcl_CloseProc) (ClientData data);
typedef void (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef int (Tcl_CmdProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	int argc, const char *argv[]);
typedef void (Tcl_CmdTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	int level, char *command, Tcl_CmdProc *proc,
	ClientData cmdClientData, int argc, const char *argv[]);
typedef int (Tcl_CmdObjTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	int level, const char *command, Tcl_Command commandInfo, int objc,
	struct Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
typedef void (Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef void (Tcl_DupInternalRepProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
	struct Tcl_Obj *dupPtr);
typedef int (Tcl_EncodingConvertProc) (ClientData clientData, const char *src,
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
typedef void (Tcl_PanicProc) (const char *format, ...);
typedef void (Tcl_TcpAcceptProc) (ClientData callbackData, Tcl_Channel chan,
	char *address, int port);
typedef void (Tcl_TimerProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef int (Tcl_SetFromAnyProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
typedef void (Tcl_UpdateStringProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
typedef char * (Tcl_VarTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	CONST84 char *part1, CONST84 char *part2, int flags);
typedef void (Tcl_CommandTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	const char *oldName, const char *newName, int flags);
typedef void (Tcl_CreateFileHandlerProc) (int fd, int mask, Tcl_FileProc *proc,
	ClientData clientData);
typedef void (Tcl_DeleteFileHandlerProc) (int fd);
typedef void (Tcl_AlertNotifierProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef void (Tcl_ServiceModeHookProc) (int mode);







|







709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
typedef void (Tcl_PanicProc) (const char *format, ...);
typedef void (Tcl_TcpAcceptProc) (ClientData callbackData, Tcl_Channel chan,
	char *address, int port);
typedef void (Tcl_TimerProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef int (Tcl_SetFromAnyProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
typedef void (Tcl_UpdateStringProc) (struct Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
typedef char * (Tcl_VarTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags);
typedef void (Tcl_CommandTraceProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
	const char *oldName, const char *newName, int flags);
typedef void (Tcl_CreateFileHandlerProc) (int fd, int mask, Tcl_FileProc *proc,
	ClientData clientData);
typedef void (Tcl_DeleteFileHandlerProc) (int fd);
typedef void (Tcl_AlertNotifierProc) (ClientData clientData);
typedef void (Tcl_ServiceModeHookProc) (int mode);
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828

829
830
831








832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839

void		Tcl_IncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
void		Tcl_DecrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
int		Tcl_IsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following type contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. It

 * is typically allocated on the stack.
 */









typedef Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SavedResult;

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following definitions support Tcl's namespace facility. Note: the first
 * five fields must match exactly the fields in a Namespace structure (see
 * tclInt.h).
 */







|
>
|


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835

void		Tcl_IncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
void		Tcl_DecrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
int		Tcl_IsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following structure contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. No-one
 * outside of Tcl should access any of these fields. This structure is
 * typically allocated on the stack.
 */

typedef struct Tcl_SavedResult {
    char *result;
    Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;
    char *appendResult;
    int appendAvl;
    int appendUsed;
    char resultSpace[200+1];
} Tcl_SavedResult;

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following definitions support Tcl's namespace facility. Note: the first
 * five fields must match exactly the fields in a Namespace structure (see
 * tclInt.h).
 */
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
    char staticSpace[TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE];
				/* Space to use in common case where string is
				 * small. */
} Tcl_DString;

#define Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->length)
#define Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->string)
#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#   define Tcl_DStringTrunc Tcl_DStringSetLength
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 * Definitions for the maximum number of digits of precision that may be
 * specified in the "tcl_precision" variable, and the number of bytes of
 * buffer space required by Tcl_PrintDouble.







|







946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
    char staticSpace[TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE];
				/* Space to use in common case where string is
				 * small. */
} Tcl_DString;

#define Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->length)
#define Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->string)
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#   define Tcl_DStringTrunc Tcl_DStringSetLength
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 * Definitions for the maximum number of digits of precision that may be
 * specified in the "tcl_precision" variable, and the number of bytes of
 * buffer space required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
/*
 * The TCL_PARSE_PART1 flag is deprecated and has no effect. The part1 is now
 * always parsed whenever the part2 is NULL. (This is to avoid a common error
 * when converting code to use the new object based APIs and forgetting to
 * give the flag)
 */

#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#   define TCL_PARSE_PART1	0x400
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 * Types for linked variables:
 */








|







1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
/*
 * The TCL_PARSE_PART1 flag is deprecated and has no effect. The part1 is now
 * always parsed whenever the part2 is NULL. (This is to avoid a common error
 * when converting code to use the new object based APIs and forgetting to
 * give the flag)
 */

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
#   define TCL_PARSE_PART1	0x400
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 * Types for linked variables:
 */

1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverCloseProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			Tcl_Interp *interp);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverClose2Proc) (ClientData instanceData,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverInputProc) (ClientData instanceData, char *buf,
			int toRead, int *errorCodePtr);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverOutputProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			CONST84 char *buf, int toWrite, int *errorCodePtr);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverSeekProc) (ClientData instanceData, long offset,
			int mode, int *errorCodePtr);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
			const char *value);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST84 char *optionName,
			Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
typedef void	(Tcl_DriverWatchProc) (ClientData instanceData, int mask);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			int direction, ClientData *handlePtr);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverFlushProc) (ClientData instanceData);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverHandlerProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			int interestMask);







|






|







1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverCloseProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			Tcl_Interp *interp);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverClose2Proc) (ClientData instanceData,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, int flags);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverInputProc) (ClientData instanceData, char *buf,
			int toRead, int *errorCodePtr);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverOutputProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			const char *buf, int toWrite, int *errorCodePtr);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverSeekProc) (ClientData instanceData, long offset,
			int mode, int *errorCodePtr);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
			const char *value);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
			Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
typedef void	(Tcl_DriverWatchProc) (ClientData instanceData, int mask);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			int direction, ClientData *handlePtr);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverFlushProc) (ClientData instanceData);
typedef int	(Tcl_DriverHandlerProc) (ClientData instanceData,
			int interestMask);
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
 *				is described by a TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR token
 *				followed by the TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR token for
 *				the operator, then TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR tokens
 *				for the left then the right operands.
 * TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR -		The token describes one expression operator.
 *				An operator might be the name of a math
 *				function such as "abs". A TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR
 *				token is always preceeded by one
 *				TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR token for the operator's
 *				subexpression, and is followed by zero or more
 *				TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR tokens for the operator's
 *				operands. NumComponents is always 0.
 * TCL_TOKEN_EXPAND_WORD -	This token is just like TCL_TOKEN_WORD except
 *				that it marks a word that began with the
 *				literal character prefix "{*}". This word is







|







1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
 *				is described by a TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR token
 *				followed by the TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR token for
 *				the operator, then TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR tokens
 *				for the left then the right operands.
 * TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR -		The token describes one expression operator.
 *				An operator might be the name of a math
 *				function such as "abs". A TCL_TOKEN_OPERATOR
 *				token is always preceded by one
 *				TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR token for the operator's
 *				subexpression, and is followed by zero or more
 *				TCL_TOKEN_SUB_EXPR tokens for the operator's
 *				operands. NumComponents is always 0.
 * TCL_TOKEN_EXPAND_WORD -	This token is just like TCL_TOKEN_WORD except
 *				that it marks a word that began with the
 *				literal character prefix "{*}". This word is
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
#define TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE	(-1)
#define TCL_CONVERT_SYNTAX	(-2)
#define TCL_CONVERT_UNKNOWN	(-3)
#define TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE	(-4)

/*
 * The maximum number of bytes that are necessary to represent a single
 * Unicode character in UTF-8. The valid values should be 3, 4 or 6
 * (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If 3 or
 * 4, then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UCS-2) (the default). If 6,
 * then Tcl_UniChar must be 4-bytes in size (UCS-4). At this time UCS-2 mode
 * is the default and recommended mode. UCS-4 is experimental and not
 * recommended. It works for the core, but most extensions expect UCS-2.
 */

#ifndef TCL_UTF_MAX
#define TCL_UTF_MAX		3
#endif

/*
 * This represents a Unicode character. Any changes to this should also be
 * reflected in regcustom.h.
 */








|
|
|






|







2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
#define TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE	(-1)
#define TCL_CONVERT_SYNTAX	(-2)
#define TCL_CONVERT_UNKNOWN	(-3)
#define TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE	(-4)

/*
 * The maximum number of bytes that are necessary to represent a single
 * Unicode character in UTF-8. The valid values are 4 and 6
 * (or perhaps 1 if we want to support a non-unicode enabled core). If 4,
 * then Tcl_UniChar must be 2-bytes in size (UCS-2) (the default). If 6,
 * then Tcl_UniChar must be 4-bytes in size (UCS-4). At this time UCS-2 mode
 * is the default and recommended mode. UCS-4 is experimental and not
 * recommended. It works for the core, but most extensions expect UCS-2.
 */

#ifndef TCL_UTF_MAX
#define TCL_UTF_MAX		4
#endif

/*
 * This represents a Unicode character. Any changes to this should also be
 * reflected in regcustom.h.
 */

2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366





2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373

typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
				int result);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following constant is used to test for older versions of Tcl in the
 * stubs tables.
 */

#define TCL_STUB_MAGIC		((int) 0xFCA3BACF)

/*
 * The following function is required to be defined in all stubs aware
 * extensions. The function is actually implemented in the stub library, not
 * the main Tcl library, although there is a trivial implementation in the
 * main library in case an extension is statically linked into an application.
 */

const char *		Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
			    int exact, int magic);
const char *		TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *version, int epoch, int revision);






#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
#if TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL == TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#   define Tcl_InitStubs(interp, version, exact) \
	(Tcl_InitStubs)(interp, version, \
	    (exact)|(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION<<8)|(TCL_MINOR_VERSION<<16), \
	    TCL_STUB_MAGIC)







|


|












>
>
>
>
>







2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374

typedef int (Tcl_NRPostProc) (ClientData data[], Tcl_Interp *interp,
				int result);

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following constant is used to test for older versions of Tcl in the
 * stubs tables. If TCL_UTF_MAX>4 use a different value.
 */

#define TCL_STUB_MAGIC		((int) 0xFCA3BACF + (TCL_UTF_MAX>4))

/*
 * The following function is required to be defined in all stubs aware
 * extensions. The function is actually implemented in the stub library, not
 * the main Tcl library, although there is a trivial implementation in the
 * main library in case an extension is statically linked into an application.
 */

const char *		Tcl_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
			    int exact, int magic);
const char *		TclTomMathInitializeStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *version, int epoch, int revision);
#if defined(_WIN32)
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_ConsolePanic(const char *format, ...);
#else
#   define Tcl_ConsolePanic ((Tcl_PanicProc *)0)
#endif

#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
#if TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL == TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#   define Tcl_InitStubs(interp, version, exact) \
	(Tcl_InitStubs)(interp, version, \
	    (exact)|(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION<<8)|(TCL_MINOR_VERSION<<16), \
	    TCL_STUB_MAGIC)
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403



2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410

/*
 * Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.
 * Tcl_GetMemoryInfo is needed for AOLserver. [Bug 1868171]
 */

#define Tcl_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tcl_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
	    ((Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
EXTERN void		Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
			    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *version, int exact);
EXTERN void		Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);




/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Include the public function declarations that are accessible via the stubs
 * table.
 */








|





>
>
>







2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414

/*
 * Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.
 * Tcl_GetMemoryInfo is needed for AOLserver. [Bug 1868171]
 */

#define Tcl_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tcl_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
	    (((Tcl_SetPanicProc)(Tcl_ConsolePanic), Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
EXTERN void		Tcl_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
			    Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp);
EXTERN const char *	Tcl_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    const char *version, int exact);
EXTERN void		Tcl_GetMemoryInfo(Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
#ifndef _WIN32
EXTERN int		TclZipfs_AppHook(int *argc, char ***argv);
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Include the public function declarations that are accessible via the stubs
 * table.
 */

2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
     Tcl_DbNewLongObj((val)!=0, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewByteArrayObj
#  define Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(bytes, len) \
     Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(bytes, len, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewDoubleObj
#  define Tcl_NewDoubleObj(val) \
     Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewIntObj
#  define Tcl_NewIntObj(val) \
     Tcl_DbNewLongObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewListObj
#  define Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv) \
     Tcl_DbNewListObj(objc, objv, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewLongObj
#  define Tcl_NewLongObj(val) \
     Tcl_DbNewLongObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewObj
#  define Tcl_NewObj() \
     Tcl_DbNewObj(__FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewStringObj
#  define Tcl_NewStringObj(bytes, len) \
     Tcl_DbNewStringObj(bytes, len, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewWideIntObj







<
<
<



<
<
<







2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520



2521
2522
2523



2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
     Tcl_DbNewLongObj((val)!=0, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewByteArrayObj
#  define Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(bytes, len) \
     Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(bytes, len, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewDoubleObj
#  define Tcl_NewDoubleObj(val) \
     Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)



#  undef  Tcl_NewListObj
#  define Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv) \
     Tcl_DbNewListObj(objc, objv, __FILE__, __LINE__)



#  undef  Tcl_NewObj
#  define Tcl_NewObj() \
     Tcl_DbNewObj(__FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewStringObj
#  define Tcl_NewStringObj(bytes, len) \
     Tcl_DbNewStringObj(bytes, len, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewWideIntObj
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
#undef  Tcl_FindHashEntry
#define Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, key) \
	(*((tablePtr)->findProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key))
#undef  Tcl_CreateHashEntry
#define Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, key, newPtr) \
	(*((tablePtr)->createProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key), newPtr)

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Macros that eliminate the overhead of the thread synchronization functions
 * when compiling without thread support.
 */

#ifndef TCL_THREADS
#undef  Tcl_MutexLock
#define Tcl_MutexLock(mutexPtr)
#undef  Tcl_MutexUnlock
#define Tcl_MutexUnlock(mutexPtr)
#undef  Tcl_MutexFinalize
#define Tcl_MutexFinalize(mutexPtr)
#undef  Tcl_ConditionNotify
#define Tcl_ConditionNotify(condPtr)
#undef  Tcl_ConditionWait
#define Tcl_ConditionWait(condPtr, mutexPtr, timePtr)
#undef  Tcl_ConditionFinalize
#define Tcl_ConditionFinalize(condPtr)
#endif /* TCL_THREADS */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Deprecated Tcl functions:
 */

#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
/*
 * These function have been renamed. The old names are deprecated, but we
 * define these macros for backwards compatibilty.
 */

#   define Tcl_Ckalloc		Tcl_Alloc
#   define Tcl_Ckfree		Tcl_Free
#   define Tcl_Ckrealloc	Tcl_Realloc
#   define Tcl_Return		Tcl_SetResult
#   define Tcl_TildeSubst	Tcl_TranslateFileName







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<





|


|







2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559





















2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
#undef  Tcl_FindHashEntry
#define Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, key) \
	(*((tablePtr)->findProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key))
#undef  Tcl_CreateHashEntry
#define Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, key, newPtr) \
	(*((tablePtr)->createProc))(tablePtr, (const char *)(key), newPtr)






















/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Deprecated Tcl functions:
 */

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
/*
 * These function have been renamed. The old names are deprecated, but we
 * define these macros for backwards compatibility.
 */

#   define Tcl_Ckalloc		Tcl_Alloc
#   define Tcl_Ckfree		Tcl_Free
#   define Tcl_Ckrealloc	Tcl_Realloc
#   define Tcl_Return		Tcl_SetResult
#   define Tcl_TildeSubst	Tcl_TranslateFileName

Changes to generic/tclAlloc.c.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

/*
 * Windows and Unix use an alternative allocator when building with threads
 * that has significantly reduced lock contention.
 */

#include "tclInt.h"
#if !defined(TCL_THREADS) || !defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)

#if USE_TCLALLOC

/*
 * We should really make use of AC_CHECK_TYPE(caddr_t) here, but it can wait
 * until Tcl uses config.h properly.
 */







|







18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

/*
 * Windows and Unix use an alternative allocator when building with threads
 * that has significantly reduced lock contention.
 */

#include "tclInt.h"
#if !TCL_THREADS || !defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)

#if USE_TCLALLOC

/*
 * We should really make use of AC_CHECK_TYPE(caddr_t) here, but it can wait
 * until Tcl uses config.h properly.
 */
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
/*
 * The allocator is protected by a special mutex that must be explicitly
 * initialized. Futhermore, because Tcl_Alloc may be used before anything else
 * in Tcl, we make this module self-initializing after all with the allocInit
 * variable.
 */

#ifdef TCL_THREADS
static Tcl_Mutex *allocMutexPtr;
#endif
static int allocInit = 0;

#ifdef MSTATS

/*







|







117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
/*
 * The allocator is protected by a special mutex that must be explicitly
 * initialized. Futhermore, because Tcl_Alloc may be used before anything else
 * in Tcl, we make this module self-initializing after all with the allocInit
 * variable.
 */

#if TCL_THREADS
static Tcl_Mutex *allocMutexPtr;
#endif
static int allocInit = 0;

#ifdef MSTATS

/*
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
 */

void
TclInitAlloc(void)
{
    if (!allocInit) {
	allocInit = 1;
#ifdef TCL_THREADS
	allocMutexPtr = Tcl_GetAllocMutex();
#endif
    }
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------







|







167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
 */

void
TclInitAlloc(void)
{
    if (!allocInit) {
	allocInit = 1;
#if TCL_THREADS
	allocMutexPtr = Tcl_GetAllocMutex();
#endif
    }
}

/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
	    fprintf(stderr, " %u", j);
	}
	totalFree += ((size_t)j) * (1 << (i + 3));
    }

    fprintf(stderr, "\nused:\t");
    for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++) {
	fprintf(stderr, " %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d", (Tcl_WideInt)numMallocs[i]);
	totalUsed += numMallocs[i] * (1 << (i + 3));
    }

    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tTotal small in use: %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d, total free: %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d\n",
	(Tcl_WideInt)totalUsed, (Tcl_WideInt)totalFree);
    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tNumber of big (>%d) blocks in use: %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d\n",
	    MAXMALLOC, (Tcl_WideInt)numMallocs[NBUCKETS]);

    Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
}
#endif

#else	/* !USE_TCLALLOC */








|



|
|
|
|







657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
	    fprintf(stderr, " %u", j);
	}
	totalFree += ((size_t)j) * (1 << (i + 3));
    }

    fprintf(stderr, "\nused:\t");
    for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++) {
	fprintf(stderr, " %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u", numMallocs[i]);
	totalUsed += numMallocs[i] * (1 << (i + 3));
    }

    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tTotal small in use: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u, total free: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	totalUsed, totalFree);
    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tNumber of big (>%d) blocks in use: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    MAXMALLOC, numMallocs[NBUCKETS]);

    Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
}
#endif

#else	/* !USE_TCLALLOC */


Changes to generic/tclAssembly.c.

2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259

2260
2261



2262


2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
    CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
				/* Compilation environment */
    Tcl_Interp* interp = (Tcl_Interp*) envPtr->iPtr;
				/* Tcl interpreter */
    Tcl_Token* tokenPtr = *tokenPtrPtr;
				/* INOUT: Pointer to the next token in the
				 * source code */
    Tcl_Obj* intObj;		/* Integer from the source code */
    int status;			/* Tcl status return */

    /*
     * Extract the next token as a string.
     */

    if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &intObj) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    /*
     * Convert to an integer, advance to the next token and return.



     */



    status = TclGetIntForIndex(interp, intObj, -2, result);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(intObj);
    *tokenPtrPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    return status;
}

/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|
|

<
<
<
|
|



>

<
>
>
>

>
>

<
|







2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251



2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258

2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265

2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
    CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
				/* Compilation environment */
    Tcl_Interp* interp = (Tcl_Interp*) envPtr->iPtr;
				/* Tcl interpreter */
    Tcl_Token* tokenPtr = *tokenPtrPtr;
				/* INOUT: Pointer to the next token in the
				 * source code */
    Tcl_Obj *value;
    int status;




    /* General operand validity check */
    if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /* Convert to an integer, advance to the next token and return. */
    /*

     * NOTE: Indexing a list with an index before it yields the
     * same result as indexing after it, and might be more easily portable
     * when list size limits grow.
     */
    status = TclIndexEncode(interp, value,
	    TCL_INDEX_BEFORE,TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, result);


    Tcl_DecrRefCount(value);
    *tokenPtrPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    return status;
}

/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276

    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    in assembly code between lines ");
    lineNo = Tcl_NewIntObj(bbPtr->startLine);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(lineNo);
    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, " and ");
    if (bbPtr->successor1 != NULL) {
	TclSetLongObj(lineNo, bbPtr->successor1->startLine);
	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    } else {
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "end of assembly code");
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(lineNo);
}








|







4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277

    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    in assembly code between lines ");
    lineNo = Tcl_NewIntObj(bbPtr->startLine);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(lineNo);
    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, " and ");
    if (bbPtr->successor1 != NULL) {
	TclSetIntObj(lineNo, bbPtr->successor1->startLine);
	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    } else {
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "end of assembly code");
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(lineNo);
}


Changes to generic/tclBasic.c.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74











75
76
77
78
79
80
81
				 * a default result. */
    int length;			/* Length of the above error message. */
    ClientData clientData;	/* Ignored */
    int flags;			/* Additional flags */
} CancelInfo;
static Tcl_HashTable cancelTable;
static int cancelTableInitialized = 0;	/* 0 means not yet initialized. */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(cancelLock)












/*
 * Declarations for managing contexts for non-recursive coroutines. Contexts
 * are used to save the evaluation state between NR calls to each coro.
 */

#define SAVE_CONTEXT(context)				\







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
				 * a default result. */
    int length;			/* Length of the above error message. */
    ClientData clientData;	/* Ignored */
    int flags;			/* Additional flags */
} CancelInfo;
static Tcl_HashTable cancelTable;
static int cancelTableInitialized = 0;	/* 0 means not yet initialized. */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(cancelLock);

/*
 * Table used to map command implementation functions to a human-readable type
 * name, for [info type]. The keys in the table are function addresses, and
 * the values in the table are static char* containing strings in Tcl's
 * internal encoding (almost UTF-8).
 */

static Tcl_HashTable commandTypeTable;
static int commandTypeInit = 0;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(commandTypeLock);

/*
 * Declarations for managing contexts for non-recursive coroutines. Contexts
 * are used to save the evaluation state between NR calls to each coro.
 */

#define SAVE_CONTEXT(context)				\
114
115
116
117
118
119
120


121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132

133
134

135
136
137
138
139
140
141
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBoolFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprCeilFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprDoubleFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprEntierFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprFloorFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIntFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIsqrtFunc;


static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRoundFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSrandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprUnaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprWideFunc;
static void		MathFuncWrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int expected,
			    int actual, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCoroutineCallerCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCoroutineExitCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCommand;


static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	OldMathFuncProc;
static void		OldMathFuncDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);

static void		ProcessUnexpectedResult(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int returnCode);
static int		RewindCoroutine(CoroutineData *corPtr, int result);
static void		TEOV_SwitchVarFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void		TEOV_PushExceptionHandlers(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static inline Command *	TEOV_LookupCmdFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,







>
>












>


>







125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBoolFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprCeilFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprDoubleFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprEntierFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprFloorFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIntFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIsqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMaxFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMinFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRoundFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSrandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprUnaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprWideFunc;
static void		MathFuncWrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int expected,
			    int actual, Tcl_Obj *const *objv);
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCoroutineCallerCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCoroutineExitCallback;
static Tcl_NRPostProc	NRCommand;

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	OldMathFuncProc;
static void		OldMathFuncDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
#endif /* !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) */
static void		ProcessUnexpectedResult(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int returnCode);
static int		RewindCoroutine(CoroutineData *corPtr, int result);
static void		TEOV_SwitchVarFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void		TEOV_PushExceptionHandlers(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static inline Command *	TEOV_LookupCmdFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
    /*
     * Commands in the generic core.
     */

    {"append",		Tcl_AppendObjCmd,	TclCompileAppendCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"apply",		Tcl_ApplyObjCmd,	NULL,			TclNRApplyObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"break",		Tcl_BreakObjCmd,	TclCompileBreakCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
    {"case",		Tcl_CaseObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
#endif
    {"catch",		Tcl_CatchObjCmd,	TclCompileCatchCmd,	TclNRCatchObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"concat",		Tcl_ConcatObjCmd,	TclCompileConcatCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"continue",	Tcl_ContinueObjCmd,	TclCompileContinueCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"coroutine",	NULL,			NULL,			TclNRCoroutineObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"error",		Tcl_ErrorObjCmd,	TclCompileErrorCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},







|







214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
    /*
     * Commands in the generic core.
     */

    {"append",		Tcl_AppendObjCmd,	TclCompileAppendCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"apply",		Tcl_ApplyObjCmd,	NULL,			TclNRApplyObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"break",		Tcl_BreakObjCmd,	TclCompileBreakCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
    {"case",		Tcl_CaseObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
#endif
    {"catch",		Tcl_CatchObjCmd,	TclCompileCatchCmd,	TclNRCatchObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"concat",		Tcl_ConcatObjCmd,	TclCompileConcatCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"continue",	Tcl_ContinueObjCmd,	TclCompileContinueCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"coroutine",	NULL,			NULL,			TclNRCoroutineObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"error",		Tcl_ErrorObjCmd,	TclCompileErrorCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
    {"lrange",		Tcl_LrangeObjCmd,	TclCompileLrangeCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lrepeat",		Tcl_LrepeatObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lreplace",	Tcl_LreplaceObjCmd,	TclCompileLreplaceCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lreverse",	Tcl_LreverseObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lsearch",		Tcl_LsearchObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lset",		Tcl_LsetObjCmd,		TclCompileLsetCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lsort",		Tcl_LsortObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"package",		Tcl_PackageObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"proc",		Tcl_ProcObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"regexp",		Tcl_RegexpObjCmd,	TclCompileRegexpCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"regsub",		Tcl_RegsubObjCmd,	TclCompileRegsubCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"rename",		Tcl_RenameObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"return",		Tcl_ReturnObjCmd,	TclCompileReturnCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"scan",		Tcl_ScanObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"set",		Tcl_SetObjCmd,		TclCompileSetCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},







|







245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
    {"lrange",		Tcl_LrangeObjCmd,	TclCompileLrangeCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lrepeat",		Tcl_LrepeatObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lreplace",	Tcl_LreplaceObjCmd,	TclCompileLreplaceCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lreverse",	Tcl_LreverseObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lsearch",		Tcl_LsearchObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lset",		Tcl_LsetObjCmd,		TclCompileLsetCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lsort",		Tcl_LsortObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"package",		Tcl_PackageObjCmd,	NULL,			TclNRPackageObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"proc",		Tcl_ProcObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"regexp",		Tcl_RegexpObjCmd,	TclCompileRegexpCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"regsub",		Tcl_RegsubObjCmd,	TclCompileRegsubCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"rename",		Tcl_RenameObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"return",		Tcl_ReturnObjCmd,	TclCompileReturnCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"scan",		Tcl_ScanObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"set",		Tcl_SetObjCmd,		TclCompileSetCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
317
318
319
320
321
322
323


324
325
326
327
328
329
330
    { "floor",	ExprFloorFunc,	NULL			},
    { "fmod",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) fmod	},
    { "hypot",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) hypot	},
    { "int",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "isqrt",	ExprIsqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "log",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log	},
    { "log10",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log10	},


    { "pow",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) pow	},
    { "rand",	ExprRandFunc,	NULL			},
    { "round",	ExprRoundFunc,	NULL			},
    { "sin",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) sin	},
    { "sinh",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) sinh	},
    { "sqrt",	ExprSqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "srand",	ExprSrandFunc,	NULL			},







>
>







332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
    { "floor",	ExprFloorFunc,	NULL			},
    { "fmod",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) fmod	},
    { "hypot",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) hypot	},
    { "int",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "isqrt",	ExprIsqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "log",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log	},
    { "log10",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log10	},
    { "max",	ExprMaxFunc,	NULL			},
    { "min",	ExprMinFunc,	NULL			},
    { "pow",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) pow	},
    { "rand",	ExprRandFunc,	NULL			},
    { "round",	ExprRoundFunc,	NULL			},
    { "sin",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) sin	},
    { "sinh",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) sinh	},
    { "sqrt",	ExprSqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "srand",	ExprSrandFunc,	NULL			},
421
422
423
424
425
426
427







428
429
430
431
432
433
434
{
    Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
    if (cancelTableInitialized == 1) {
	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cancelTable);
	cancelTableInitialized = 0;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);







}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_CreateInterp --
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
{
    Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
    if (cancelTableInitialized == 1) {
	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cancelTable);
	cancelTableInitialized = 0;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);

    Tcl_MutexLock(&commandTypeLock);
    if (commandTypeInit) {
        Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&commandTypeTable);
        commandTypeInit = 0;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&commandTypeLock);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_CreateInterp --
 *
494
495
496
497
498
499
500

501
502













503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512

513

514
515

516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525

    if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
	if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&cancelTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	    cancelTableInitialized = 1;
	}

	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);
    }














    /*
     * Initialize support for namespaces and create the global namespace
     * (whose name is ""; an alias is "::"). This also initializes the Tcl
     * object type table and other object management code.
     */

    iPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Interp));
    interp = (Tcl_Interp *) iPtr;


    iPtr->legacyResult = NULL;

    /* Special invalid value: Any attempt to free the legacy result
     * will cause a crash. */

    iPtr->legacyFreeProc = (void (*) (void))-1;
    iPtr->errorLine = 0;
    iPtr->stubTable = &tclStubs;
    iPtr->objResultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->objResultPtr);
    iPtr->handle = TclHandleCreate(iPtr);
    iPtr->globalNsPtr = NULL;
    iPtr->hiddenCmdTablePtr = NULL;
    iPtr->interpInfo = NULL;








>


>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>










>
|
>
|
<
>
|

<







518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554

555
556
557

558
559
560
561
562
563
564

    if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	Tcl_MutexLock(&cancelLock);
	if (cancelTableInitialized == 0) {
	    Tcl_InitHashTable(&cancelTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
	    cancelTableInitialized = 1;
	}

	Tcl_MutexUnlock(&cancelLock);
    }

    if (commandTypeInit == 0) {
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclObjInterpProc, "proc");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclEnsembleImplementationCmd, "ensemble");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclAliasObjCmd, "alias");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclLocalAliasObjCmd, "alias");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclSlaveObjCmd, "slave");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclInvokeImportedCmd, "import");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclOOPublicObjectCmd, "object");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclOOPrivateObjectCmd, "privateObject");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclOOMyClassObjCmd, "privateClass");
        TclRegisterCommandTypeName(TclNRInterpCoroutine, "coroutine");
    }

    /*
     * Initialize support for namespaces and create the global namespace
     * (whose name is ""; an alias is "::"). This also initializes the Tcl
     * object type table and other object management code.
     */

    iPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Interp));
    interp = (Tcl_Interp *) iPtr;

#ifdef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
    iPtr->result = &tclEmptyString;
#else
    iPtr->result = iPtr->resultSpace;

#endif
    iPtr->freeProc = NULL;
    iPtr->errorLine = 0;

    iPtr->objResultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->objResultPtr);
    iPtr->handle = TclHandleCreate(iPtr);
    iPtr->globalNsPtr = NULL;
    iPtr->hiddenCmdTablePtr = NULL;
    iPtr->interpInfo = NULL;

568
569
570
571
572
573
574






575
576
577
578
579
580
581
    TclNewLiteralStringObj(iPtr->ecVar, "::errorCode");
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->ecVar);
    iPtr->returnLevel = 1;
    iPtr->returnCode = TCL_OK;

    iPtr->rootFramePtr = NULL;	/* Initialise as soon as :: is available */
    iPtr->lookupNsPtr = NULL;







    Tcl_InitHashTable(&iPtr->packageTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
    iPtr->packageUnknown = NULL;

    /* TIP #268 */
#if (TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL == TCL_FINAL_RELEASE)
    if (getenv("TCL_PKG_PREFER_LATEST") == NULL) {







>
>
>
>
>
>







607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
    TclNewLiteralStringObj(iPtr->ecVar, "::errorCode");
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->ecVar);
    iPtr->returnLevel = 1;
    iPtr->returnCode = TCL_OK;

    iPtr->rootFramePtr = NULL;	/* Initialise as soon as :: is available */
    iPtr->lookupNsPtr = NULL;

#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
    iPtr->appendResult = NULL;
    iPtr->appendAvl = 0;
    iPtr->appendUsed = 0;
#endif

    Tcl_InitHashTable(&iPtr->packageTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
    iPtr->packageUnknown = NULL;

    /* TIP #268 */
#if (TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL == TCL_FINAL_RELEASE)
    if (getenv("TCL_PKG_PREFER_LATEST") == NULL) {
597
598
599
600
601
602
603



604
605
606
607
608
609
610
    iPtr->activeCmdTracePtr = NULL;
    iPtr->activeInterpTracePtr = NULL;
    iPtr->assocData = NULL;
    iPtr->execEnvPtr = NULL;	/* Set after namespaces initialized. */
    iPtr->emptyObjPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
				/* Another empty object. */
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->emptyObjPtr);



    iPtr->threadId = Tcl_GetCurrentThread();

    /* TIP #378 */
#ifdef TCL_INTERP_DEBUG_FRAME
    iPtr->flags |= INTERP_DEBUG_FRAME;
#else
    if (getenv("TCL_INTERP_DEBUG_FRAME") != NULL) {







>
>
>







642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
    iPtr->activeCmdTracePtr = NULL;
    iPtr->activeInterpTracePtr = NULL;
    iPtr->assocData = NULL;
    iPtr->execEnvPtr = NULL;	/* Set after namespaces initialized. */
    iPtr->emptyObjPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
				/* Another empty object. */
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->emptyObjPtr);
#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
    iPtr->resultSpace[0] = 0;
#endif
    iPtr->threadId = Tcl_GetCurrentThread();

    /* TIP #378 */
#ifdef TCL_INTERP_DEBUG_FRAME
    iPtr->flags |= INTERP_DEBUG_FRAME;
#else
    if (getenv("TCL_INTERP_DEBUG_FRAME") != NULL) {
706
707
708
709
710
711
712






713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737

    statsPtr->numLiteralsCreated = 0;
    statsPtr->totalLitStringBytes = 0.0;
    statsPtr->currentLitStringBytes = 0.0;
    memset(statsPtr->literalCount, 0, sizeof(statsPtr->literalCount));
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */







    /*
     * Initialize the ensemble error message rewriting support.
     */

    TclResetRewriteEnsemble(interp, 1);

    /*
     * TIP#143: Initialise the resource limit support.
     */

    TclInitLimitSupport(interp);

    /*
     * Initialise the thread-specific data ekeko. Note that the thread's alloc
     * cache was already initialised by the call to alloc the interp struct.
     */

#if defined(TCL_THREADS) && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
    iPtr->allocCache = TclpGetAllocCache();
#else
    iPtr->allocCache = NULL;
#endif
    iPtr->pendingObjDataPtr = NULL;
    iPtr->asyncReadyPtr = TclGetAsyncReadyPtr();
    iPtr->deferredCallbacks = NULL;







>
>
>
>
>
>

















|







754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791

    statsPtr->numLiteralsCreated = 0;
    statsPtr->totalLitStringBytes = 0.0;
    statsPtr->currentLitStringBytes = 0.0;
    memset(statsPtr->literalCount, 0, sizeof(statsPtr->literalCount));
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */

    /*
     * Initialise the stub table pointer.
     */

    iPtr->stubTable = &tclStubs;

    /*
     * Initialize the ensemble error message rewriting support.
     */

    TclResetRewriteEnsemble(interp, 1);

    /*
     * TIP#143: Initialise the resource limit support.
     */

    TclInitLimitSupport(interp);

    /*
     * Initialise the thread-specific data ekeko. Note that the thread's alloc
     * cache was already initialised by the call to alloc the interp struct.
     */

#if TCL_THREADS && defined(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
    iPtr->allocCache = TclpGetAllocCache();
#else
    iPtr->allocCache = NULL;
#endif
    iPtr->pendingObjDataPtr = NULL;
    iPtr->asyncReadyPtr = TclGetAsyncReadyPtr();
    iPtr->deferredCallbacks = NULL;
793
794
795
796
797
798
799

800
801
802
803
804
805
806
    TclInitDictCmd(interp);
    TclInitEncodingCmd(interp);
    TclInitFileCmd(interp);
    TclInitInfoCmd(interp);
    TclInitNamespaceCmd(interp);
    TclInitStringCmd(interp);
    TclInitPrefixCmd(interp);


    /*
     * Register "clock" subcommands. These *do* go through
     * Tcl_CreateObjCommand, since they aren't in the global namespace and
     * involve ensembles.
     */








>







847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
    TclInitDictCmd(interp);
    TclInitEncodingCmd(interp);
    TclInitFileCmd(interp);
    TclInitInfoCmd(interp);
    TclInitNamespaceCmd(interp);
    TclInitStringCmd(interp);
    TclInitPrefixCmd(interp);
    TclInitProcessCmd(interp);

    /*
     * Register "clock" subcommands. These *do* go through
     * Tcl_CreateObjCommand, since they aren't in the global namespace and
     * involve ensembles.
     */

930
931
932
933
934
935
936

937
938
939

940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949

    /*
     * Set up other variables such as tcl_version and tcl_library
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tcl_patchLevel", NULL, TCL_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tcl_version", NULL, TCL_VERSION, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, "tcl_precision", NULL,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_READS|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
	    TclPrecTraceProc, NULL);

    TclpSetVariables(interp);

#ifdef TCL_THREADS
    /*
     * The existence of the "threaded" element of the tcl_platform array
     * indicates that this particular Tcl shell has been compiled with threads
     * turned on. Using "info exists tcl_platform(threaded)" a Tcl script can
     * introspect on the interpreter level of thread safety.
     */








>



>


|







985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006

    /*
     * Set up other variables such as tcl_version and tcl_library
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tcl_patchLevel", NULL, TCL_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tcl_version", NULL, TCL_VERSION, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, "tcl_precision", NULL,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_READS|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
	    TclPrecTraceProc, NULL);
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */
    TclpSetVariables(interp);

#if TCL_THREADS
    /*
     * The existence of the "threaded" element of the tcl_platform array
     * indicates that this particular Tcl shell has been compiled with threads
     * turned on. Using "info exists tcl_platform(threaded)" a Tcl script can
     * introspect on the interpreter level of thread safety.
     */

970
971
972
973
974
975
976



977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990

































































991
992
993
994
995
996
997
     * compile and link against.
     */

#ifdef HAVE_ZLIB
    if (TclZlibInit(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s", TclGetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
    }



#endif

    TOP_CB(iPtr) = NULL;
    return interp;
}

static void
DeleteOpCmdClientData(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    TclOpCmdClientData *occdPtr = clientData;

    ckfree(occdPtr);
}


































































/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclHideUnsafeCommands --
 *
 *	Hides base commands that are not marked as safe from this interpreter.







>
>
>














>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
     * compile and link against.
     */

#ifdef HAVE_ZLIB
    if (TclZlibInit(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s", TclGetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
    }
    if (TclZipfs_Init(interp) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
    }
#endif

    TOP_CB(iPtr) = NULL;
    return interp;
}

static void
DeleteOpCmdClientData(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    TclOpCmdClientData *occdPtr = clientData;

    ckfree(occdPtr);
}

/*
 * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclRegisterCommandTypeName, TclGetCommandTypeName --
 *
 *      Command type registration and lookup mechanism. Everything is keyed by
 *      the Tcl_ObjCmdProc for the command, and that is used as the *key* into
 *      the hash table that maps to constant strings that are names. (It is
 *      recommended that those names be ASCII.)
 *
 * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TclRegisterCommandTypeName(
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *implementationProc,
    const char *nameStr)
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;

    Tcl_MutexLock(&commandTypeLock);
    if (commandTypeInit == 0) {
        Tcl_InitHashTable(&commandTypeTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
        commandTypeInit = 1;
    }
    if (nameStr != NULL) {
        int isNew;

        hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&commandTypeTable,
                (void *) implementationProc, &isNew);
        Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (void *) nameStr);
    } else {
        hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&commandTypeTable,
                (void *) implementationProc);
        if (hPtr != NULL) {
            Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
        }
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&commandTypeLock);
}

const char *
TclGetCommandTypeName(
    Tcl_Command command)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *) command;
    void *procPtr = cmdPtr->objProc;
    const char *name = "native";

    if (procPtr == NULL) {
        procPtr = cmdPtr->nreProc;
    }
    Tcl_MutexLock(&commandTypeLock);
    if (commandTypeInit) {
        Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&commandTypeTable, procPtr);

        if (hPtr && Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)) {
            name = (const char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
        }
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&commandTypeLock);

    return name;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclHideUnsafeCommands --
 *
 *	Hides base commands that are not marked as safe from this interpreter.
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507

1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514

    /*
     * Free up the result *after* deleting variables, since variable deletion
     * could have transferred ownership of the result string to Tcl.
     */

    Tcl_FreeResult(interp);

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->objResultPtr);
    iPtr->objResultPtr = NULL;
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->ecVar);
    if (iPtr->errorCode) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->errorCode);
	iPtr->errorCode = NULL;
    }







>







1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640

    /*
     * Free up the result *after* deleting variables, since variable deletion
     * could have transferred ownership of the result string to Tcl.
     */

    Tcl_FreeResult(interp);
    iPtr->result = NULL;
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->objResultPtr);
    iPtr->objResultPtr = NULL;
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->ecVar);
    if (iPtr->errorCode) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->errorCode);
	iPtr->errorCode = NULL;
    }
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528






1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->upLiteral);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->callLiteral);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->innerLiteral);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->innerContext);
    if (iPtr->returnOpts) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->returnOpts);
    }






    TclFreePackageInfo(iPtr);
    while (iPtr->tracePtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DeleteTrace((Tcl_Interp *) iPtr, (Tcl_Trace) iPtr->tracePtr);
    }
    if (iPtr->execEnvPtr != NULL) {
	TclDeleteExecEnv(iPtr->execEnvPtr);
    }







>
>
>
>
>
>







1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->upLiteral);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->callLiteral);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->innerLiteral);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->innerContext);
    if (iPtr->returnOpts) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->returnOpts);
    }
#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
    if (iPtr->appendResult != NULL) {
	ckfree(iPtr->appendResult);
	iPtr->appendResult = NULL;
    }
#endif
    TclFreePackageInfo(iPtr);
    while (iPtr->tracePtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DeleteTrace((Tcl_Interp *) iPtr, (Tcl_Trace) iPtr->tracePtr);
    }
    if (iPtr->execEnvPtr != NULL) {
	TclDeleteExecEnv(iPtr->execEnvPtr);
    }
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
        } else {
	    nsPtr = iPtr->globalNsPtr;
	    tail = cmdName;
        }

        hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nsPtr->cmdTable, tail, &isNew);

        if (isNew || deleted) {
	    /*
	     * isNew - No conflict with existing command.
	     * deleted - We've already deleted a conflicting command
	     */
	    break;
        }

	/* An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.. */
	cmdPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * Be careful to preserve
	 * any existing import links so we can restore them down below. That







|





|







2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
        } else {
	    nsPtr = iPtr->globalNsPtr;
	    tail = cmdName;
        }

        hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nsPtr->cmdTable, tail, &isNew);

	if (isNew || deleted) {
	    /*
	     * isNew - No conflict with existing command.
	     * deleted - We've already deleted a conflicting command
	     */
	    break;
	}

	/* An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.. */
	cmdPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * Be careful to preserve
	 * any existing import links so we can restore them down below. That
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227

2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273

































2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283

2284


2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
				 * qualifiers, the new command is put in the
				 * specified namespace; otherwise it is put in
				 * the global namespace. */
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,	/* Object-based function to associate with
				 * name. */
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */

{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    ImportRef *oldRefPtr = NULL;
    Namespace *nsPtr;
    Command *cmdPtr;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    const char *tail;
    int isNew = 0, deleted = 0;
    ImportedCmdData *dataPtr;

    if (iPtr->flags & DELETED) {
	/*
	 * The interpreter is being deleted. Don't create any new commands;
	 * it's not safe to muck with the interpreter anymore.
	 */

	return (Tcl_Command) NULL;
    }

    /*
     * If the command name we seek to create already exists, we need to
     * delete that first.  That can be tricky in the presence of traces.
     * Loop until we no longer find an existing command in the way, or
     * until we've deleted one command and that didn't finish the job.
     */

    while (1) {
        /*
         * Determine where the command should reside. If its name contains
         * namespace qualifiers, we put it in the specified namespace;
	 * otherwise, we always put it in the global namespace.
         */

        if (strstr(cmdName, "::") != NULL) {
	    Namespace *dummy1, *dummy2;

	    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, cmdName, NULL,
		TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN, &nsPtr, &dummy1, &dummy2, &tail);
	    if ((nsPtr == NULL) || (tail == NULL)) {
	        return (Tcl_Command) NULL;
	    }
        } else {
	    nsPtr = iPtr->globalNsPtr;
	    tail = cmdName;
        }


































        hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nsPtr->cmdTable, tail, &isNew);

        if (isNew || deleted) {
	    /*
	     * isNew - No conflict with existing command.
	     * deleted - We've already deleted a conflicting command
	     */
	    break;
        }


	/* An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.. */


	cmdPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * [***] This is wrong.  See Tcl Bug a16752c252.
	 * However, this buggy behavior is kept under particular
	 * circumstances to accommodate deployed binaries of the
	 * "tclcompiler" program. http://sourceforge.net/projects/tclpro/
	 * that crash if the bug is fixed.
	 */

	if (cmdPtr->objProc == TclInvokeStringCommand
		&& cmdPtr->clientData == clientData
		&& cmdPtr->deleteData == clientData
		&& cmdPtr->deleteProc == deleteProc) {
	    cmdPtr->objProc = proc;







|


>


<

<
<

<
<






<



<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|
|
|

|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|

|





|

>
|
>
>



|
|
|
|
|







2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362

2363


2364


2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370

2371
2372
2373








2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
				 * qualifiers, the new command is put in the
				 * specified namespace; otherwise it is put in
				 * the global namespace. */
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,	/* Object-based function to associate with
				 * name. */
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
)
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;

    Namespace *nsPtr;


    const char *tail;



    if (iPtr->flags & DELETED) {
	/*
	 * The interpreter is being deleted. Don't create any new commands;
	 * it's not safe to muck with the interpreter anymore.
	 */

	return (Tcl_Command) NULL;
    }









    /*
     * Determine where the command should reside. If its name contains
     * namespace qualifiers, we put it in the specified namespace;
     * otherwise, we always put it in the global namespace.
     */

    if (strstr(cmdName, "::") != NULL) {
	Namespace *dummy1, *dummy2;

	TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, cmdName, NULL,
	    TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN, &nsPtr, &dummy1, &dummy2, &tail);
	if ((nsPtr == NULL) || (tail == NULL)) {
	    return (Tcl_Command) NULL;
	}
    } else {
	nsPtr = iPtr->globalNsPtr;
	tail = cmdName;
    }

    return TclCreateObjCommandInNs(interp, tail, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr,
	proc, clientData, deleteProc);
}

Tcl_Command
TclCreateObjCommandInNs(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *cmdName,	/* Name of command, without any namespace
                                 * components. */
    Tcl_Namespace *namespace,   /* The namespace to create the command in */
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,	/* Object-based function to associate with
				 * name. */
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
{
    int deleted = 0, isNew = 0;
    Command *cmdPtr;
    ImportRef *oldRefPtr = NULL;
    ImportedCmdData *dataPtr;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) namespace;

    /*
     * If the command name we seek to create already exists, we need to delete
     * that first. That can be tricky in the presence of traces. Loop until we
     * no longer find an existing command in the way, or until we've deleted
     * one command and that didn't finish the job.
     */

    while (1) {
	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nsPtr->cmdTable, cmdName, &isNew);

	if (isNew || deleted) {
	    /*
	     * isNew - No conflict with existing command.
	     * deleted - We've already deleted a conflicting command
	     */
	    break;
	}

	/*
         * An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.
         */

	cmdPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * [***] This is wrong. See Tcl Bug a16752c252. However, this buggy
	 * behavior is kept under particular circumstances to accommodate
	 * deployed binaries of the "tclcompiler" program
	 *     http://sourceforge.net/projects/tclpro/
         * that crash if the bug is fixed.
	 */

	if (cmdPtr->objProc == TclInvokeStringCommand
		&& cmdPtr->clientData == clientData
		&& cmdPtr->deleteData == clientData
		&& cmdPtr->deleteProc == deleteProc) {
	    cmdPtr->objProc = proc;
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315






2316



2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
	 */

	cmdPtr->refCount++;
	if (cmdPtr->importRefPtr) {
	    cmdPtr->flags |= CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS;
	}







	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);




	if (cmdPtr->flags & CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS) {
	    oldRefPtr = cmdPtr->importRefPtr;
	    cmdPtr->importRefPtr = NULL;
	}
	TclCleanupCommandMacro(cmdPtr);
	deleted = 1;
    }

    if (!isNew) {
	/*
	 * If the deletion callback recreated the command, just throw away
	 * the new command (if we try to delete it again, we could get
	 * stuck in an infinite loop).
	 */

	ckfree(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
    }

    if (!deleted) {
	/*
	 * Command resolvers (per-interp, per-namespace) might have resolved
	 * to a command for the given namespace scope with this command not
	 * being registered with the namespace's command table. During BC
	 * compilation, the so-resolved command turns into a CmdName literal.
	 * Without invalidating a possible CmdName literal here explicitly,
	 * such literals keep being reused while pointing to overhauled
	 * commands.
	 */

	TclInvalidateCmdLiteral(interp, tail, nsPtr);

	/*
	 * The list of command exported from the namespace might have changed.
	 * However, we do not need to recompute this just yet; next time we
	 * need the info will be soon enough.
	 */








>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>








<


|
|
|
















|







2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488

2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
	 */

	cmdPtr->refCount++;
	if (cmdPtr->importRefPtr) {
	    cmdPtr->flags |= CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS;
	}

	/*
         * Make sure namespace doesn't get deallocated.
         */

	cmdPtr->nsPtr->refCount++;

	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);
	nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclEnsureNamespace(interp,
                (Tcl_Namespace *) cmdPtr->nsPtr);
	TclNsDecrRefCount(cmdPtr->nsPtr);

	if (cmdPtr->flags & CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS) {
	    oldRefPtr = cmdPtr->importRefPtr;
	    cmdPtr->importRefPtr = NULL;
	}
	TclCleanupCommandMacro(cmdPtr);
	deleted = 1;
    }

    if (!isNew) {
	/*
	 * If the deletion callback recreated the command, just throw away the
	 * new command (if we try to delete it again, we could get stuck in an
	 * infinite loop).
	 */

	ckfree(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
    }

    if (!deleted) {
	/*
	 * Command resolvers (per-interp, per-namespace) might have resolved
	 * to a command for the given namespace scope with this command not
	 * being registered with the namespace's command table. During BC
	 * compilation, the so-resolved command turns into a CmdName literal.
	 * Without invalidating a possible CmdName literal here explicitly,
	 * such literals keep being reused while pointing to overhauled
	 * commands.
	 */

	TclInvalidateCmdLiteral(interp, cmdName, nsPtr);

	/*
	 * The list of command exported from the namespace might have changed.
	 * However, we do not need to recompute this just yet; next time we
	 * need the info will be soon enough.
	 */

2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384

2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
     * all of these references to point to the new command.
     */

    if (oldRefPtr != NULL) {
	cmdPtr->importRefPtr = oldRefPtr;
	while (oldRefPtr != NULL) {
	    Command *refCmdPtr = oldRefPtr->importedCmdPtr;

	    dataPtr = refCmdPtr->objClientData;
	    dataPtr->realCmdPtr = cmdPtr;
	    oldRefPtr = oldRefPtr->nextPtr;
	}
    }

    /*







>







2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
     * all of these references to point to the new command.
     */

    if (oldRefPtr != NULL) {
	cmdPtr->importRefPtr = oldRefPtr;
	while (oldRefPtr != NULL) {
	    Command *refCmdPtr = oldRefPtr->importedCmdPtr;

	    dataPtr = refCmdPtr->objClientData;
	    dataPtr->realCmdPtr = cmdPtr;
	    oldRefPtr = oldRefPtr->nextPtr;
	}
    }

    /*
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
 *	"Wrapper" Tcl_CmdProc used to call an existing object-based
 *	Tcl_ObjCmdProc if no string-based function exists for a command. A
 *	pointer to this function is stored as the Tcl_CmdProc in a Command
 *	structure. It simply turns around and calls the object Tcl_ObjCmdProc
 *	in the Command structure.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Besides those side effects of the called Tcl_ObjCmdProc,
 *	TclInvokeObjectCommand allocates and frees storage.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */







|







2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
 *	"Wrapper" Tcl_CmdProc used to call an existing object-based
 *	Tcl_ObjCmdProc if no string-based function exists for a command. A
 *	pointer to this function is stored as the Tcl_CmdProc in a Command
 *	structure. It simply turns around and calls the object Tcl_ObjCmdProc
 *	in the Command structure.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl string result value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Besides those side effects of the called Tcl_ObjCmdProc,
 *	TclInvokeObjectCommand allocates and frees storage.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501







2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NULL) {
	result = cmdPtr->objProc(cmdPtr->objClientData, interp, argc, objv);
    } else {
	result = Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, cmdPtr->nreProc,
		cmdPtr->objClientData, argc, objv);
    }








    /*
     * Decrement the ref counts for the argument objects created above, then
     * free the objv array if malloc'ed storage was used.
     */

    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
	objPtr = objv[i];







>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
    if (cmdPtr->objProc != NULL) {
	result = cmdPtr->objProc(cmdPtr->objClientData, interp, argc, objv);
    } else {
	result = Tcl_NRCallObjProc(interp, cmdPtr->nreProc,
		cmdPtr->objClientData, argc, objv);
    }

    /*
     * Move the interpreter's object result to the string result, then reset
     * the object result.
     */

    (void) Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);

    /*
     * Decrement the ref counts for the argument objects created above, then
     * free the objv array if malloc'ed storage was used.
     */

    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
	objPtr = objv[i];
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585





2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't %s \"%s\": command doesn't exist",
		((newName == NULL)||(*newName == '\0'))? "delete":"rename",
		oldName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "COMMAND", oldName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    cmdNsPtr = cmdPtr->nsPtr;
    oldFullName = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldFullName);
    Tcl_GetCommandFullName(interp, cmd, oldFullName);

    /*
     * If the new command name is NULL or empty, delete the command. Do this
     * with Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, since we already have the command.
     */

    if ((newName == NULL) || (*newName == '\0')) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, cmd);
	result = TCL_OK;
	goto done;
    }






    /*
     * Make sure that the destination command does not already exist. The
     * rename operation is like creating a command, so we should automatically
     * create the containing namespaces just like Tcl_CreateCommand would.
     */

    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, newName, NULL,







<
<
<
<








|
<


>
>
>
>
>







2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740




2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749

2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't %s \"%s\": command doesn't exist",
		((newName == NULL)||(*newName == '\0'))? "delete":"rename",
		oldName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "COMMAND", oldName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }





    /*
     * If the new command name is NULL or empty, delete the command. Do this
     * with Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, since we already have the command.
     */

    if ((newName == NULL) || (*newName == '\0')) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, cmd);
	return TCL_OK;

    }

    cmdNsPtr = cmdPtr->nsPtr;
    oldFullName = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldFullName);
    Tcl_GetCommandFullName(interp, cmd, oldFullName);

    /*
     * Make sure that the destination command does not already exist. The
     * rename operation is like creating a command, so we should automatically
     * create the containing namespaces just like Tcl_CreateCommand would.
     */

    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, newName, NULL,
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095


3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102

    cmdPtr->flags |= CMD_IS_DELETED;

    /*
     * Call trace functions for the command being deleted. Then delete its
     * traces.
     */



    if (cmdPtr->tracePtr != NULL) {
	CommandTrace *tracePtr;
	CallCommandTraces(iPtr,cmdPtr,NULL,NULL,TCL_TRACE_DELETE);

	/*
	 * Now delete these traces.







>
>







3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275

    cmdPtr->flags |= CMD_IS_DELETED;

    /*
     * Call trace functions for the command being deleted. Then delete its
     * traces.
     */

    cmdPtr->nsPtr->refCount++;

    if (cmdPtr->tracePtr != NULL) {
	CommandTrace *tracePtr;
	CallCommandTraces(iPtr,cmdPtr,NULL,NULL,TCL_TRACE_DELETE);

	/*
	 * Now delete these traces.
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123

3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
    /*
     * The list of command exported from the namespace might have changed.
     * However, we do not need to recompute this just yet; next time we need
     * the info will be soon enough.
     */

    TclInvalidateNsCmdLookup(cmdPtr->nsPtr);


    /*
     * If the command being deleted has a compile function, increment the
     * interpreter's compileEpoch to invalidate its compiled code. This makes
     * sure that we don't later try to execute old code compiled with
     * command-specific (i.e., inline) bytecodes for the now-deleted command.
     * This field is checked in Tcl_EvalObj and ObjInterpProc, and code whose







>







3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
    /*
     * The list of command exported from the namespace might have changed.
     * However, we do not need to recompute this just yet; next time we need
     * the info will be soon enough.
     */

    TclInvalidateNsCmdLookup(cmdPtr->nsPtr);
    TclNsDecrRefCount(cmdPtr->nsPtr);

    /*
     * If the command being deleted has a compile function, increment the
     * interpreter's compileEpoch to invalidate its compiled code. This makes
     * sure that we don't later try to execute old code compiled with
     * command-specific (i.e., inline) bytecodes for the now-deleted command.
     * This field is checked in Tcl_EvalObj and ObjInterpProc, and code whose
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460

3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
 *	an instruction specific to the replaced function. In addition,
 *	redefioning a non-builtin function will force existing code to be
 *	invalidated if the number of arguments has changed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


void
Tcl_CreateMathFunc(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which function is to be
				 * available. */
    const char *name,		/* Name of function (e.g. "sin"). */
    int numArgs,		/* Nnumber of arguments required by
				 * function. */







>







3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
 *	an instruction specific to the replaced function. In addition,
 *	redefioning a non-builtin function will force existing code to be
 *	invalidated if the number of arguments has changed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
void
Tcl_CreateMathFunc(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which function is to be
				 * available. */
    const char *name,		/* Name of function (e.g. "sin"). */
    int numArgs,		/* Nnumber of arguments required by
				 * function. */
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
 *	Whatever the math function does.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
OldMathFuncProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ponter to OldMathFuncData describing the
				 * function being called */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameter vector */
{
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    OldMathFuncData *dataPtr = clientData;







|







3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
 *	Whatever the math function does.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
OldMathFuncProc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to OldMathFuncData describing the
				 * function being called */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameter vector */
{
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
    OldMathFuncData *dataPtr = clientData;
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555

3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
	    /*
	     * We have a non-numeric argument.
	     */

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "argument to math function didn't have numeric value",
		    -1));

	    ckfree(args);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Copy the object's numeric value to the argument record, converting
	 * it if necessary.







>







3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
	    /*
	     * We have a non-numeric argument.
	     */

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "argument to math function didn't have numeric value",
		    -1));
	    TclCheckBadOctal(interp, TclGetString(valuePtr));
	    ckfree(args);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Copy the object's numeric value to the argument record, converting
	 * it if necessary.
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
    }

    /*
     * Return the result of the call.
     */

    if (funcResult.type == TCL_INT) {
	TclNewLongObj(valuePtr, funcResult.intValue);
    } else if (funcResult.type == TCL_WIDE_INT) {
	valuePtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(funcResult.wideValue);
    } else {
	return CheckDoubleResult(interp, funcResult.doubleValue);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, valuePtr);
    return TCL_OK;







|







3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
    }

    /*
     * Return the result of the call.
     */

    if (funcResult.type == TCL_INT) {
	TclNewIntObj(valuePtr, funcResult.intValue);
    } else if (funcResult.type == TCL_WIDE_INT) {
	valuePtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(funcResult.wideValue);
    } else {
	return CheckDoubleResult(interp, funcResult.doubleValue);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, valuePtr);
    return TCL_OK;
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790

3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
	result = Tcl_NewObj();
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(script);
    Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, state);

    return result;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclInterpReady --
 *
 *	Check if an interpreter is ready to eval commands or scripts, i.e., if
 *	it was not deleted and if the nesting level is not too high.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is TCL_OK if it the interpreter is ready, TCL_ERROR
 *	otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The interpreter's result is cleared.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclInterpReady(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    register Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;

    /*
     * Reset the interpreter's result and clear out any previous error
     * information.
     */

    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);

    /*
     * If the interpreter has been deleted, return an error.
     */







>














|











|
|







3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
	result = Tcl_NewObj();
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(script);
    Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, state);

    return result;
}
#endif /* !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclInterpReady --
 *
 *	Check if an interpreter is ready to eval commands or scripts, i.e., if
 *	it was not deleted and if the nesting level is not too high.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is TCL_OK if it the interpreter is ready, TCL_ERROR
 *	otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The interpreters object and string results are cleared.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclInterpReady(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    register Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;

    /*
     * Reset both the interpreter's string and object results and clear out
     * any previous error information.
     */

    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);

    /*
     * If the interpreter has been deleted, return an error.
     */
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397



4398
4399
4400


















4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
TclNRRunCallbacks(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result,
    struct NRE_callback *rootPtr)
				/* All callbacks down to rootPtr not inclusive
				 * are to be run. */
{



    NRE_callback *callbackPtr;
    Tcl_NRPostProc *procPtr;



















    while (TOP_CB(interp) != rootPtr) {
	callbackPtr = TOP_CB(interp);
	procPtr = callbackPtr->procPtr;
	TOP_CB(interp) = callbackPtr->nextPtr;
	result = procPtr(callbackPtr->data, interp, result);
	TCLNR_FREE(interp, callbackPtr);
    }







>
>
>



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
TclNRRunCallbacks(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result,
    struct NRE_callback *rootPtr)
				/* All callbacks down to rootPtr not inclusive
				 * are to be run. */
{
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
#endif /* !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) */
    NRE_callback *callbackPtr;
    Tcl_NRPostProc *procPtr;

    /*
     * If the interpreter has a non-empty string result, the result object is
     * either empty or stale because some function set interp->result
     * directly. If so, move the string result to the result object, then
     * reset the string result.
     *
     * This only needs to be done for the first item in the list: all other
     * are for NR function calls, and those are Tcl_Obj based.
     */

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
    if (*(iPtr->result) != 0) {
	(void) Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
    }
#endif /* !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) */

    /* This is the trampoline. */

    while (TOP_CB(interp) != rootPtr) {
	callbackPtr = TOP_CB(interp);
	procPtr = callbackPtr->procPtr;
	TOP_CB(interp) = callbackPtr->nextPtr;
	result = procPtr(callbackPtr->data, interp, result);
	TCLNR_FREE(interp, callbackPtr);
    }
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int allowExceptions = (PTR2INT(data[0]) & TCL_ALLOW_EXCEPTIONS);

    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	if (result == TCL_RETURN) {
	    result = TclUpdateReturnInfo(iPtr);
	}
	if ((result != TCL_ERROR) && !allowExceptions) {
	    ProcessUnexpectedResult(interp, result);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * We are returning to level 0, so should process TclResetCancellation. As







|







4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int allowExceptions = (PTR2INT(data[0]) & TCL_ALLOW_EXCEPTIONS);

    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	if (result == TCL_RETURN) {
	    result = TclUpdateReturnInfo(iPtr);
	}
	if ((result != TCL_OK) && (result != TCL_ERROR) && !allowExceptions) {
	    ProcessUnexpectedResult(interp, result);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * We are returning to level 0, so should process TclResetCancellation. As
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
    Command **cmdPtrPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *commandPtr,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    Command *cmdPtr = *cmdPtrPtr;
    size_t newEpoch, cmdEpoch = cmdPtr->cmdEpoch;
    int length, traceCode = TCL_OK;
    const char *command = TclGetStringFromObj(commandPtr, &length);

    /*
     * Call trace functions.
     * Execute any command or execution traces. Note that we bump up the
     * command's reference count for the duration of the calling of the







|







4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
    Command **cmdPtrPtr,
    Tcl_Obj *commandPtr,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    Command *cmdPtr = *cmdPtrPtr;
    unsigned int newEpoch, cmdEpoch = cmdPtr->cmdEpoch;
    int length, traceCode = TCL_OK;
    const char *command = TclGetStringFromObj(commandPtr, &length);

    /*
     * Call trace functions.
     * Execute any command or execution traces. Note that we bump up the
     * command's reference count for the duration of the calling of the
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857

4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
    int count)			/* Number of tokens to consider at tokenPtr.
				 * Must be at least 1. */
{
    return TclSubstTokens(interp, tokenPtr, count, /* numLeftPtr */ NULL, 1,
	    NULL, NULL);
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_EvalTokens --
 *
 *	Given an array of tokens parsed from a Tcl command (e.g., the tokens
 *	that make up a word or the index for an array variable) this function







>







5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
    int count)			/* Number of tokens to consider at tokenPtr.
				 * Must be at least 1. */
{
    return TclSubstTokens(interp, tokenPtr, count, /* numLeftPtr */ NULL, 1,
	    NULL, NULL);
}

#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_EvalTokens --
 *
 *	Given an array of tokens parsed from a Tcl command (e.g., the tokens
 *	that make up a word or the index for an array variable) this function
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904

4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
	return NULL;
    }
    resPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(resPtr);
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    return resPtr;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_EvalEx, TclEvalEx --
 *
 *	This function evaluates a Tcl script without using the compiler or







>







5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
	return NULL;
    }
    resPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(resPtr);
    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    return resPtr;
}
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_EvalEx, TclEvalEx --
 *
 *	This function evaluates a Tcl script without using the compiler or
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868









5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
#undef Tcl_Eval
int
Tcl_Eval(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Token for command interpreter (returned by
				 * previous call to Tcl_CreateInterp). */
    const char *script)		/* Pointer to TCL command to execute. */
{
    return Tcl_EvalEx(interp, script, -1, 0);









}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_EvalObj, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj --
 *







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
#undef Tcl_Eval
int
Tcl_Eval(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Token for command interpreter (returned by
				 * previous call to Tcl_CreateInterp). */
    const char *script)		/* Pointer to TCL command to execute. */
{
    int code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, script, -1, 0);

    /*
     * For backwards compatibility with old C code that predates the object
     * system in Tcl 8.0, we have to mirror the object result back into the
     * string result (some callers may expect it there).
     */

    (void) Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
    return code;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_EvalObj, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj --
 *
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290



6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297

	*ptr = 0;
    } else {
	exprPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(exprstring, -1);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(exprPtr);
	result = Tcl_ExprLongObj(interp, exprPtr, ptr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(exprPtr);



    }
    return result;
}

int
Tcl_ExprDouble(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Context in which to evaluate the







>
>
>







6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509

	*ptr = 0;
    } else {
	exprPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(exprstring, -1);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(exprPtr);
	result = Tcl_ExprLongObj(interp, exprPtr, ptr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(exprPtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    (void) Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
	}
    }
    return result;
}

int
Tcl_ExprDouble(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Context in which to evaluate the
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316



6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
	*ptr = 0.0;
    } else {
	exprPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(exprstring, -1);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(exprPtr);
	result = Tcl_ExprDoubleObj(interp, exprPtr, ptr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(exprPtr);
				/* Discard the expression object. */



    }
    return result;
}

int
Tcl_ExprBoolean(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Context in which to evaluate the







>
>
>







6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
	*ptr = 0.0;
    } else {
	exprPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(exprstring, -1);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(exprPtr);
	result = Tcl_ExprDoubleObj(interp, exprPtr, ptr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(exprPtr);
				/* Discard the expression object. */
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    (void) Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
	}
    }
    return result;
}

int
Tcl_ExprBoolean(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Context in which to evaluate the
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341








6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
    } else {
	int result;
	Tcl_Obj *exprPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(exprstring, -1);

	Tcl_IncrRefCount(exprPtr);
	result = Tcl_ExprBooleanObj(interp, exprPtr, ptr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(exprPtr);








	return result;
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
    } else {
	int result;
	Tcl_Obj *exprPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(exprstring, -1);

	Tcl_IncrRefCount(exprPtr);
	result = Tcl_ExprBooleanObj(interp, exprPtr, ptr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(exprPtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    /*
	     * Move the interpreter's object result to the string result, then
	     * reset the object result.
	     */

	    (void) Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
	}
	return result;
    }
}

/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	resultPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	/* FALLTHROUGH */
    }
    case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
    case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	result = TclGetLongFromObj(interp, resultPtr, ptr);
	break;

    case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, resultPtr, &d);







<







6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622

6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	resultPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	/* FALLTHROUGH */
    }

    case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	result = TclGetLongFromObj(interp, resultPtr, ptr);
	break;

    case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, resultPtr, &d);
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655






6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
	code = Tcl_ExprObj(interp, exprObj, &resultPtr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(exprObj);
	if (code == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	}
    }






    return code;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo --







>
>
>
>
>
>







6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
	code = Tcl_ExprObj(interp, exprObj, &resultPtr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(exprObj);
	if (code == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Force the string rep of the interp result.
     */

    (void) Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
    return code;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo --
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761













6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
    /*
     * If we are just starting to log an error, errorInfo is initialized from
     * the error message in the interpreter's result.
     */

    iPtr->flags |= ERR_LEGACY_COPY;
    if (iPtr->errorInfo == NULL) {













        iPtr->errorInfo = iPtr->objResultPtr;
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->errorInfo);
	if (!iPtr->errorCode) {
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "NONE", NULL);
	}
    }

    /*







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
    /*
     * If we are just starting to log an error, errorInfo is initialized from
     * the error message in the interpreter's result.
     */

    iPtr->flags |= ERR_LEGACY_COPY;
    if (iPtr->errorInfo == NULL) {
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
	if (*(iPtr->result) != 0) {
	    /*
	     * The interp's string result is set, apparently by some extension
	     * making a deprecated direct write to it. That extension may
	     * expect interp->result to continue to be set, so we'll take
	     * special pains to avoid clearing it, until we drop support for
	     * interp->result completely.
	     */

	    iPtr->errorInfo = Tcl_NewStringObj(iPtr->result, -1);
	} else
#endif /* !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) */
	    iPtr->errorInfo = iPtr->objResultPtr;
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->errorInfo);
	if (!iPtr->errorCode) {
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "NONE", NULL);
	}
    }

    /*
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
 * Tcl_VarEval --
 *
 *	Given a variable number of string arguments, concatenate them all
 *	together and execute the result as a Tcl command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return result. An error message or other result may be
 *	left in the interp.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Depends on what was done by the command.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
	/* ARGSUSED */







|







7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
 * Tcl_VarEval --
 *
 *	Given a variable number of string arguments, concatenate them all
 *	together and execute the result as a Tcl command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return result. An error message or other result may be
 *	left in interp->result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Depends on what was done by the command.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
	/* ARGSUSED */
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	long l = *((const long *) ptr);

	if (l > (long)0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == (long)0) {
	    const char *string = objv[1]->bytes;
	    if (string) {
		while (*string != '0') {
		    if (*string == '-') {
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(0));
			return TCL_OK;
		    }
		    string++;
		}
	    }
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == LONG_MIN) {
	    TclInitBignumFromLong(&big, l);
	    goto tooLarge;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(-l));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
	double d = *((const double *) ptr);
	static const double poszero = 0.0;








|
|

|

|











|
|


|







7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	Tcl_WideInt l = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);

	if (l > (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    const char *string = objv[1]->bytes;
	    if (string) {
		while (*string != '0') {
		    if (*string == '-') {
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(0));
			return TCL_OK;
		    }
		    string++;
		}
	    }
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == WIDE_MIN) {
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, l);
	    goto tooLarge;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(-l));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
	double d = *((const double *) ptr);
	static const double poszero = 0.0;

7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
	} else if (d > -0.0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(-d));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	Tcl_WideInt w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);

	if (w >= (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	}
	if (w == LLONG_MIN) {
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, w);
	    goto tooLarge;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(-w));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
#endif

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
	if (mp_cmp_d((const mp_int *) ptr, 0) == MP_LT) {
	    Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &big);
	tooLarge:
	    mp_neg(&big, &big);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big));
	} else {
	unChanged:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|







7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
















7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
	} else if (d > -0.0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(-d));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

















    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
	if (mp_isneg((const mp_int *) ptr)) {
	    Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &big);
	tooLarge:
	    mp_neg(&big, &big);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big));
	} else {
	unChanged:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
    }
    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
	d = *((const double *) ptr);
	if ((d >= (double)LONG_MAX) || (d <= (double)LONG_MIN)) {
	    mp_int big;

	    if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
		/* Infinity */
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big));
	    return TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    long result = (long) d;

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(result));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
    }

    if (type != TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
	/*
	 * All integers are already of integer type.







|









|

|







7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
    }
    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
	d = *((const double *) ptr);
	if ((d >= (double)WIDE_MAX) || (d <= (double)WIDE_MIN)) {
	    mp_int big;

	    if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
		/* Infinity */
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big));
	    return TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    Tcl_WideInt result = (Tcl_WideInt) d;

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(result));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
    }

    if (type != TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
	/*
	 * All integers are already of integer type.
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613

































































7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
ExprIntFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    long iResult;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    if (ExprEntierFunc(NULL, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
    if (TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &iResult) != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * Truncate the bignum; keep only bits in long range.
	 */

	mp_int big;

	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &big);
	mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long), &big);
	objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &iResult);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(iResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprWideFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    Tcl_WideInt wResult;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;

    if (ExprEntierFunc(NULL, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
    if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult) != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * Truncate the bignum; keep only bits in wide int range.
	 */

	mp_int big;

	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &big);
	mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(Tcl_WideInt), &big);
	objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}


































































static int
ExprRandFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */







|





<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|












<




|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788







7789






7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802

7803
7804
7805
7806
7807














7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
ExprIntFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    Tcl_WideInt wResult;
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
    if (ExprEntierFunc(NULL, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);







    TclGetWideBitsFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult);






    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj((long)wResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprWideFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    Tcl_WideInt wResult;


    if (ExprEntierFunc(NULL, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TclGetWideBitsFromObj(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), &wResult);














    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Common implmentation of max() and min().
 */
static int
ExprMaxMinFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv,	/* Actual parameter vector. */
    int op)			/* Comparison direction */
{
    Tcl_Obj *res;
    double d;
    int type, i;
    ClientData ptr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    res = objv[1];
    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
        if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[i], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (type == TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
            /*
             * Get the error message for NaN.
             */

            Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[i], &d);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (TclCompareTwoNumbers(objv[i], res) == op)  {
            res = objv[i];
        }
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, res);
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprMaxFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    return ExprMaxMinFunc(clientData, interp, objc, objv, MP_GT);
}

static int
ExprMinFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    return ExprMaxMinFunc(clientData, interp, objc, objv, MP_LT);
}

static int
ExprRandFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (!(iPtr->flags & RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED)) {
	iPtr->flags |= RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED;

	/*
	 * To ensure different seeds in different threads (bug #416643), 
	 * take into consideration the thread this interp is running in.
	 */

	iPtr->randSeed = TclpGetClicks() + (PTR2INT(Tcl_GetCurrentThread())<<12);

	/*
	 * Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= (2^31) - 2. See below.
	 */

	iPtr->randSeed &= (unsigned long) 0x7fffffff;
	if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
	    iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Generate the random number using the linear congruential generator







|









|







7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (!(iPtr->flags & RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED)) {
	iPtr->flags |= RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED;

	/*
	 * To ensure different seeds in different threads (bug #416643),
	 * take into consideration the thread this interp is running in.
	 */

	iPtr->randSeed = TclpGetClicks() + (PTR2INT(Tcl_GetCurrentThread())<<12);

	/*
	 * Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= (2^31) - 2. See below.
	 */

	iPtr->randSeed &= 0x7fffffff;
	if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
	    iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Generate the random number using the linear congruential generator
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameter vector. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    long i = 0;			/* Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */

    /*
     * Convert argument and use it to reset the seed.
     */

    if (objc != 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &i) != TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
	mp_int big;

	if (Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(interp, objv[1], &big) != TCL_OK) {
	    /* TODO: more ::errorInfo here? or in caller? */
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	mp_mod_2d(&big, (int) CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long), &big);
	objPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	TclGetLongFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &i);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Reset the seed. Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= 2^31 - 2. See comments in
     * ExprRandFunc for more details.
     */

    iPtr->flags |= RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED;
    iPtr->randSeed = i;
    iPtr->randSeed &= (unsigned long) 0x7fffffff;
    if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
	iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
    }

    /*
     * To avoid duplicating the random number generation code we simply clean
     * up our state and call the real random number function. That function







|










|
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








|
<







8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065





8066







8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075

8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Parameter vector. */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    Tcl_WideInt w = 0;			/* Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */

    /*
     * Convert argument and use it to reset the seed.
     */

    if (objc != 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &w) != TCL_OK) {





	return TCL_ERROR;







    }

    /*
     * Reset the seed. Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= 2^31 - 2. See comments in
     * ExprRandFunc for more details.
     */

    iPtr->flags |= RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED;
    iPtr->randSeed = (long) w & 0x7fffffff;

    if ((iPtr->randSeed == 0) || (iPtr->randSeed == 0x7fffffff)) {
	iPtr->randSeed ^= 123459876;
    }

    /*
     * To avoid duplicating the random number generation code we simply clean
     * up our state and call the real random number function. That function
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098



















8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *)
	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,cmdName,proc,clientData,deleteProc);




















    cmdPtr->nreProc = nreProc;
    return (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr;
}

/****************************************************************************
 * Stuff for the public api







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *)
	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdName, proc, clientData,
                    deleteProc);

    cmdPtr->nreProc = nreProc;
    return (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr;
}

Tcl_Command
TclNRCreateCommandInNs(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *cmdName,
    Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr,
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc,
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *)
            TclCreateObjCommandInNs(interp, cmdName, nsPtr, proc, clientData,
                    deleteProc);

    cmdPtr->nreProc = nreProc;
    return (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr;
}

/****************************************************************************
 * Stuff for the public api
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
void
TclPushTailcallPoint(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    TclNRAddCallback(interp, NRCommand, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    ((Interp *) interp)->numLevels++;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclSetTailcall --
 *
 *	Splice a tailcall command in the proper spot of the NRE callback







<







8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469

8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
void
TclPushTailcallPoint(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    TclNRAddCallback(interp, NRCommand, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    ((Interp *) interp)->numLevels++;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclSetTailcall --
 *
 *	Splice a tailcall command in the proper spot of the NRE callback
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
        }
    }
    if (!runPtr) {
        Tcl_Panic("tailcall cannot find the right splicing spot: should not happen!");
    }
    runPtr->data[1] = listPtr;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclNRTailcallObjCmd --
 *
 *	Prepare the tailcall as a list and store it in the current







<







8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504

8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
        }
    }
    if (!runPtr) {
        Tcl_Panic("tailcall cannot find the right splicing spot: should not happen!");
    }
    runPtr->data[1] = listPtr;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclNRTailcallObjCmd --
 *
 *	Prepare the tailcall as a list and store it in the current
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
     * command, then set it in the varFrame so that PopCallFrame can use it
     * at the proper time.
     */

    if (objc > 1) {
        Tcl_Obj *listPtr, *nsObjPtr;
        Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr = (Tcl_Namespace *) iPtr->varFramePtr->nsPtr;
        Tcl_Namespace *ns1Ptr;

        /* The tailcall data is in a Tcl list: the first element is the
         * namespace, the rest the command to be tailcalled. */

        listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);

        nsObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(nsPtr->fullName, -1);
        if ((TCL_OK != TclGetNamespaceFromObj(interp, nsObjPtr, &ns1Ptr))
                || (nsPtr != ns1Ptr)) {
            Tcl_Panic("Tailcall failed to find the proper namespace");
        }
 	TclListObjSetElement(interp, listPtr, 0, nsObjPtr);

        iPtr->varFramePtr->tailcallPtr = listPtr;
    }
    return TCL_RETURN;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclNRTailcallEval --
 *
 *	This NREcallback actually causes the tailcall to be evaluated.







<




<
<

<
|
<
<






<







8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561

8562
8563
8564
8565


8566

8567


8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573

8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
     * command, then set it in the varFrame so that PopCallFrame can use it
     * at the proper time.
     */

    if (objc > 1) {
        Tcl_Obj *listPtr, *nsObjPtr;
        Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr = (Tcl_Namespace *) iPtr->varFramePtr->nsPtr;


        /* The tailcall data is in a Tcl list: the first element is the
         * namespace, the rest the command to be tailcalled. */



        nsObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(nsPtr->fullName, -1);

        listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);


 	TclListObjSetElement(interp, listPtr, 0, nsObjPtr);

        iPtr->varFramePtr->tailcallPtr = listPtr;
    }
    return TCL_RETURN;
}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclNRTailcallEval --
 *
 *	This NREcallback actually causes the tailcall to be evaluated.
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
	} else {
	    break;
	}
	i++;
    }
    return result;
}


void
Tcl_NRAddCallback(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr,
    ClientData data0,
    ClientData data1,







<







8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640

8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
	} else {
	    break;
	}
	i++;
    }
    return result;
}


void
Tcl_NRAddCallback(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr,
    ClientData data0,
    ClientData data1,
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946

8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Command *cmdPtr;
    CoroutineData *corPtr;
    const char *fullName, *procName;
    Namespace *nsPtr, *altNsPtr, *cxtNsPtr;
    Tcl_DString ds;
    Namespace *lookupNsPtr = iPtr->varFramePtr->nsPtr;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "name cmd ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * FIXME: this is copy/pasted from Tcl_ProcObjCommand. Should have
     * something in tclUtil.c to find the FQ name.
     */

    fullName = TclGetString(objv[1]);
    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, fullName, NULL, 0,
	    &nsPtr, &altNsPtr, &cxtNsPtr, &procName);

    if (nsPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\": unknown namespace",
                fullName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "NAMESPACE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (procName == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\": bad procedure name",
                fullName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "COMMAND", fullName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if ((nsPtr != iPtr->globalNsPtr)
	    && (procName != NULL) && (procName[0] == ':')) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\" in non-global namespace with"
                " name starting with \":\"", procName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "COMMAND", procName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * We ARE creating the coroutine command: allocate the corresponding
     * struct and create the corresponding command.
     */

    corPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(CoroutineData));

    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
    if (nsPtr != iPtr->globalNsPtr) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, nsPtr->fullName, -1);
	TclDStringAppendLiteral(&ds, "::");
    }
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, procName, -1);

    cmdPtr = (Command *) Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
	    /*objProc*/ NULL, TclNRInterpCoroutine, corPtr, DeleteCoroutine);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);


    corPtr->cmdPtr = cmdPtr;
    cmdPtr->refCount++;

    /*
     * #280.
     * Provide the new coroutine with its own copy of the lineLABCPtr







|
|
|







<
<
<
<
<
|
|
|




|



|


|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<











<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
|
<
>







9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155





9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170








9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181







9182
9183

9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Command *cmdPtr;
    CoroutineData *corPtr;
    const char *procName, *simpleName;
    Namespace *nsPtr, *altNsPtr, *cxtNsPtr,
	*inNsPtr = (Namespace *)TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);
    Namespace *lookupNsPtr = iPtr->varFramePtr->nsPtr;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "name cmd ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }






    procName = TclGetString(objv[1]);
    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, procName, inNsPtr, 0,
	    &nsPtr, &altNsPtr, &cxtNsPtr, &simpleName);

    if (nsPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\": unknown namespace",
                procName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "NAMESPACE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (simpleName == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\": bad procedure name",
                procName));








        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "COMMAND", procName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * We ARE creating the coroutine command: allocate the corresponding
     * struct and create the corresponding command.
     */

    corPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(CoroutineData));








    cmdPtr = (Command *) TclNRCreateCommandInNs(interp, simpleName,
	    (Tcl_Namespace *)nsPtr, /*objProc*/ NULL, TclNRInterpCoroutine,

	    corPtr, DeleteCoroutine);

    corPtr->cmdPtr = cmdPtr;
    cmdPtr->refCount++;

    /*
     * #280.
     * Provide the new coroutine with its own copy of the lineLABCPtr

Changes to generic/tclBinary.c.

1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
FormatNumber(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter, used to report
				 * errors. */
    int type,			/* Type of number to format. */
    Tcl_Obj *src,		/* Number to format. */
    unsigned char **cursorPtr)	/* Pointer to index into destination buffer. */
{
    long value;
    double dvalue;
    Tcl_WideInt wvalue;
    float fvalue;

    switch (type) {
    case 'd':
    case 'q':







<







1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965

1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
FormatNumber(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter, used to report
				 * errors. */
    int type,			/* Type of number to format. */
    Tcl_Obj *src,		/* Number to format. */
    unsigned char **cursorPtr)	/* Pointer to index into destination buffer. */
{

    double dvalue;
    Tcl_WideInt wvalue;
    float fvalue;

    switch (type) {
    case 'd':
    case 'q':
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035

	/*
	 * 64-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'w':
    case 'W':
    case 'm':
	if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);







|







2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034

	/*
	 * 64-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'w':
    case 'W':
    case 'm':
	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106

	/*
	 * 32-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'i':
    case 'I':
    case 'n':
	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, src, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 24);
	} else {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 24);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	}
	return TCL_OK;

	/*
	 * 16-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 's':
    case 'S':
    case 't':
	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, src, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
	} else {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	}
	return TCL_OK;

	/*
	 * 8-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'c':
	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, src, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	*(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(value);
	return TCL_OK;

    default:
	Tcl_Panic("unexpected fallthrough");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}







|



|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|









|



|
|

|
|







|


|







2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105

	/*
	 * 32-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'i':
    case 'I':
    case 'n':
	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);
	} else {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 24);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 16);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	}
	return TCL_OK;

	/*
	 * 16-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 's':
    case 'S':
    case 't':
	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (NeedReversing(type)) {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	} else {
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue >> 8);
	    *(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	}
	return TCL_OK;

	/*
	 * 8-bit integer values.
	 */
    case 'c':
	if (TclGetWideBitsFromObj(interp, src, &wvalue) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	*(*cursorPtr)++ = UCHAR(wvalue);
	return TCL_OK;

    default:
	Tcl_Panic("unexpected fallthrough");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
}

Changes to generic/tclCkalloc.c.

152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166

void
TclInitDbCkalloc(void)
{
    if (!ckallocInit) {
	ckallocInit = 1;
	ckallocMutexPtr = Tcl_GetAllocMutex();
#ifndef TCL_THREADS
	/* Silence compiler warning */
	(void)ckallocMutexPtr;
#endif
    }
}

/*







|







152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166

void
TclInitDbCkalloc(void)
{
    if (!ckallocInit) {
	ckallocInit = 1;
	ckallocMutexPtr = Tcl_GetAllocMutex();
#if !TCL_THREADS
	/* Silence compiler warning */
	(void)ckallocMutexPtr;
#endif
    }
}

/*
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
    if (clientData == NULL) {
        return 0;
    }
    sprintf(buf,
	    "total mallocs             %10u\n"
	    "total frees               %10u\n"
	    "current packets allocated %10u\n"
	    "current bytes allocated   %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u\n"
	    "maximum packets allocated %10u\n"
	    "maximum bytes allocated   %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    total_mallocs,
	    total_frees,
	    current_malloc_packets,
	    (Tcl_WideInt)current_bytes_malloced,
	    maximum_malloc_packets,
	    (Tcl_WideInt)maximum_bytes_malloced);
    if (flags == 0) {
	fprintf((FILE *)clientData, "%s", buf);
    } else {
	/* Assume objPtr to append to */
	Tcl_AppendToObj((Tcl_Obj *) clientData, buf, -1);
    }
    return 1;







|

|



|

|







183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
    if (clientData == NULL) {
        return 0;
    }
    sprintf(buf,
	    "total mallocs             %10u\n"
	    "total frees               %10u\n"
	    "current packets allocated %10u\n"
	    "current bytes allocated   %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n"
	    "maximum packets allocated %10u\n"
	    "maximum bytes allocated   %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    total_mallocs,
	    total_frees,
	    current_malloc_packets,
	    current_bytes_malloced,
	    maximum_malloc_packets,
	    maximum_bytes_malloced);
    if (flags == 0) {
	fprintf((FILE *)clientData, "%s", buf);
    } else {
	/* Assume objPtr to append to */
	Tcl_AppendToObj((Tcl_Obj *) clientData, buf, -1);
    }
    return 1;
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
	}
    }
    if (guard_failed) {
	TclDumpMemoryInfo((ClientData) stderr, 0);
	fprintf(stderr, "low guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n", (Tcl_WideInt) memHeaderP->length,
		memHeaderP->file, memHeaderP->line);
	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }

    hiPtr = (unsigned char *)memHeaderP->body + memHeaderP->length;
    for (idx = 0; idx < HIGH_GUARD_SIZE; idx++) {
	byte = *(hiPtr + idx);







|







250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
	}
    }
    if (guard_failed) {
	TclDumpMemoryInfo((ClientData) stderr, 0);
	fprintf(stderr, "low guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n", memHeaderP->length,
		memHeaderP->file, memHeaderP->line);
	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }

    hiPtr = (unsigned char *)memHeaderP->body + memHeaderP->length;
    for (idx = 0; idx < HIGH_GUARD_SIZE; idx++) {
	byte = *(hiPtr + idx);
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
    }

    if (guard_failed) {
	TclDumpMemoryInfo((ClientData) stderr, 0);
	fprintf(stderr, "high guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n",
		(Tcl_WideInt)memHeaderP->length, memHeaderP->file,
		memHeaderP->line);
	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }

    if (nukeGuards) {
	memset(memHeaderP->low_guard, 0, LOW_GUARD_SIZE);
	memset(hiPtr, 0, HIGH_GUARD_SIZE);







|
|







272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
    }

    if (guard_failed) {
	TclDumpMemoryInfo((ClientData) stderr, 0);
	fprintf(stderr, "high guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n",
		memHeaderP->length, memHeaderP->file,
		memHeaderP->line);
	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }

    if (nukeGuards) {
	memset(memHeaderP->low_guard, 0, LOW_GUARD_SIZE);
	memset(hiPtr, 0, HIGH_GUARD_SIZE);
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    Tcl_MutexLock(ckallocMutexPtr);
    for (memScanP = allocHead; memScanP != NULL; memScanP = memScanP->flink) {
	address = &memScanP->body[0];
	fprintf(fileP, "%p - %p  %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d @ %s %d %s",
		address, address + memScanP->length - 1,
		(Tcl_WideInt)memScanP->length, memScanP->file, memScanP->line,
		(memScanP->tagPtr == NULL) ? "" : memScanP->tagPtr->string);
	(void) fputc('\n', fileP);
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(ckallocMutexPtr);

    if (fileP != stderr) {
	fclose(fileP);







|

|







355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    Tcl_MutexLock(ckallocMutexPtr);
    for (memScanP = allocHead; memScanP != NULL; memScanP = memScanP->flink) {
	address = &memScanP->body[0];
	fprintf(fileP, "%p - %p  %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u @ %s %d %s",
		address, address + memScanP->length - 1,
		memScanP->length, memScanP->file, memScanP->line,
		(memScanP->tagPtr == NULL) ? "" : memScanP->tagPtr->string);
	(void) fputc('\n', fileP);
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(ckallocMutexPtr);

    if (fileP != stderr) {
	fclose(fileP);
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
     * such as Crays (will subtract only bytes, even though BODY_OFFSET is in
     * words on these machines).
     */

    memp = (struct mem_header *) (((size_t) ptr) - BODY_OFFSET);

    if (alloc_tracing) {
	fprintf(stderr, "ckfree %p %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d %s %d\n",
		memp->body, (Tcl_WideInt) memp->length, file, line);
    }

    if (validate_memory) {
	Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(file, line);
    }

    Tcl_MutexLock(ckallocMutexPtr);







|
|







607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
     * such as Crays (will subtract only bytes, even though BODY_OFFSET is in
     * words on these machines).
     */

    memp = (struct mem_header *) (((size_t) ptr) - BODY_OFFSET);

    if (alloc_tracing) {
	fprintf(stderr, "ckfree %p %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u %s %d\n",
		memp->body, memp->length, file, line);
    }

    if (validate_memory) {
	Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(file, line);
    }

    Tcl_MutexLock(ckallocMutexPtr);
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	break_on_malloc = (unsigned int) value;
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1],"info") == 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER"d\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d\n",
		"total mallocs", total_mallocs, "total frees", total_frees,
		"current packets allocated", current_malloc_packets,
		"current bytes allocated", (Tcl_WideInt)current_bytes_malloced,
		"maximum packets allocated", maximum_malloc_packets,
		"maximum bytes allocated", (Tcl_WideInt)maximum_bytes_malloced));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1], "init") == 0) {
	if (argc != 3) {
	    goto bad_suboption;
	}
	init_malloced_bodies = (strcmp(argv[2],"on") == 0);







|


|

|







855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	break_on_malloc = (unsigned int) value;
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1],"info") == 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER"u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
		"total mallocs", total_mallocs, "total frees", total_frees,
		"current packets allocated", current_malloc_packets,
		"current bytes allocated", current_bytes_malloced,
		"maximum packets allocated", maximum_malloc_packets,
		"maximum bytes allocated", maximum_bytes_malloced));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1], "init") == 0) {
	if (argc != 3) {
	    goto bad_suboption;
	}
	init_malloced_bodies = (strcmp(argv[2],"on") == 0);

Changes to generic/tclCmdAH.c.

160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
 *	A standard Tcl object result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
	/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tcl_CaseObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */







|







160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
 *	A standard Tcl object result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
#if !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) && TCL_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
	/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tcl_CaseObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
{
    if (objc != 1) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    return TCL_CONTINUE;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_EncodingObjCmd --
 *
 *	This command manipulates encodings.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_EncodingObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int index;

    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	"convertfrom", "convertto", "dirs", "names", "system",
	NULL
    };
    enum options {
	ENC_CONVERTFROM, ENC_CONVERTTO, ENC_DIRS, ENC_NAMES, ENC_SYSTEM
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case ENC_CONVERTTO:
	return EncodingConverttoObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_CONVERTFROM:
	return EncodingConvertfromObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_DIRS:
	return EncodingDirsObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_NAMES:
	return EncodingNamesObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_SYSTEM:
	return EncodingSystemObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclInitEncodingCmd --
 *
 *	This function creates the 'encoding' ensemble.







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







508
509
510
511
512
513
514

























































515
516
517
518
519
520
521
{
    if (objc != 1) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    return TCL_CONTINUE;
}


























































/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclInitEncodingCmd --
 *
 *	This function creates the 'encoding' ensemble.
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467

    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
	 * Need separate variable for reading longs from an object on 64-bit
	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
	 */

	long newTime;

	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = newTime;
	tval.modtime = buf.st_mtime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {







|

|







1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410

    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
	 * Need separate variable for reading longs from an object on 64-bit
	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
	 */

	Tcl_WideInt newTime;

	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = newTime;
	tval.modtime = buf.st_mtime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
#endif
    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
	 * Need separate variable for reading longs from an object on 64-bit
	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
	 */

	long newTime;

	if (TclGetLongFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = buf.st_atime;
	tval.modtime = newTime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {







|

|







1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
#endif
    if (objc == 3) {
	/*
	 * Need separate variable for reading longs from an object on 64-bit
	 * platforms. [Bug 698146]
	 */

	Tcl_WideInt newTime;

	if (TclGetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newTime) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	tval.actime = buf.st_atime;
	tval.modtime = newTime;

	if (Tcl_FSUtime(objv[1], &tval) != 0) {

Changes to generic/tclCmdIL.c.

60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
    int isIncreasing;		/* Nonzero means sort in increasing order. */
    int sortMode;		/* The sort mode. One of SORTMODE_* values
				 * defined below. */
    Tcl_Obj *compareCmdPtr;	/* The Tcl comparison command when sortMode is
				 * SORTMODE_COMMAND. Pre-initialized to hold
				 * base of command. */
    int *indexv;		/* If the -index option was specified, this
				 * holds the indexes contained in the list
				 * supplied as an argument to that option.

				 * NULL if no indexes supplied, and points to
				 * singleIndex field when only one
				 * supplied. */
    int indexc;			/* Number of indexes in indexv array. */
    int singleIndex;		/* Static space for common index case. */
    int unique;
    int numElements;







|
|
>







60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
    int isIncreasing;		/* Nonzero means sort in increasing order. */
    int sortMode;		/* The sort mode. One of SORTMODE_* values
				 * defined below. */
    Tcl_Obj *compareCmdPtr;	/* The Tcl comparison command when sortMode is
				 * SORTMODE_COMMAND. Pre-initialized to hold
				 * base of command. */
    int *indexv;		/* If the -index option was specified, this
				 * holds an encoding of the indexes contained
				 * in the list supplied as an argument to
				 * that option.
				 * NULL if no indexes supplied, and points to
				 * singleIndex field when only one
				 * supplied. */
    int indexc;			/* Number of indexes in indexv array. */
    int singleIndex;		/* Static space for common index case. */
    int unique;
    int numElements;
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
#define SORTMODE_ASCII		0
#define SORTMODE_INTEGER	1
#define SORTMODE_REAL		2
#define SORTMODE_COMMAND	3
#define SORTMODE_DICTIONARY	4
#define SORTMODE_ASCII_NC	8

/*
 * Magic values for the index field of the SortInfo structure. Note that the
 * index "end-1" will be translated to SORTIDX_END-1, etc.
 */

#define SORTIDX_NONE	-1	/* Not indexed; use whole value. */
#define SORTIDX_END	-2	/* Indexed from end. */

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */

static int		DictionaryCompare(const char *left, const char *right);
static Tcl_NRPostProc	IfConditionCallback;
static int		InfoArgsCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







89
90
91
92
93
94
95








96
97
98
99
100
101
102
#define SORTMODE_ASCII		0
#define SORTMODE_INTEGER	1
#define SORTMODE_REAL		2
#define SORTMODE_COMMAND	3
#define SORTMODE_DICTIONARY	4
#define SORTMODE_ASCII_NC	8









/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */

static int		DictionaryCompare(const char *left, const char *right);
static Tcl_NRPostProc	IfConditionCallback;
static int		InfoArgsCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
140
141
142
143
144
145
146


147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165

166
167
168
169
170
171
172
static int		InfoPatchLevelCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoProcsCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoScriptCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoSharedlibCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,


			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoTclVersionCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static SortElement *	MergeLists(SortElement *leftPtr, SortElement *rightPtr,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);
static int		SortCompare(SortElement *firstPtr, SortElement *second,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);
static Tcl_Obj *	SelectObjFromSublist(Tcl_Obj *firstPtr,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);

/*
 * Array of values describing how to implement each standard subcommand of the
 * "info" command.
 */

static const EnsembleImplMap defaultInfoMap[] = {
    {"args",		   InfoArgsCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"body",		   InfoBodyCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"cmdcount",	   InfoCmdCountCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},

    {"commands",	   InfoCommandsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoCommandsCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"complete",	   InfoCompleteCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"coroutine",	   TclInfoCoroutineCmd,     TclCompileInfoCoroutineCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"default",		   InfoDefaultCmd,	    TclCompileBasic3ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"errorstack",	   InfoErrorStackCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"exists",		   TclInfoExistsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoExistsCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"frame",		   InfoFrameCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},







>
>



















>







133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
static int		InfoPatchLevelCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoProcsCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoScriptCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoSharedlibCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoCmdTypeCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int		InfoTclVersionCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static SortElement *	MergeLists(SortElement *leftPtr, SortElement *rightPtr,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);
static int		SortCompare(SortElement *firstPtr, SortElement *second,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);
static Tcl_Obj *	SelectObjFromSublist(Tcl_Obj *firstPtr,
			    SortInfo *infoPtr);

/*
 * Array of values describing how to implement each standard subcommand of the
 * "info" command.
 */

static const EnsembleImplMap defaultInfoMap[] = {
    {"args",		   InfoArgsCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"body",		   InfoBodyCmd,		    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"cmdcount",	   InfoCmdCountCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"cmdtype",		   InfoCmdTypeCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 1},
    {"commands",	   InfoCommandsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoCommandsCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"complete",	   InfoCompleteCmd,	    TclCompileBasic1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"coroutine",	   TclInfoCoroutineCmd,     TclCompileInfoCoroutineCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"default",		   InfoDefaultCmd,	    TclCompileBasic3ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"errorstack",	   InfoErrorStackCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"exists",		   TclInfoExistsCmd,	    TclCompileInfoExistsCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
    {"frame",		   InfoFrameCmd,	    TclCompileBasic0Or1ArgCmd, NULL, NULL, 0},
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141






















































2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
    }
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *






















































 * Tcl_JoinObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "join" Tcl command. See the
 *	user documentation for details on what it does.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl object result.







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
    }
    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * InfoCmdTypeCmd --
 *
 *	Called to implement the "info cmdtype" command that returns the type
 *	of a given command. Handles the following syntax:
 *
 *	    info cmdtype cmdName
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns TCL_OK if successful and TCL_ERROR if there is an error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Returns a type name. If there is an error, the result is an error
 *	message.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
InfoCmdTypeCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tcl_Command command;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "commandName");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    command = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL,
	    TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
    if (command == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * There's one special case: safe slave interpreters can't see aliases as
     * aliases as they're part of the security mechanisms.
     */

    if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)
	    && (((Command *) command)->objProc == TclAliasObjCmd)) {
	Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "native", NULL);
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		Tcl_NewStringObj(TclGetCommandTypeName(command), -1));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_JoinObjCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "join" Tcl command. See the
 *	user documentation for details on what it does.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl object result.
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
int
Tcl_JoinObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* The argument objects. */
{
    int listLen;
    Tcl_Obj *resObjPtr = NULL, *joinObjPtr, **elemPtrs;

    if ((objc < 2) || (objc > 3)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "list ?joinString?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }








|







2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
int
Tcl_JoinObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* The argument objects. */
{
    int length, listLen;
    Tcl_Obj *resObjPtr = NULL, *joinObjPtr, **elemPtrs;

    if ((objc < 2) || (objc > 3)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "list ?joinString?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193

2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, elemPtrs[0]);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    joinObjPtr = (objc == 2) ? Tcl_NewStringObj(" ", 1) : objv[2];
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(joinObjPtr);


    if (Tcl_GetCharLength(joinObjPtr) == 0) {
	TclStringCatObjv(interp, /* inPlace */ 0, listLen, elemPtrs,
		&resObjPtr);
    } else {
	int i;

	resObjPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	for (i = 0;  i < listLen;  i++) {
	    if (i > 0) {








>
|
|
<







2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246

2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, elemPtrs[0]);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    joinObjPtr = (objc == 2) ? Tcl_NewStringObj(" ", 1) : objv[2];
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(joinObjPtr);

    (void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(joinObjPtr, &length);
    if (length == 0) {
	resObjPtr = TclStringCat(interp, listLen, elemPtrs, 0);

    } else {
	int i;

	resObjPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	for (i = 0;  i < listLen;  i++) {
	    if (i > 0) {

2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
Tcl_LrangeObjCmd(
    ClientData notUsed,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    register Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
				/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tcl_Obj **elemPtrs;
    int listLen, first, last, result;

    if (objc != 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "list first last");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    result = TclListObjLength(interp, objv[1], &listLen);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }

    result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], /*endValue*/ listLen - 1,
	    &first);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }
    if (first < 0) {
	first = 0;
    }

    result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], /*endValue*/ listLen - 1,
	    &last);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }
    if (last >= listLen) {
	last = listLen - 1;
    }

    if (first > last) {
	/*
	 * Returning an empty list is easy.
	 */

	return TCL_OK;
    }

    result = TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[1], &listLen, &elemPtrs);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }

    if (Tcl_IsShared(objv[1]) ||
	    ((ListRepPtr(objv[1])->refCount > 1))) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(last - first + 1,
		&elemPtrs[first]));
    } else {
	/*
	 * In-place is possible.
	 */

	if (last < (listLen - 1)) {
	    Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, objv[1], last + 1, listLen - 1 - last,
		    0, NULL);
	}

	/*
	 * This one is not conditioned on (first > 0) in order to preserve the
	 * string-canonizing effect of [lrange 0 end].
	 */

	Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, objv[1], 0, first, 0, NULL);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_LrepeatObjCmd --







<

















<
<
<






<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<







2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595

2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612



2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618


2619


































2620


2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
Tcl_LrangeObjCmd(
    ClientData notUsed,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    register Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
				/* Argument objects. */
{

    int listLen, first, last, result;

    if (objc != 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "list first last");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    result = TclListObjLength(interp, objv[1], &listLen);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }

    result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], /*endValue*/ listLen - 1,
	    &first);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }




    result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], /*endValue*/ listLen - 1,
	    &last);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }





































    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclListObjRange(objv[1], first, last));


    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_LrepeatObjCmd --
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }

    if (first < 0) {
	first = 0;
    }

    /*
     * Complain if the user asked for a start element that is greater than the
     * list length. This won't ever trigger for the "end-*" case as that will
     * be properly constrained by TclGetIntForIndex because we use listLen-1
     * (to allow for replacing the last elem).
     */

    if ((first > listLen) && (listLen > 0)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"list doesn't contain element %s", TclGetString(objv[2])));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LREPLACE", "BADIDX",
		NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (last >= listLen) {
	last = listLen - 1;
    }
    if (first <= last) {
	numToDelete = last - first + 1;
    } else {
	numToDelete = 0;







|
<
<
<
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|







2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790



2791


2792






2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	return result;
    }

    if (first < 0) {
	first = 0;
    }
    if (first > listLen) {



	first = listLen;


    }







    if (last >= listLen) {
	last = listLen - 1;
    }
    if (first <= last) {
	numToDelete = last - first + 1;
    } else {
	numToDelete = 0;
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941

2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981

2982

2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    const char *bytes, *patternBytes;
    int i, match, index, result, listc, length, elemLen, bisect;

    int dataType, isIncreasing, lower, upper, offset;
    Tcl_WideInt patWide, objWide;
    int allMatches, inlineReturn, negatedMatch, returnSubindices, noCase;
    double patDouble, objDouble;
    SortInfo sortInfo;
    Tcl_Obj *patObj, **listv, *listPtr, *startPtr, *itemPtr;
    SortStrCmpFn_t strCmpFn = strcmp;
    Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL;
    static const char *const options[] = {
	"-all",	    "-ascii",   "-bisect", "-decreasing", "-dictionary",
	"-exact",   "-glob",    "-increasing", "-index",
	"-inline",  "-integer", "-nocase",     "-not",
	"-real",    "-regexp",  "-sorted",     "-start",
	"-subindices", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	LSEARCH_ALL, LSEARCH_ASCII, LSEARCH_BISECT, LSEARCH_DECREASING,
	LSEARCH_DICTIONARY, LSEARCH_EXACT, LSEARCH_GLOB, LSEARCH_INCREASING,
	LSEARCH_INDEX, LSEARCH_INLINE, LSEARCH_INTEGER, LSEARCH_NOCASE,
	LSEARCH_NOT, LSEARCH_REAL, LSEARCH_REGEXP, LSEARCH_SORTED,
	LSEARCH_START, LSEARCH_SUBINDICES
    };
    enum datatypes {
	ASCII, DICTIONARY, INTEGER, REAL
    };
    enum modes {
	EXACT, GLOB, REGEXP, SORTED
    };
    enum modes mode;

    mode = GLOB;
    dataType = ASCII;
    isIncreasing = 1;
    allMatches = 0;
    inlineReturn = 0;
    returnSubindices = 0;
    negatedMatch = 0;
    bisect = 0;
    listPtr = NULL;
    startPtr = NULL;

    offset = 0;

    noCase = 0;
    sortInfo.compareCmdPtr = NULL;
    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
    sortInfo.sortMode = 0;
    sortInfo.interp = interp;
    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_OK;
    sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
    sortInfo.indexc = 0;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-option value ...? list pattern");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], options, "option", 0, &index)
		!= TCL_OK) {
	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
	    }
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	switch ((enum options) index) {
	case LSEARCH_ALL:		/* -all */
	    allMatches = 1;
	    break;







|
>
|





|





|







|



















>
|
>

















<
<
<







2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999



3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    const char *bytes, *patternBytes;
    int i, match, index, result=TCL_OK, listc, length, elemLen, bisect;
    int allocatedIndexVector = 0;
    int dataType, isIncreasing, lower, upper, start, groupSize, groupOffset;
    Tcl_WideInt patWide, objWide;
    int allMatches, inlineReturn, negatedMatch, returnSubindices, noCase;
    double patDouble, objDouble;
    SortInfo sortInfo;
    Tcl_Obj *patObj, **listv, *listPtr, *startPtr, *itemPtr;
    SortStrCmpFn_t strCmpFn = TclUtfCmp;
    Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL;
    static const char *const options[] = {
	"-all",	    "-ascii",   "-bisect", "-decreasing", "-dictionary",
	"-exact",   "-glob",    "-increasing", "-index",
	"-inline",  "-integer", "-nocase",     "-not",
	"-real",    "-regexp",  "-sorted",     "-start", "-stride",
	"-subindices", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	LSEARCH_ALL, LSEARCH_ASCII, LSEARCH_BISECT, LSEARCH_DECREASING,
	LSEARCH_DICTIONARY, LSEARCH_EXACT, LSEARCH_GLOB, LSEARCH_INCREASING,
	LSEARCH_INDEX, LSEARCH_INLINE, LSEARCH_INTEGER, LSEARCH_NOCASE,
	LSEARCH_NOT, LSEARCH_REAL, LSEARCH_REGEXP, LSEARCH_SORTED,
	LSEARCH_START, LSEARCH_STRIDE, LSEARCH_SUBINDICES
    };
    enum datatypes {
	ASCII, DICTIONARY, INTEGER, REAL
    };
    enum modes {
	EXACT, GLOB, REGEXP, SORTED
    };
    enum modes mode;

    mode = GLOB;
    dataType = ASCII;
    isIncreasing = 1;
    allMatches = 0;
    inlineReturn = 0;
    returnSubindices = 0;
    negatedMatch = 0;
    bisect = 0;
    listPtr = NULL;
    startPtr = NULL;
    groupSize = 1;
    groupOffset = 0;
    start = 0;
    noCase = 0;
    sortInfo.compareCmdPtr = NULL;
    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
    sortInfo.sortMode = 0;
    sortInfo.interp = interp;
    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_OK;
    sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
    sortInfo.indexc = 0;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-option value ...? list pattern");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], options, "option", 0, &index)
		!= TCL_OK) {



	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	switch ((enum options) index) {
	case LSEARCH_ALL:		/* -all */
	    allMatches = 1;
	    break;
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066

3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086

3087









3088













3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095

3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105

3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120

3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131


3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140

3141
3142












3143
3144
3145
3146
3147

3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166

3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174

3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
	    /*
	     * If there was a previous -start option, release its saved index
	     * because it will either be replaced or there will be an error.
	     */

	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);

	    }
	    if (i > objc-4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"missing starting index", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    i++;
	    if (objv[i] == objv[objc - 2]) {
		/*
		 * Take copy to prevent shimmering problems. Note that it does
		 * not matter if the index obj is also a component of the list
		 * being searched. We only need to copy where the list and the
		 * index are one-and-the-same.
		 */

		startPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[i]);
	    } else {
		startPtr = objv[i];

		Tcl_IncrRefCount(startPtr);









	    }













	    break;
	case LSEARCH_INDEX: {		/* -index */
	    Tcl_Obj **indices;
	    int j;

	    if (sortInfo.indexc > 1) {
		TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);

	    }
	    if (i > objc-4) {
		if (startPtr != NULL) {
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
		}
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-index\" option must be followed by list index",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;

	    }

	    /*
	     * Store the extracted indices for processing by sublist
	     * extraction. Note that we don't do this using objects because
	     * that has shimmering problems.
	     */

	    i++;
	    if (TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[i],
		    &sortInfo.indexc, &indices) != TCL_OK) {
		if (startPtr != NULL) {
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
		}
		return TCL_ERROR;

	    }
	    switch (sortInfo.indexc) {
	    case 0:
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
		break;
	    case 1:
		sortInfo.indexv = &sortInfo.singleIndex;
		break;
	    default:
		sortInfo.indexv =
			TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(int) * sortInfo.indexc);


	    }

	    /*
	     * Fill the array by parsing each index. We don't know whether
	     * their scale is sensible yet, but we at least perform the
	     * syntactic check here.
	     */

	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {

		if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, indices[j], SORTIDX_END,
			&sortInfo.indexv[j]) != TCL_OK) {












		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));
		    result = TCL_ERROR;
		    goto done;
		}

	    }
	    break;
	}
	}
    }

    /*
     * Subindices only make sense if asked for with -index option set.
     */

    if (returnSubindices && sortInfo.indexc==0) {
	if (startPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"-subindices cannot be used without -index option", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    if (bisect && (allMatches || negatedMatch)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"-bisect is not compatible with -all or -not", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    if (mode == REGEXP) {
	/*
	 * We can shimmer regexp/list if listv[i] == pattern, so get the
	 * regexp rep before the list rep. First time round, omit the interp
	 * and hope that the compilation will succeed. If it fails, we'll







>




















>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|

>


<
<
<




|
>











<
<
<
|
>











>
>









>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


<


>











<
<
<




|
>







|
>







3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119



3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136



3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177

3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191



3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
	    /*
	     * If there was a previous -start option, release its saved index
	     * because it will either be replaced or there will be an error.
	     */

	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
		startPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (i > objc-4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"missing starting index", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    i++;
	    if (objv[i] == objv[objc - 2]) {
		/*
		 * Take copy to prevent shimmering problems. Note that it does
		 * not matter if the index obj is also a component of the list
		 * being searched. We only need to copy where the list and the
		 * index are one-and-the-same.
		 */

		startPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[i]);
	    } else {
		startPtr = objv[i];
	    }
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(startPtr);
	    break;
	case LSEARCH_STRIDE:		/* -stride */
	    if (i > objc-4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-stride\" option must be "
			"followed by stride length", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &groupSize) != TCL_OK) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (groupSize < 1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"stride length must be at least 1", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSORT",
			"BADSTRIDE", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    i++;
	    break;
	case LSEARCH_INDEX: {		/* -index */
	    Tcl_Obj **indices;
	    int j;

	    if (allocatedIndexVector) {
		TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
		allocatedIndexVector = 0;
	    }
	    if (i > objc-4) {



		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-index\" option must be followed by list index",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Store the extracted indices for processing by sublist
	     * extraction. Note that we don't do this using objects because
	     * that has shimmering problems.
	     */

	    i++;
	    if (TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[i],
		    &sortInfo.indexc, &indices) != TCL_OK) {



		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    switch (sortInfo.indexc) {
	    case 0:
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
		break;
	    case 1:
		sortInfo.indexv = &sortInfo.singleIndex;
		break;
	    default:
		sortInfo.indexv =
			TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(int) * sortInfo.indexc);
		allocatedIndexVector = 1; /* Cannot use indexc field, as it
					   * might be decreased by 1 later. */
	    }

	    /*
	     * Fill the array by parsing each index. We don't know whether
	     * their scale is sensible yet, but we at least perform the
	     * syntactic check here.
	     */

	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		int encoded = 0;
		if (TclIndexEncode(interp, indices[j], TCL_INDEX_BEFORE,
			TCL_INDEX_AFTER, &encoded) != TCL_OK) {
		    result = TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if ((encoded == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
			|| (encoded == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "index \"%s\" cannot select an element "
			    "from any list", Tcl_GetString(indices[j])));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "INDEX"
			    "OUTOFRANGE", NULL);
		    result = TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));

		    goto done;
		}
		sortInfo.indexv[j] = encoded;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	}
    }

    /*
     * Subindices only make sense if asked for with -index option set.
     */

    if (returnSubindices && sortInfo.indexc==0) {



	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"-subindices cannot be used without -index option", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
	goto done;
    }

    if (bisect && (allMatches || negatedMatch)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"-bisect is not compatible with -all or -not", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
	goto done;
    }

    if (mode == REGEXP) {
	/*
	 * We can shimmer regexp/list if listv[i] == pattern, so get the
	 * regexp rep before the list rep. First time round, omit the interp
	 * and hope that the compilation will succeed. If it fails, we'll
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214


3215




3216









3217














3218
3219












3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248


3249






3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
	     */

	    regexp = Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(interp, objv[objc - 1],
		    TCL_REG_ADVANCED | (noCase ? TCL_REG_NOCASE : 0));
	}

	if (regexp == NULL) {
	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
	    }
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Make sure the list argument is a list object and get its length and a
     * pointer to its array of element pointers.
     */

    result = TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[objc - 2], &listc, &listv);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {


	if (startPtr != NULL) {




	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);









	}














	goto done;
    }













    /*
     * Get the user-specified start offset.
     */

    if (startPtr) {
	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startPtr, listc-1, &offset);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}

	/*
	 * If the search started past the end of the list, we just return a
	 * "did not match anything at all" result straight away. [Bug 1374778]
	 */

	if (offset > listc-1) {
	    if (sortInfo.indexc > 1) {
		TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
	    }
	    if (allMatches || inlineReturn) {
		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
	    }


	    return TCL_OK;






	}
    }

    patObj = objv[objc - 1];
    patternBytes = NULL;
    if (mode == EXACT || mode == SORTED) {
	switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {







<
<
<












>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






|
<



|
|







|
<
<
<





>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>







3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231



3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296

3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309



3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
	     */

	    regexp = Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(interp, objv[objc - 1],
		    TCL_REG_ADVANCED | (noCase ? TCL_REG_NOCASE : 0));
	}

	if (regexp == NULL) {



	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Make sure the list argument is a list object and get its length and a
     * pointer to its array of element pointers.
     */

    result = TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[objc - 2], &listc, &listv);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Check for sanity when grouping elements of the overall list together
     * because of the -stride option. [TIP #351]
     */

    if (groupSize > 1) {
	if (listc % groupSize) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "list size must be a multiple of the stride length",
		    -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH", "BADSTRIDE",
		    NULL);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	if (sortInfo.indexc > 0) {
	    /*
	     * Use the first value in the list supplied to -index as the
	     * offset of the element within each group by which to sort.
	     */

	    groupOffset = TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[0], groupSize - 1);
	    if (groupOffset < 0 || groupOffset >= groupSize) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"when used with \"-stride\", the leading \"-index\""
			" value must be within the group", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
			"BADINDEX", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (sortInfo.indexc == 1) {
		sortInfo.indexc = 0;
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
	    } else {
		sortInfo.indexc--;

		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
		    sortInfo.indexv[i] = sortInfo.indexv[i+1];
		}
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Get the user-specified start offset.
     */

    if (startPtr) {
	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startPtr, listc-1, &start);

	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if (start < 0) {
	    start = 0;
	}

	/*
	 * If the search started past the end of the list, we just return a
	 * "did not match anything at all" result straight away. [Bug 1374778]
	 */

	if (start > listc-1) {



	    if (allMatches || inlineReturn) {
		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
	    }
	    goto done;
	}

	/*
	 * If start points within a group, it points to the start of the group.
	 */

	if (groupSize > 1) {
	    start -= (start % groupSize);
	}
    }

    patObj = objv[objc - 1];
    patternBytes = NULL;
    if (mode == EXACT || mode == SORTED) {
	switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307




3308
3309
3310
3311

3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
	/*
	 * If the data is sorted, we can do a more intelligent search. Note
	 * that there is no point in being smart when -all was specified; in
	 * that case, we have to look at all items anyway, and there is no
	 * sense in doing this when the match sense is inverted.
	 */





	lower = offset - 1;
	upper = listc;
	while (lower + 1 != upper && sortInfo.resultCode == TCL_OK) {
	    i = (lower + upper)/2;

	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i], &sortInfo);
		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
		    result = sortInfo.resultCode;
		    goto done;
		}
	    } else {
		itemPtr = listv[i];
	    }
	    switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
	    case ASCII:
		bytes = TclGetString(itemPtr);
		match = strCmpFn(patternBytes, bytes);
		break;
	    case DICTIONARY:







>
>
>
>
|

|

>

|





|







3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
	/*
	 * If the data is sorted, we can do a more intelligent search. Note
	 * that there is no point in being smart when -all was specified; in
	 * that case, we have to look at all items anyway, and there is no
	 * sense in doing this when the match sense is inverted.
	 */

	/*
	 * With -stride, lower, upper and i are kept as multiples of groupSize.
	 */

	lower = start - groupSize;
	upper = listc;
	while (lower + groupSize != upper && sortInfo.resultCode == TCL_OK) {
	    i = (lower + upper)/2;
	    i -= i % groupSize;
	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset], &sortInfo);
		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
		    result = sortInfo.resultCode;
		    goto done;
		}
	    } else {
		itemPtr = listv[i+groupOffset];
	    }
	    switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
	    case ASCII:
		bytes = TclGetString(itemPtr);
		match = strCmpFn(patternBytes, bytes);
		break;
	    case DICTIONARY:
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
	 *   - our matching sense is negated
	 *   - we're building a list of all matched items
	 */

	if (allMatches) {
	    listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
	}
	for (i = offset; i < listc; i++) {
	    match = 0;
	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i], &sortInfo);
		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
		    if (listPtr != NULL) {
			Tcl_DecrRefCount(listPtr);
		    }
		    result = sortInfo.resultCode;
		    goto done;
		}
	    } else {
		itemPtr = listv[i];
	    }

	    switch (mode) {
	    case SORTED:
	    case EXACT:
		switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
		case ASCII:







|


|








|







3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
	 *   - our matching sense is negated
	 *   - we're building a list of all matched items
	 */

	if (allMatches) {
	    listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
	}
	for (i = start; i < listc; i += groupSize) {
	    match = 0;
	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset], &sortInfo);
		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
		    if (listPtr != NULL) {
			Tcl_DecrRefCount(listPtr);
		    }
		    result = sortInfo.resultCode;
		    goto done;
		}
	    } else {
		itemPtr = listv[i+groupOffset];
	    }

	    switch (mode) {
	    case SORTED:
	    case EXACT:
		switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
		case ASCII:
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510





3511
3512
3513
3514

3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556






3557

3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566



3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
		break;
	    } else if (inlineReturn) {
		/*
		 * Note that these appends are not expected to fail.
		 */

		if (returnSubindices && (sortInfo.indexc != 0)) {
		    itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i], &sortInfo);





		} else {
		    itemPtr = listv[i];
		}
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);

	    } else if (returnSubindices) {
		int j;

		itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i);
		for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr,
			    Tcl_NewIntObj(sortInfo.indexv[j]));
		}
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
	    } else {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(i));
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Return everything or a single value.
     */

    if (allMatches) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listPtr);
    } else if (!inlineReturn) {
	if (returnSubindices) {
	    int j;

	    itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(index);
	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(sortInfo.indexv[j]));
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, itemPtr);
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	}
    } else if (index < 0) {
	/*
	 * Is this superfluous? The result should be a blank object by
	 * default...
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewObj());
    } else {






	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listv[index]);

    }
    result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Cleanup the index list array.
     */

  done:
    if (sortInfo.indexc > 1) {



	TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







|
>
>
>
>
>


<
|
>



|

|
|


















|

|
|













>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>








|
>
>
>







3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596

3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
		break;
	    } else if (inlineReturn) {
		/*
		 * Note that these appends are not expected to fail.
		 */

		if (returnSubindices && (sortInfo.indexc != 0)) {
		    itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset],
			    &sortInfo);
		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
		} else if (groupSize > 1) {
		    Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, listPtr, LIST_MAX, 0,
			    groupSize, &listv[i]);
		} else {
		    itemPtr = listv[i];

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
		}
	    } else if (returnSubindices) {
		int j;

		itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i+groupOffset);
		for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(
			    TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[j], listc)));
		}
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
	    } else {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(i));
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Return everything or a single value.
     */

    if (allMatches) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listPtr);
    } else if (!inlineReturn) {
	if (returnSubindices) {
	    int j;

	    itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(index+groupOffset);
	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(
			TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[j], listc)));
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, itemPtr);
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	}
    } else if (index < 0) {
	/*
	 * Is this superfluous? The result should be a blank object by
	 * default...
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewObj());
    } else {
	if (returnSubindices) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset],
		    &sortInfo));
	} else if (groupSize > 1) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(groupSize, &listv[index]));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listv[index]);
	}
    }
    result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Cleanup the index list array.
     */

  done:
    if (startPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
    }
    if (allocatedIndexVector) {
	TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
    }
    return result;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
	case LSORT_DICTIONARY:
	    sortInfo.sortMode = SORTMODE_DICTIONARY;
	    break;
	case LSORT_INCREASING:
	    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
	    break;
	case LSORT_INDEX: {
	    int indexc, dummy;
	    Tcl_Obj **indexv;

	    if (i == objc-2) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-index\" option must be followed by list index",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);







|







3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
	case LSORT_DICTIONARY:
	    sortInfo.sortMode = SORTMODE_DICTIONARY;
	    break;
	case LSORT_INCREASING:
	    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
	    break;
	case LSORT_INDEX: {
	    int indexc;
	    Tcl_Obj **indexv;

	    if (i == objc-2) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-index\" option must be followed by list index",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785

3786

3787










3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
	     * we do not store the converted values here because we do not
	     * know if this is the only -index option yet and so we can't
	     * allocate any space; that happens after the scan through all the
	     * options is done.
	     */

	    for (j=0 ; j<indexc ; j++) {

		if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, indexv[j], SORTIDX_END,

			&dummy) != TCL_OK) {










		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));
		    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    indexPtr = objv[i+1];







>
|
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
	     * we do not store the converted values here because we do not
	     * know if this is the only -index option yet and so we can't
	     * allocate any space; that happens after the scan through all the
	     * options is done.
	     */

	    for (j=0 ; j<indexc ; j++) {
		int encoded = 0;
		int result = TclIndexEncode(interp, indexv[j],
			TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER, &encoded);

		if ((result == TCL_OK) && ((encoded == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
			|| (encoded == TCL_INDEX_AFTER))) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "index \"%s\" cannot select an element "
			    "from any list", Tcl_GetString(indexv[j])));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "INDEX"
			    "OUTOFRANGE", NULL);
		    result = TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));
		    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    indexPtr = objv[i+1];
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
	default:
	    sortInfo.indexv =
		    TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(int) * sortInfo.indexc);
	    allocatedIndexVector = 1;	/* Cannot use indexc field, as it
					 * might be decreased by 1 later. */
	}
	for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
	    TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, indexv[j], SORTIDX_END,
		    &sortInfo.indexv[j]);
	}
    }

    listObj = objv[objc-1];

    if (sortInfo.sortMode == SORTMODE_COMMAND) {
	Tcl_Obj *newCommandPtr, *newObjPtr;







|
|







3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
	default:
	    sortInfo.indexv =
		    TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(int) * sortInfo.indexc);
	    allocatedIndexVector = 1;	/* Cannot use indexc field, as it
					 * might be decreased by 1 later. */
	}
	for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
	    /* Prescreened values, no errors or out of range possible */
	    TclIndexEncode(NULL, indexv[j], 0, 0, &sortInfo.indexv[j]);
	}
    }

    listObj = objv[objc-1];

    if (sortInfo.sortMode == SORTMODE_COMMAND) {
	Tcl_Obj *newCommandPtr, *newObjPtr;
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960



3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
	length = length / groupSize;
	if (sortInfo.indexc > 0) {
	    /*
	     * Use the first value in the list supplied to -index as the
	     * offset of the element within each group by which to sort.
	     */

	    groupOffset = sortInfo.indexv[0];
	    if (groupOffset <= SORTIDX_END) {
		groupOffset = (groupOffset - SORTIDX_END) + groupSize - 1;
	    }
	    if (groupOffset < 0 || groupOffset >= groupSize) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"when used with \"-stride\", the leading \"-index\""
			" value must be within the group", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSORT",
			"BADINDEX", NULL);
		sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (sortInfo.indexc == 1) {
		sortInfo.indexc = 0;
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
	    } else {
		sortInfo.indexc--;

		/*
		 * Do not shrink the actual memory block used; that doesn't
		 * work with TclStackAlloc-allocated memory. [Bug 2918962]



		 */

		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
		    sortInfo.indexv[i] = sortInfo.indexv[i+1];
		}
	    }
	}







|
<
<
<


















>
>
>







4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045



4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
	length = length / groupSize;
	if (sortInfo.indexc > 0) {
	    /*
	     * Use the first value in the list supplied to -index as the
	     * offset of the element within each group by which to sort.
	     */

	    groupOffset = TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[0], groupSize - 1);



	    if (groupOffset < 0 || groupOffset >= groupSize) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"when used with \"-stride\", the leading \"-index\""
			" value must be within the group", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSORT",
			"BADINDEX", NULL);
		sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (sortInfo.indexc == 1) {
		sortInfo.indexc = 0;
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
	    } else {
		sortInfo.indexc--;

		/*
		 * Do not shrink the actual memory block used; that doesn't
		 * work with TclStackAlloc-allocated memory. [Bug 2918962]
		 *
		 * TODO: Consider a pointer increment to replace this
		 * array shift.
		 */

		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
		    sortInfo.indexv[i] = sortInfo.indexv[i+1];
		}
	    }
	}
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
				/* Values to be compared. */
    SortInfo *infoPtr)		/* Information passed from the top-level
				 * "lsort" command. */
{
    int order = 0;

    if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII) {
	order = strcmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
    } else if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII_NC) {
	order = TclUtfCasecmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
    } else if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_DICTIONARY) {
	order = DictionaryCompare(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);







|







4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
				/* Values to be compared. */
    SortInfo *infoPtr)		/* Information passed from the top-level
				 * "lsort" command. */
{
    int order = 0;

    if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII) {
	order = TclUtfCmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
    } else if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII_NC) {
	order = TclUtfCasecmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
    } else if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_DICTIONARY) {
	order = DictionaryCompare(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
	int listLen, index;
	Tcl_Obj *currentObj;

	if (TclListObjLength(infoPtr->interp, objPtr, &listLen) != TCL_OK) {
	    infoPtr->resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    return NULL;
	}
	index = infoPtr->indexv[i];

	/*
	 * Adjust for end-based indexing.
	 */

	if (index < SORTIDX_NONE) {
	    index += listLen + 1;
	}

	if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(infoPtr->interp, objPtr, index,
		&currentObj) != TCL_OK) {
	    infoPtr->resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    return NULL;
	}
	if (currentObj == NULL) {







<

<
<
<
|
<
<
<







4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634

4635



4636



4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
	int listLen, index;
	Tcl_Obj *currentObj;

	if (TclListObjLength(infoPtr->interp, objPtr, &listLen) != TCL_OK) {
	    infoPtr->resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    return NULL;
	}





	index = TclIndexDecode(infoPtr->indexv[i], listLen - 1);




	if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(infoPtr->interp, objPtr, index,
		&currentObj) != TCL_OK) {
	    infoPtr->resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    return NULL;
	}
	if (currentObj == NULL) {

Changes to generic/tclCmdMZ.c.

305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
	 * start of the string unless the previous character is a newline.
	 */

	if (offset == 0) {
	    eflags = 0;
	} else if (offset > stringLength) {
	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
	} else if (Tcl_GetUniChar(objPtr, offset-1) == (Tcl_UniChar)'\n') {
	    eflags = 0;
	} else {
	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
	}

	match = Tcl_RegExpExecObj(interp, regExpr, objPtr, offset,
		numMatchesSaved, eflags);







|







305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
	 * start of the string unless the previous character is a newline.
	 */

	if (offset == 0) {
	    eflags = 0;
	} else if (offset > stringLength) {
	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
	} else if (Tcl_GetUniChar(objPtr, offset-1) == '\n') {
	    eflags = 0;
	} else {
	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
	}

	match = Tcl_RegExpExecObj(interp, regExpr, objPtr, offset,
		numMatchesSaved, eflags);
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int idx, result, cflags, all, wlen, wsublen, numMatches, offset;
    int start, end, subStart, subEnd, match, command, numParts;
    Tcl_RegExp regExpr;
    Tcl_RegExpInfo info;
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *subPtr, *objPtr, *startIndex = NULL;
    Tcl_UniChar ch, *wsrc, *wfirstChar, *wstring, *wsubspec, *wend;

    static const char *const options[] = {
	"-all",		"-command",	"-expanded",	"-line",
	"-linestop",	"-lineanchor",	"-nocase",	"-start",
	"--",		NULL
    };
    enum options {







|







487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int idx, result, cflags, all, wlen, wsublen, numMatches, offset;
    int start, end, subStart, subEnd, match, command, numParts;
    Tcl_RegExp regExpr;
    Tcl_RegExpInfo info;
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *subPtr, *objPtr, *startIndex = NULL;
    Tcl_UniChar ch, *wsrc, *wfirstChar, *wstring, *wsubspec = 0, *wend;

    static const char *const options[] = {
	"-all",		"-command",	"-expanded",	"-line",
	"-linestop",	"-lineanchor",	"-nocase",	"-start",
	"--",		NULL
    };
    enum options {
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
	    && (strpbrk(TclGetString(objv[2]), "&\\") == NULL)
	    && (strpbrk(TclGetString(objv[0]), "*+?{}()[].\\|^$") == NULL)) {
	/*
	 * This is a simple one pair string map situation. We make use of a
	 * slightly modified version of the one pair STR_MAP code.
	 */

	int slen, nocase;
	int (*strCmpFn)(const Tcl_UniChar*,const Tcl_UniChar*,unsigned long);
	Tcl_UniChar *p, wsrclc;

	numMatches = 0;
	nocase = (cflags & TCL_REG_NOCASE);
	strCmpFn = nocase ? Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp : Tcl_UniCharNcmp;

	wsrc = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &slen);
	wstring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &wlen);







|

|







593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
	    && (strpbrk(TclGetString(objv[2]), "&\\") == NULL)
	    && (strpbrk(TclGetString(objv[0]), "*+?{}()[].\\|^$") == NULL)) {
	/*
	 * This is a simple one pair string map situation. We make use of a
	 * slightly modified version of the one pair STR_MAP code.
	 */

	int slen, nocase, wsrclc;
	int (*strCmpFn)(const Tcl_UniChar*,const Tcl_UniChar*,unsigned long);
	Tcl_UniChar *p;

	numMatches = 0;
	nocase = (cflags & TCL_REG_NOCASE);
	strCmpFn = nocase ? Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp : Tcl_UniCharNcmp;

	wsrc = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &slen);
	wstring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &wlen);
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218

1219








1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
	 * is a *major* win when splitting on a long string (especially in the
	 * megabyte range!) - DKF
	 */

	Tcl_InitHashTable(&charReuseTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);

	for ( ; stringPtr < end; stringPtr += len) {

	    len = TclUtfToUniChar(stringPtr, &ch);









	    /*
	     * Assume Tcl_UniChar is an integral type...
	     */

	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&charReuseTable, INT2PTR((int) ch),
		    &isNew);
	    if (isNew) {
		TclNewStringObj(objPtr, stringPtr, len);

		/*
		 * Don't need to fiddle with refcount...
		 */







>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





|







1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
	 * is a *major* win when splitting on a long string (especially in the
	 * megabyte range!) - DKF
	 */

	Tcl_InitHashTable(&charReuseTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);

	for ( ; stringPtr < end; stringPtr += len) {
		int fullchar;
	    len = TclUtfToUniChar(stringPtr, &ch);
	    fullchar = ch;

#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
	    if (!len) {
		len += TclUtfToUniChar(stringPtr, &ch);
		fullchar = (((fullchar & 0x3ff) << 10) | (ch & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
	    }
#endif

	    /*
	     * Assume Tcl_UniChar is an integral type...
	     */

	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&charReuseTable, INT2PTR(fullchar),
		    &isNew);
	    if (isNew) {
		TclNewStringObj(objPtr, stringPtr, len);

		/*
		 * Don't need to fiddle with refcount...
		 */
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345

    if (objc == 4) {
	int size = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[2]);

	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &start)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (start < 0) {
	    start = 0;
	}
	if (start >= size) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringFind(objv[1],
	    objv[2], start)));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<







1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338




1339




1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346

    if (objc == 4) {
	int size = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[2]);

	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &start)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }




    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringFirst(objv[1],




	    objv[2], start)));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396

    if (objc == 4) {
	int size = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[2]);

	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &last)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (last < 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	if (last >= size) {
	    last = size - 1;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringLast(objv[1],
	    objv[2], last)));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382








1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389

    if (objc == 4) {
	int size = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[2]);

	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &last)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}








    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringLast(objv[1],
	    objv[2], last)));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438




1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452



1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459

    if (objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string charIndex");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Get the char length to calulate what 'end' means.
     */

    length = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1]);
    if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], length-1, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if ((index >= 0) && (index < length)) {
	Tcl_UniChar ch = Tcl_GetUniChar(objv[1], index);





	/*
	 * If we have a ByteArray object, we're careful to generate a new
	 * bytearray for a result.
	 */

	if (TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
	    unsigned char uch = (unsigned char) ch;

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(&uch, 1));
	} else {
	    char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];

	    length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);



	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length));
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







|








|
>
>
>
>











|


>
>
>







1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459

    if (objc != 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string charIndex");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Get the char length to calculate what 'end' means.
     */

    length = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1]);
    if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], length-1, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if ((index >= 0) && (index < length)) {
	int ch = Tcl_GetUniChar(objv[1], index);

	if (ch == -1) {
	    return TCL_OK;
	}

	/*
	 * If we have a ByteArray object, we're careful to generate a new
	 * bytearray for a result.
	 */

	if (TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
	    unsigned char uch = (unsigned char) ch;

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(&uch, 1));
	} else {
	    char buf[4];

	    length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
	    if (!length) {
		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(-1, buf);
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, length));
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586

1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
		&& (TCL_OK != TclSetBooleanFromAny(NULL, objPtr))) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    } else {
		string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
		result = length1 == 0;
	    }
	} else if (((index == STR_IS_TRUE) &&
		objPtr->internalRep.longValue == 0)
	    || ((index == STR_IS_FALSE) &&
		objPtr->internalRep.longValue != 0)) {
	    result = 0;

	}
	break;
    case STR_IS_CONTROL:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsControl;
	break;
    case STR_IS_DIGIT:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsDigit;
	break;
    case STR_IS_DOUBLE: {
	/* TODO */
	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclDoubleType) ||
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclWideIntType) ||
#endif
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;







|
|
|
<
|
>









<


<
<
<







1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584

1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595

1596
1597



1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
		&& (TCL_OK != TclSetBooleanFromAny(NULL, objPtr))) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    } else {
		string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
		result = length1 == 0;
	    }
	} else if (index != STR_IS_BOOL) {
	    TclGetBooleanFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &i);
	    if ((index == STR_IS_TRUE) ^ i) {

		result = 0;
	    }
	}
	break;
    case STR_IS_CONTROL:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsControl;
	break;
    case STR_IS_DIGIT:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsDigit;
	break;
    case STR_IS_DOUBLE: {

	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclDoubleType) ||
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||



		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
    case STR_IS_INT:
	if (TCL_OK == TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &i)) {
	    break;
	}
	goto failedIntParse;
    case STR_IS_ENTIER:
	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclWideIntType) ||
#endif
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;







<
<
<







1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631



1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
    case STR_IS_INT:
	if (TCL_OK == TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &i)) {
	    break;
	}
	goto failedIntParse;
    case STR_IS_ENTIER:
	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||



		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816

1817







1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    }
	    goto str_is_done;
	}
	end = string1 + length1;
	for (; string1 < end; string1 += length2, failat++) {

	    length2 = TclUtfToUniChar(string1, &ch);







	    if (!chcomp(ch)) {
		result = 0;
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*







>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    }
	    goto str_is_done;
	}
	end = string1 + length1;
	for (; string1 < end; string1 += length2, failat++) {
	    int fullchar;
	    length2 = TclUtfToUniChar(string1, &ch);
	    fullchar = ch;
#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
	    if (!length2) {
	    	length2 = TclUtfToUniChar(string1, &ch);
	    	fullchar = (((fullchar & 0x3ff) << 10) | (ch & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
	    }
#endif
	    if (!chcomp(fullchar)) {
		result = 0;
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
	/*
	 * Special case for one map pair which avoids the extra for loop and
	 * extra calls to get Unicode data. The algorithm is otherwise
	 * identical to the multi-pair case. This will be >30% faster on
	 * larger strings.
	 */

	int mapLen;
	Tcl_UniChar *mapString, u2lc;

	ustring2 = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mapElemv[0], &length2);
	p = ustring1;
	if ((length2 > length1) || (length2 == 0)) {
	    /*
	     * Match string is either longer than input or empty.
	     */







|
|







2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
	/*
	 * Special case for one map pair which avoids the extra for loop and
	 * extra calls to get Unicode data. The algorithm is otherwise
	 * identical to the multi-pair case. This will be >30% faster on
	 * larger strings.
	 */

	int mapLen, u2lc;
	Tcl_UniChar *mapString;

	ustring2 = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mapElemv[0], &length2);
	p = ustring1;
	if ((length2 > length1) || (length2 == 0)) {
	    /*
	     * Match string is either longer than input or empty.
	     */
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
		    ustring1 = p - 1;

		    Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, mapString, mapLen);
		}
	    }
	}
    } else {
	Tcl_UniChar **mapStrings, *u2lc = NULL;
	int *mapLens;

	/*
	 * Precompute pointers to the unicode string and length. This saves us
	 * repeated function calls later, significantly speeding up the
	 * algorithm. We only need the lowercase first char in the nocase
	 * case.
	 */

	mapStrings = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc*2*sizeof(Tcl_UniChar *));
	mapLens = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc * 2 * sizeof(int));
	if (nocase) {
	    u2lc = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc * sizeof(Tcl_UniChar));
	}
	for (index = 0; index < mapElemc; index++) {
	    mapStrings[index] = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mapElemv[index],
		    mapLens+index);
	    if (nocase && ((index % 2) == 0)) {
		u2lc[index/2] = Tcl_UniCharToLower(*mapStrings[index]);
	    }







|
|











|







2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
		    ustring1 = p - 1;

		    Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, mapString, mapLen);
		}
	    }
	}
    } else {
	Tcl_UniChar **mapStrings;
	int *mapLens, *u2lc = NULL;

	/*
	 * Precompute pointers to the unicode string and length. This saves us
	 * repeated function calls later, significantly speeding up the
	 * algorithm. We only need the lowercase first char in the nocase
	 * case.
	 */

	mapStrings = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc*2*sizeof(Tcl_UniChar *));
	mapLens = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc * 2 * sizeof(int));
	if (nocase) {
	    u2lc = TclStackAlloc(interp, mapElemc * sizeof(int));
	}
	for (index = 0; index < mapElemc; index++) {
	    mapStrings[index] = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mapElemv[index],
		    mapLens+index);
	    if (nocase && ((index % 2) == 0)) {
		u2lc[index/2] = Tcl_UniCharToLower(*mapStrings[index]);
	    }
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280


2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
    if (count == 1) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
	return TCL_OK;
    } else if (count < 1) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (TCL_OK != TclStringRepeat(interp, objv[1], count, &resultPtr)) {


	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringRplcCmd --
 *







|
>
>
|

<
|







2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285

2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
    if (count == 1) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
	return TCL_OK;
    } else if (count < 1) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    resultPtr = TclStringRepeat(interp, objv[1], count, TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);
    if (resultPtr) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringRplcCmd --
 *
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327








2328





2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338


2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346

2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
static int
StringRplcCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tcl_UniChar *ustring;
    int first, last, length;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string first last ?string?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    ustring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length);
    length--;

    if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], length, &first) != TCL_OK ||
	    TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], length, &last) != TCL_OK){
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }









    if ((last < first) || (last < 0) || (first > length)) {





	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
    } else {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	ustring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length);
	length--;

	if (first < 0) {
	    first = 0;
	}



	resultPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(ustring, first);
	if (objc == 5) {
	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, objv[4]);
	}
	if (last < length) {
	    Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, ustring + last + 1,
		    length - last);

	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







<
|






|
|

|
|



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>




<
<
<



>
>
|
<
<
<
|
<
|
|
>
|







2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313

2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346



2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352



2353

2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
static int
StringRplcCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{

    int first, last, length, end;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string first last ?string?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    length = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1]);
    end = length - 1;

    if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], end, &first) != TCL_OK ||
	    TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], end, &last) != TCL_OK){
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * The following test screens out most empty substrings as
     * candidates for replacement. When they are detected, no
     * replacement is done, and the result is the original string,
     */
    if ((last < 0) ||		/* Range ends before start of string */
	    (first > end) ||	/* Range begins after end of string */
	    (last < first)) {	/* Range begins after it starts */

	/*
	 * BUT!!! when (end < 0) -- an empty original string -- we can
	 * have (first <= end < 0 <= last) and an empty string is permitted
	 * to be replaced.
	 */
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
    } else {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;




	if (first < 0) {
	    first = 0;
	}
	if (last > end) {
	    last = end;
	}





	resultPtr = TclStringReplace(interp, objv[1], first,
		last + 1 - first, (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
		TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclStringObjReverse(objv[1]));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringStartCmd --







|







2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclStringReverse(objv[1], TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringStartCmd --
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
{
    /*
     * Remember to keep code here in some sync with the byte-compiled versions
     * in tclExecute.c (INST_STR_EQ, INST_STR_NEQ and INST_STR_CMP as well as
     * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
     */

    const char *string1, *string2;
    int length1, length2, i, match, length, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *, unsigned int);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn;

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
    str_cmp_args:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-nocase? ?-length int? string1 string2");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	string2 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length2);
	if ((length2 > 1) && !strncmp(string2, "-nocase", (size_t)length2)) {
	    nocase = 1;
	} else if ((length2 > 1)
		&& !strncmp(string2, "-length", (size_t)length2)) {
	    if (i+1 >= objc-2) {
		goto str_cmp_args;
	    }
	    i++;
	    if (TclGetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i], &reqlength) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }







|
|
<
<









|
|

|
|







2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553


2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
{
    /*
     * Remember to keep code here in some sync with the byte-compiled versions
     * in tclExecute.c (INST_STR_EQ, INST_STR_NEQ and INST_STR_CMP as well as
     * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
     */

    const char *string2;
    int length, i, match, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;



    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
    str_cmp_args:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-nocase? ?-length int? string1 string2");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	string2 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	if ((length > 1) && !strncmp(string2, "-nocase", (size_t)length)) {
	    nocase = 1;
	} else if ((length > 1)
		&& !strncmp(string2, "-length", (size_t)length)) {
	    if (i+1 >= objc-2) {
		goto str_cmp_args;
	    }
	    i++;
	    if (TclGetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i], &reqlength) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
    /*
     * From now on, we only access the two objects at the end of the argument
     * array.
     */

    objv += objc-2;

    if ((reqlength == 0) || (objv[0] == objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Always match at 0 chars of if it is the same obj.
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(1));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (!nocase && TclIsPureByteArray(objv[0]) &&
	    TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Use binary versions of comparisons since that won't cause undue
	 * type conversions and it is much faster. Only do this if we're
	 * case-sensitive (which is all that really makes sense with byte
	 * arrays anyway, and we have no memcasecmp() for some reason... :^)
	 */

	string1 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
	string2 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
	strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) memcmp;
    } else if ((objv[0]->typePtr == &tclStringType)
	    && (objv[1]->typePtr == &tclStringType)) {
	/*
	 * Do a unicode-specific comparison if both of the args are of String
	 * type. In benchmark testing this proved the most efficient check
	 * between the unicode and string comparison operations.
	 */

	string1 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
	string2 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
	strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t)
		(nocase ? Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp : Tcl_UniCharNcmp);
    } else {
	/*
	 * As a catch-all we will work with UTF-8. We cannot use memcmp() as
	 * that is unsafe with any string containing NUL (\xC0\x80 in Tcl's
	 * utf rep). We can use the more efficient TclpUtfNcmp2 if we are
	 * case-sensitive and no specific length was requested.
	 */

	string1 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
	string2 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
	if ((reqlength < 0) && !nocase) {
	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) TclpUtfNcmp2;
	} else {
	    length1 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string1, length1);
	    length2 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string2, length2);
	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) (nocase ? Tcl_UtfNcasecmp : Tcl_UtfNcmp);
	}
    }

    if ((reqlength < 0) && (length1 != length2)) {
	match = 1;		/* This will be reversed below. */
    } else {
	length = (length1 < length2) ? length1 : length2;
	if (reqlength > 0 && reqlength < length) {
	    length = reqlength;
	} else if (reqlength < 0) {
	    /*
	     * The requested length is negative, so we ignore it by setting it
	     * to length + 1 so we correct the match var.
	     */

	    reqlength = length + 1;
	}

	match = strCmpFn(string1, string2, (unsigned) length);
	if ((match == 0) && (reqlength > length)) {
	    match = length1 - length2;
	}
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(match ? 0 : 1));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------







<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591




2592



































































2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
    /*
     * From now on, we only access the two objects at the end of the argument
     * array.
     */

    objv += objc-2;





    match = TclStringCmp(objv[0], objv[1], 0, nocase, reqlength);




































































    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(match ? 0 : 1));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691

2692




2693





2694
2695





2696





2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
{
    /*
     * Remember to keep code here in some sync with the byte-compiled versions
     * in tclExecute.c (INST_STR_EQ, INST_STR_NEQ and INST_STR_CMP as well as
     * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
     */


    const char *string1, *string2;




    int length1, length2, i, match, length, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;





    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *, unsigned int);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn;











    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
    str_cmp_args:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-nocase? ?-length int? string1 string2");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	string2 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length2);
	if ((length2 > 1) && !strncmp(string2, "-nocase", (size_t)length2)) {
	    nocase = 1;
	} else if ((length2 > 1)
		&& !strncmp(string2, "-length", (size_t)length2)) {
	    if (i+1 >= objc-2) {
		goto str_cmp_args;
	    }
	    i++;
	    if (TclGetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i], &reqlength) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad option \"%s\": must be -nocase or -length",
		    string2));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option",
		    string2, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * From now on, we only access the two objects at the end of the argument
     * array.
     */

    objv += objc-2;

    if ((reqlength == 0) || (objv[0] == objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Always match at 0 chars of if it is the same obj.
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(0));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (!nocase && TclIsPureByteArray(objv[0]) &&
	    TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Use binary versions of comparisons since that won't cause undue
	 * type conversions and it is much faster. Only do this if we're
	 * case-sensitive (which is all that really makes sense with byte
	 * arrays anyway, and we have no memcasecmp() for some reason... :^)
	 */

	string1 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
	string2 = (char *) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
	strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) memcmp;
    } else if ((objv[0]->typePtr == &tclStringType)
	    && (objv[1]->typePtr == &tclStringType)) {
	/*
	 * Do a unicode-specific comparison if both of the args are of String
	 * type. In benchmark testing this proved the most efficient check
	 * between the unicode and string comparison operations.
	 */

	string1 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
	string2 = (char *) Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
	strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t)
		(nocase ? Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp : Tcl_UniCharNcmp);
    } else {
	/*
	 * As a catch-all we will work with UTF-8. We cannot use memcmp() as
	 * that is unsafe with any string containing NUL (\xC0\x80 in Tcl's
	 * utf rep). We can use the more efficient TclpUtfNcmp2 if we are
	 * case-sensitive and no specific length was requested.
	 */

	string1 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
	string2 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
	if ((reqlength < 0) && !nocase) {
	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) TclpUtfNcmp2;
	} else {
	    length1 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string1, length1);
	    length2 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string2, length2);
	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) (nocase ? Tcl_UtfNcasecmp : Tcl_UtfNcmp);
	}
    }

    length = (length1 < length2) ? length1 : length2;
    if (reqlength > 0 && reqlength < length) {
	length = reqlength;
    } else if (reqlength < 0) {
	/*
	 * The requested length is negative, so we ignore it by setting it to
	 * length + 1 so we correct the match var.
	 */

	reqlength = length + 1;
    }

    match = strCmpFn(string1, string2, (unsigned) length);
    if ((match == 0) && (reqlength > length)) {
	match = length1 - length2;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewIntObj((match > 0) ? 1 : (match < 0) ? -1 : 0));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringCatCmd --







>
|
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
>








|
|
|
|
|




|





|

|



<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682















































































2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
{
    /*
     * Remember to keep code here in some sync with the byte-compiled versions
     * in tclExecute.c (INST_STR_EQ, INST_STR_NEQ and INST_STR_CMP as well as
     * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
     */

    int match, nocase, reqlength, status;

    status = TclStringCmpOpts(interp, objc, objv, &nocase, &reqlength);
    if (status != TCL_OK) {
	return status;
    }

    objv += objc-2;
    match = TclStringCmp(objv[0], objv[1], 0, nocase, reqlength);
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(match));
    return TCL_OK;
}

int TclStringCmpOpts(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[],	/* Argument objects. */
    int *nocase,
    int *reqlength)
{
    int i, length;
    const char *string;

    *reqlength = -1;
    *nocase = 0;
    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
    str_cmp_args:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-nocase? ?-length int? string1 string2");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	string = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
	if ((length > 1) && !strncmp(string, "-nocase", (size_t)length)) {
	    *nocase = 1;
	} else if ((length > 1)
		&& !strncmp(string, "-length", (size_t)length)) {
	    if (i+1 >= objc-2) {
		goto str_cmp_args;
	    }
	    i++;
	    if (TclGetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i], reqlength) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad option \"%s\": must be -nocase or -length",
		    string));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option",
		    string, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }















































































    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringCatCmd --
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848

2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
static int
StringCatCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int code;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	/*
	 * If there are no args, the result is an empty object.
	 * Just leave the preset empty interp result.
	 */
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (objc == 2) {
	/*
	 * Other trivial case, single arg, just return it.
	 */
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
	return TCL_OK;
    }


    code = TclStringCatObjv(interp, /* inPlace */ 1, objc-1, objv+1,
	    &objResultPtr);

    if (code == TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objResultPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    return code;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringBytesCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "string bytelength" Tcl
 *	command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. Note
 *	that this command only functions correctly on properly formed Tcl UTF
 *	strings.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
StringBytesCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{







<









<
<
<
<
<
<
|
>

<
|
<
<




|




















<







2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709

2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718






2719
2720
2721

2722


2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747

2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
static int
StringCatCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{

    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	/*
	 * If there are no args, the result is an empty object.
	 * Just leave the preset empty interp result.
	 */
	return TCL_OK;
    }







    objResultPtr = TclStringCat(interp, objc-1, objv+1, TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);


    if (objResultPtr) {


	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objResultPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    return TCL_ERROR;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringBytesCmd --
 *
 *	This procedure is invoked to process the "string bytelength" Tcl
 *	command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. Note
 *	that this command only functions correctly on properly formed Tcl UTF
 *	strings.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See the user documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
StringBytesCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
	length2 = strlen(tclDefaultTrimSet);
    } else {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string ?chars?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length1);

    triml = TclTrimLeft(string1, length1, string2, length2);
    trimr = TclTrimRight(string1 + triml, length1 - triml, string2, length2);

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(string1 + triml, length1 - triml - trimr));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*







|
<







3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095

3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
	length2 = strlen(tclDefaultTrimSet);
    } else {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string ?chars?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length1);

    triml = TclTrim(string1, length1, string2, length2, &trimr);


    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(string1 + triml, length1 - triml - trimr));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
	"--", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	OPT_EXACT, OPT_GLOB, OPT_INDEXV, OPT_MATCHV, OPT_NOCASE, OPT_REGEXP,
	OPT_LAST
    };
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn = strcmp;

    mode = OPT_EXACT;
    foundmode = 0;
    indexVarObj = NULL;
    matchVarObj = NULL;
    numMatchesSaved = 0;
    noCase = 0;







|







3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
	"--", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	OPT_EXACT, OPT_GLOB, OPT_INDEXV, OPT_MATCHV, OPT_NOCASE, OPT_REGEXP,
	OPT_LAST
    };
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn = TclUtfCmp;

    mode = OPT_EXACT;
    foundmode = 0;
    indexVarObj = NULL;
    matchVarObj = NULL;
    numMatchesSaved = 0;
    noCase = 0;
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
	commonHandler:
	    if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, objv[i+2], &dummy) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(handlersObj);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    info[0] = objv[i];			/* type */
	    TclNewLongObj(info[1], code);	/* returnCode */
	    if (info[2] == NULL) {		/* errorCodePrefix */
		TclNewObj(info[2]);
	    }
	    info[3] = objv[i+2];		/* bindVariables */
	    info[4] = objv[i+3];		/* script */

	    bodyShared = !strcmp(TclGetString(objv[i+3]), "-");







|







4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
	commonHandler:
	    if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, objv[i+2], &dummy) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(handlersObj);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    info[0] = objv[i];			/* type */
	    TclNewIntObj(info[1], code);	/* returnCode */
	    if (info[2] == NULL) {		/* errorCodePrefix */
		TclNewObj(info[2]);
	    }
	    info[3] = objv[i+2];		/* bindVariables */
	    info[4] = objv[i+3];		/* script */

	    bodyShared = !strcmp(TclGetString(objv[i+3]), "-");

Changes to generic/tclCompCmds.c.